Hispeed NX/I Ge 1

Technical
Publications
2202119
Revision 17
CT HiSpeed Series
Advanced Diagnostics
Copyrighte 1998–2003 by General Electric Company
Advanced Service Documentation

Property of GE
For GE Service Personnel Only
No Rights Licensed – Do Not Use or Copy
Disclosure to Third Parties Prohibited
CT HISPEED SERIES
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 0 2202119
D THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.

WARNING D IF A CUSTOMER’S SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE OTHER
THAN ENGLISH, IT IS THE CUSTOMER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE
TRANSLATION SERVICES.
D DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS SERVICE
MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD.
D FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE SERVICE
PROVIDER, OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC SHOCK,
MECHANICAL OR OTHER HAZARDS.
D CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE N’EST DISPONIBLE QU’EN ANGLAIS.

AVERTISSEMENT D SI LE TECHNICIEN DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE AUTRE
LANGUE QUE L’ANGLAIS, C’EST AU CLIENT QU’IL INCOMBE DE LE FAIRE
TRADUIRE.
D NE PAS TENTER D’INTERVENTION SUR LES ÉQUIPEMENTS TANT QUE LE
MANUEL SERVICE N’A PAS ÉTÉ CONSULTÉ ET COMPRIS.
D LE NON-RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRAÎNER CHEZ LE
TECHNICIEN, L’OPÉRATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES DUES À DES
DANGERS ÉLECTRIQUES, MÉCANIQUES OU AUTRES.
D DIESES KUNDENDIENST–HANDBUCH EXISTIERT NUR IN

ENGLISCHER SPRACHE.
WARNUNG
D FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BENÖTIGT,
IST ES AUFGABE DES KUNDEN FÜR EINE ENTSPRECHENDE ÜBERSETZUNG
ZU SORGEN.
D VERSUCHEN SIE NICHT, DAS GERÄT ZU REPARIEREN, BEVOR DIESES
KUNDENDIENST–HANDBUCH NICHT ZU RATE GEZOGEN UND VERSTANDEN
WURDE.
D WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET, SO KANN ES ZU VERLETZUNGEN
DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS, DES BEDIENERS ODER DES PATIENTEN
DURCH ELEKTRISCHE SCHLÄGE, MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE
GEFAHREN KOMMEN.
D ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SÓLO EXISTE EN INGLÉS.

AVISO D SI ALGÚN PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEMS SOLICITA UN IDIOMA
QUE NO SEA EL INGLÉS, ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN
SERVICIO DE TRADUCCIÓN.
D NO SE DEBERÁ DAR SERVICIO TÉCNICO AL EQUIPO, SIN HABER
CONSULTADO Y COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO.
D LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL
PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS, EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN
LESIONES PROVOCADAS POR CAUSAS ELÉCTRICAS, MECÁNICAS O DE
OTRA NATURALEZA.
a
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 0 2202119
D ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA SÓ SE ENCONTRA

DISPONÍVEL EM INGLÊS.
ATENÇÃO
D SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIÇO DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA, QUE NÃO A
GEMS, SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, É DA
RESPONSABILIDADE DO CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIÇOS DE TRADUÇÃO.
D NÃO TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO E
COMPREENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA.
D O NÃO CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR EM PERIGO A SEGURANÇA
DO TÉCNICO, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A‘ CHOQUES ELÉTRICOS,
MECÂNICOS OU OUTROS.
D IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE È DISPONIBILE

SOLTANTO IN INGLESE.
AVVERTENZA
D SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEMS RICHIEDE IL
MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA, IL CLIENTE È TENUTO A PROVVEDERE
DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE.
D SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELL’APPARECCHIATURA SOLO DOPO
AVER CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED AVERNE COMPRESO IL
CONTENUTO.
D NON TENERE CONTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR
COMPIERE OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALL’ADDETTO ALLA
MANUTENZIONE, ALL’UTILIZZATORE ED AL PAZIENTE PER
FOLGORAZIONE ELETTRICA, PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI RISCHI.
b
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 0 2202119
IMPORTANT! . . . X-RAY PROTECTION

X-ray equipment if not properly used may cause injury. Accordingly, the instructions herein contained should
be thoroughly read and understood by everyone who will use the equipment before you attempt to place this
equipment in operation. The General Electric Company, Medical Systems Group, will be glad to assist and
cooperate in placing this equipment in use.
Although this apparatus incorporates a high degree of protection against x-radiation other than the useful beam, no
practical design of equipment can provide complete protection. Nor can any practical design compel the operator to
take adequate precautions to prevent the possibility of any persons carelessly exposing themselves or others to
radiation.
It is important that everyone having anything to do with x-radiation be properly trained and fully acquainted with the
recommendations of the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements as published in NCRP Reports
available from NCRP Publications, 7910 Woodmont Avenue, Room 1016, Bethesda, Maryland 20814, and of the
International Commission on Radiation Protection, and take adequate steps to protect against injury.
The equipment is sold with the understanding that the General Electric Company, Medical Systems Group, its agents,
and representatives have no responsibility for injury or damage which may result from improper use of the equipment.
Various protective material and devices are available. It is urged that such materials or devices be used.
CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT

All electrical installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the equipment shall be
performed by licensed electrical contractors. In addition, electrical feeds into the Power Distribution Unit shall be performed
by licensed electrical contractors. Other connections between pieces of electrical equipment, calibrations, and testing shall
be performed by qualified GE Medical personnel. The products involved (and the accompanying electrical installations) are
highly sophisticated, and special engineering competence is required.
In performing all electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field engineers. All of GE’s electrical
work on these products will comply with the requirements of the applicable electrical codes.
The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GE’s field engineers, personnel of third-party
service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to perform electrical servicing on the equipment.
c
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 0 2202119
DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION
All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent, have notation “damage in
shipment” written on all copies of the freight or express bill before delivery is accepted or “signed for” by a General
Electric representative or a hospital receiving agent. Whether noted or concealed, damage MUST be reported to the
carrier immediately upon discovery, or in any event, within 14 days after receipt, and the contents and containers held
for inspection by the carrier. A transportation company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested
within this 14 day period.
Call Traffic and Transportation, Milwaukee, WI (414) 827–3449 / 8*285–3449 immediately after damage is found. At
this time be ready to supply name of carrier, delivery date, consignee name, freight or express bill number, item
damaged and extent of damage.
Complete instructions regarding claim procedure are found in Section “S” of the Policy & Procedure Bulletins.
OMISSIONS & ERRORS
GE personnel, please use the GEMS CQA Process to report all omissions, errors, and defects in this documentation.
Customers, please contact your GE Sales or Service representatives.
CAUTION
Do not use the following devices near this equipment. Use of these devices near this equipment could cause
this equipment to malfunction.
Devices not to be used near this equipment:
Devices which intrinsically transmit radio waves such as; cellular phone, radio transceiver, mobile radio transmitter,
radio–controlled toy, etc.
Keep power to these devices turned off when near this equipment.
Medical staff in charge of this equipment is required to instruct technicians, patients and other people who may be
around this equipment to fully comply with the above regulation.
d
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Tab – Section Page REV Error Message 4–1 to 4–53 15
– Title page 17 4 (DAS/Detector) i 9

Title page rear blank
Channel – Ring Radius Table 1–1 to 1–20 16
(Warning and other impor- a to d 0
LED Description 2–1 5
tant information)
5 (X–ray Generator) i to ii 16
(Revision Information) A to C 17
LED Description 1–1 to 1–11 11
(System Notation (NP, i 11
NP+, ...) Errors, Diagnostics & 2–1 to 2–40 16
Troubleshooting (NP, NP+, NP+
1 (System) i to iii 17 Twin)
Service Menu 1–1 to 1–92 17 Errors, Diagnostics & 3–1 to 3–45 16

Troubleshooting (NP++, NP++
Message Display 2–1 to 2–5 10 Twin)
Unix Commands 3–1 to 3–13 15 Errors, Diagnostics & 4–1 to 4–47 16

Troubleshooting (for p5.4 or later
Irix Guide 4–1 to 4–10 11 JEDI Software)
Software Structure 5–1 to 5–6 5 6 (PDU) i 14
Troubleshooting 6–1 to 6–15 17 LED Description (for PDU2) 1–1 to 1–2 14

Ring Value Measurement 7–1 to 7–2 11 i 5
7 (Functional Diagram)
2 (Operator Console) i 15
Emergency 1–1 5
LED Description 1–1 to 1–33 10 Safety Loop 2–1 5
Test Programs 2–1 to 2–18 11
Gantry Rotation 3–1 5
Host Processor Troubleshooting 3–1 to 3–11 17
Tilt FWD/BWD 4–1 5
NPR (Recon Engine) 4–1 to 4–19 15
Troubleshooting Cradle In/Out 5–1 5
3 (Table/Gantry) i 15 IMS In/Out 6–1 5
LED Description 1–1 to 1–9 10 Table Up/Down 7–1 5
Power–on Test 2–1 to 2–5 1 Auto Voice 8–1 5
Off–line Test 3–1 to 3–6 12 – Blank/Rear cover –
A
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
REVISION HISTORY
REV Date Primary Reason for Change
17 12/11/02 System Corrected the calculation for mA smudge (Sec. 1).
Added a troubleshooting tip for DICOM/Network (CQA10111730) (Sec. 6).
OC Added : RTC Battery Troubleshoot (sec3)
Table/Gantry –
DAS/Detector –
X–ray Generator –
PDU –
Functional Diagram –
16 7/01/02 System Corrected: Service menu for V6 (Sec 1)

Added: Image Database troubleshooting (sec 6)
DAS/Detector Added: Channel No. table for Twin (sec 1)
X–ray Generator Added: 0402H error information (sec 2)

Updated: 70–0501H error code (DC bus out of range). (Sec. 2, 3, 4)
15 4/15/02 System Updated: Twin information for IQ scan (Sec. 1).

Added: enableCorrection command (Sec. 3).
OC NPR troubleshooting revised (Sec. 4).
Table/Gantry Corrected the applicable system version information for error messages (Sec. 4).
14 12/21/01 PDU Added this new tab (PDU).
13 8/22/01 System Updated: Service Tool For V/R 6 (Sec. 1) and Unix Commands (Sec. 3).
Table/Gantry Updated the error message information for V/R 6 (Sec. 4).
X–ray Generator Added explanations to 30–0324H error (Sec. 3).
12 4/18/01 System Updated: For V/R 5.5 (sec 1)

Added: SnapState option, TubeTempMax, history log (sec3)
Table/Gantry Added a new TGP board part No. (Sec. 3).
11 12/08/00 System Colored: Sec. 1, 4.

Added the section ‘Ring Value Measurement’ (Sec. 7).
Operator Console Colored: Sec. 2, 3.
Table/Gantry Colored: Sec. 3.
X–ray Generator Colored: Sec. 1.

Updated the descriptions–which section is applicable to which systems (Sec. 2, 3, 4).
B
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
REVISION HISTORY (continued)

REV Date Primary Reason for Change
10 8/31/00 System Changed: The stationary scan parameter during aperture Z–axis zigzag motion (Sec. 1–tube pro-
cedure(change)).
Added (within Sec. 1): View log file note on GSA, Scan Analysis – Z–Axis Tracking, A note for
Raw Data Functions, Z–axis collimation diagnostics.
Adopted the new revision control for Sec. 2, 3, 4.
Operator Console Added: New DASM information (DASM II–VDB (2191523–3), DASM II–LCAM (2191524–2)) (Sec.
1), Other error message information to IDE tests (Sec. 3), NPR (Recon Engine) Troubleshooting
(Sec. 4).
Adopted the new revision control for Sec. 2.
Table/Gantry Adopted the new revision control for Sec. 1, 3.
DAS/Detector Added the cross reference tables for Twin systems (Sec. 1).
X–ray Generator Adopted the new revision control for Sec. 2, 3, 4.
9 6/02/00 – Added Twin system related information.
8 4/20/00 – JEDI p5.4 software.
7 2/25/00 – Tube spits log description; Host Processor Troubleshooting, System menu.
6 12/17/99 – Corrected some Service Menu descriptions; Service Tool for V/R 4.1; Corrected some of the XG
diagnostic procedures.
5 10/19/99 – Added Software Structure diagram/descriptions; Corrected pin numbers in Ring Radius Charts;
Corrected/Added LED descriptions; Added Power–on Test descriptions; Added NP++ XG diag-
nostics.
4 4/22/99 – Added Unix command information to the System tab.
3 2/25/99 – Service Menu – Automated DAS Linearity Test, Detector Channel Information, MTF Survey, TGP
off–line test, Jedi V4.0 software.
2 10/29/98 – Service Menu – XG Test – Error log retrieve (Jedi).
1 7/23/98 – MTF Survey, OC H/W diag test time, LED descriptions for TGP and OGP, TGP Power–on tests
and off–line tests, OGP power–on tests and error messages, XG Diagnostics, Functional Inter-
connection Diagrams.
0 4/09/98 – Initial release.
C
CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119
D
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
SYSTEM NOTATION (NP, NP+, ...)
Hardware Constitution of NP, NP+, NP++, and Twin

According to system models or customer options installed on the system, a number of system specifications or func-
tions available may differ from system to system; such are:
D Selectable scan times, MA values, FOV dimensions
D ‘Remote Tilt’ function
D Number of arrays of DAS/detector units, i.e., single or twin DAS/detector subsystem
D ...
However, the ‘HiSpeed’ series scanners are principally grouped into four, for which the following notations are given
respectively:
‘NP’, ‘NP+’, ‘NP++’ and ‘Twin’
In this ‘Diagnostics’ manual, these notations NP, NP+, NP++, and Twin are used to describe differences among these
four groups and to make descriptions of this manual read simpler.
(However, ‘Twin’ is further grouped into two, that is, ‘NP+ Twin’ and ‘NP++ Twin’. In general outline,
NP+ Twin systems are NP/NP+ systems with a twin DAS/detector, and NP++ Twin systems are NP++ systems
with a twin DAS/detector. These notations also will be used when required.)
The following table describes the constitution of the major hardware of NP, NP+, NP++, and Twin.
Hardware Constitution
Subsystem/Component NP NP+ NP++ NP+ Twin NP++ Twin

OC – common
Gantry Mechanics – Position- Halogen Laser
ing Light Lamps
Mechanics – others common
Electrics Firmware only is different.
Table IMS Standard or Option Standard Standard or Standard
(Intermediate Support) Option
Others common
DAS – common twin DAS
Detector – common twin detector
X–ray Generator – common (Jedi) NP++ Jedi Jedi NP++ Jedi
X–ray Tube – common (D3142T tube) D3152T D3142T D3152T
tube tube tube
PDU – common
i
CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119
ii
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
SECTION 1 – SERVICE TOOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–1

1-1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–1
1-1-1 Service Tool Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–1
1-1-2 Service Tool Index (Alphabetical Order) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–3
1-1-3 Service Desktop User Interface (For V/R 5.5x or later ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . 1–8
1-1-4 Home (For V/R 5.5x or later ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–9
1-1-5 Security Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–16
1-1-6 Accessing the System Message Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–17
1-2 AUDIO CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–18
1-3 AUTOMATED ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–19
1-3-1 POR (For the Single Detector System ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–20
1-4 AUTO DAS LINEARITY TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–24
1-5 AUTO POST RECON TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–25
1-6 DAS DATA TRANSFER TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–26
1-7 DASM DIAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–27
1-8 DETECTOR CHANNEL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–28
1-9 GENERATOR TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–29
1-10 GENERIC SYSTEM ANALYZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–32
1-10-1 View Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–32
1-10-2 Format Raw Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–34
1-10-3 Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–37
1-11 GETSTATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–42
1-11-1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–42
1-11-2 Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–43
1-12 HEAT SOAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–44
1-13 H/W DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–45
1-13-1 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–47
1-13-1-1 Interactive Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–48
1-13-1-2 Offline Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–52
1-14 IMAGE PROFILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–53
1-15 MTF SURVEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–54
1-16 OFFLINE SCAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–59
1-16-1 T/G Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–59
1-17 RAW DATA FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–61
1-18 SCAN ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–62
1-18-1 Z–Axis Tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–67
1-18-2 DD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–71
1-19 SERVICE CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–75
1-20 SERVICE MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–76
1-21 SHUTDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–77
i SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
SECTION PAGE
1-21-1 Application Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–77
1-21-2 System Shutdown (For the system V/R 5.5 or later) – Class C . . . . . . . . . . 1–77
1-22 SYSTEM BROWSER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–78
1-23 TUBE PRO. (NOFILM, CHANGE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–83
1-24 TUBE PRO. (NOFILM, MFG.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–84
1-25 TUBE PROCEDURE (CHANGE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–85
1-26 TUBE PROCEDURE (MFG.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–89
1-27 UPDATE SYSTEM LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–90
1-28 USER PREFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–91
1-29 VECTOR CONVERT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–92
SECTION 2 – MESSAGE DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1

2-1 MESSAGE DESKTOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1
2-2 ERROR LOG VIEWER MESSAGE FORMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–3
SECTION 3 – UNIX COMMANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1

3-1 UNIX COMMANDS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1
3-1-1 Disk Usage Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1
3-1-2 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1
3-1-3 Software Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1
3-1-4 How to Collect Log (SnapState) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–2
3-1-5 How to Display History Log (For V/R 4.13 or later) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–5
3-1-6 How to Use MOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–6
3-1-7 How to Display Cooling Trend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–6
3-1-8 How to Rise the Tube Temperature to 100 % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–7
3-1-9 How to Install SMPTE and QA Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–7
3-1-10 How to Change AutoVoice, X–ray Buzzer Sounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–8
3-1-11 How to Change Image Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–8
3-1-12 How to Change Image Annotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–8
3-1-13 How to Change Display Gamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–9
3-1-14 How to Restart Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–9
3-1-15 How to Delete All Recon Queues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–9
3-1-16 How to Change Exhibition Mode, Stand Alone Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–10
3-1-17 How to Perform Z–axis Collimation Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–11
3-1-18 How to Change the Artifact Correction Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–12
SECTION 4 – IRIX GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–1

4-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–1
4-2 IRIX OPERATING COMMANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–2
4-3 LOG FILES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–6
4-4 SCRIPTS AND EXECUTABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–8
4-5 VI EDITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–10
ii SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
SECTION PAGE
SECTION 5 – SOFTWARE STRUCTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–1

5-1 SOFTWARE STRUCTURE DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–1
5-2 SOFTWARE MODULE DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–2
5-2-1 UIF: User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–2
5-2-2 IOS: Imaging and Operating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–2
5-2-3 ScanReconMgr: Scan Recon Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–2
5-2-4 ScanCtrl: Scan Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–3
5-2-5 tgp_in, tgp_out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–3
5-2-6 AcqCtrl: Acquisition Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–4
5-2-7 RawMgr: Raw Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–4
5-2-8 RawLoad: Raw Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–4
5-2-9 RawStore/RawStoreSlave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–5
5-2-10 ReconCtrl: Recon Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–5
5-2-11 ReconJob: Recon Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–5
5-2-12 ImageReceive, RTImageReceive, RTScoutReceive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–6
5-2-13 ToolCtrl: Tool Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–6
SECTION 6 – TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–1

6-1 COMMUNICATION BETWEEN OC, TGP, OGP, CIF AND JEDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–1
6-1-1 Theory of Wake–up Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–1
6-1-2 Error Messages and Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–2
6-2 DAS DATA PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–3
6-2-1 Pre–requisite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–3
6-2-2 DAS TRIG Signal Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–4
6-2-3 DAS Data Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–7
6-2-4 Data Path Troubleshooting under Intermittent Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–9
6-3 IMAGE DATABASE TROUBLESHOOTING TIPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–13
6-3-1 Image–Database–Oriented Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–13
6-3-2 Log Files for Image Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–14
6-4 DICOM FILMING OR NETWORK TRANSFER IS SLOW (NETWORK TIPS) . . . . . . 6–15
SECTION 7 – RING VALUE MEASUREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–1
iii SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119
iv SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
SECTION 1 – SERVICE TOOL
1-1 GENERAL
Click on the ‘Service’ icon to display the Service Tool desktop.
1-1-1 Service Tool Structure
The Tools for V/R 5.5x or later ONLY:

Underlined : Class C tool
Depending on the system version, some tools cannot be used. (See
table 1–1, Service tool index, Version compatibility.)
Error Logs Diagnostics Image Quality Calibration

Generic System Analyzer Automated Alignment
OC SYSLOG (System Browser) Offline Scan
Scan Analysis Service Calibration
Viewlog Generic System Analyzer
Image Profile CT Number Adjustment
Scan Analysis
AW Logs (System Browser) MTF Survey Quick CT Number Adjustment
Auto Scan
Install SMTPE Image Gravity SAG
Storelog Auto DAS Linearity Test
Verify Security Heat Soak
System Browser (All features) DAS Data Transfer Test
Shell Audio Controls
Tube Usage (System Browser) Generator Test (Shutdown)
Verify Security
H/W Diagnostics (Shutdown)
Update System Log Shell
View H/W Diag
Shell DASM Diag
Auto Post Recon Test
Detector Channel Information
Vector Convert
SnapState
FRU Report Toolboxes/Utilities PM
Configuration Verify Security
User Preference Shell Service Manual Offline Scan
OC Hardware Info (System Browser) Raw Data Function Generic System Analyzer
Software Version
Replacement Increment Exam# Audio Controls
Verify Options Offline Scan Savestate System Browser
Verify Security Generic System Analyzer Selective Save getStats
Shell Tube Procedure (Mfg.) SnapState Service Notepad
Tube Procedure (Change) Calculator Verify Security
*Tube Pro. (NoFilm, Mfg.) Calendar Shell
*Tube Pro. (NoFilm, Change) getStats
Change Display IP
Generator Test (Shutdown)
Shutdown Home
Auto DAS Linearity Test
Automated Alignment –Application Shutdown See Section 1-1-4.
Service Calibration – System shutdown
CT Number Adjustment Verify Security
* : For the system witn Quick CT Number Adjustment Shell
Version 6 or later ONLY Verify Security
Shell
1–1 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-1-1 Service Tool Structure (Continued)
The Tools for V/R 5.0x or lower ONLY:

Underlined : Class C tool
Depending on the system version, some tools cannot be used. (See
table 1–1, Service tool index, Version compatibility.)
System Func. Check Service Adjustment Diagnostics & analysis Utilities

Offline Scan Service Calibration H/W Diagnostics Raw Data Functions
Auto Scan Automated Alignment DAS Data Transfer Test Install SMPTE image
Auto Image Verification CT Number Adjustment Auto Post Recon Test Vector Convert
Auto DAS Linearity Test Quick CT Number Adj. Generic System Analyzer Increment Exam#
Generator Test Audio Control Scan Analysis User Preference
Heat Soak Detector Channel Information SnapState
Gravity sag MTF Survey Viewlog
Tube Procedure (Mfg.) Image Profile SaveState
Tube Procedure (change) Verify Security
Service Manual
Selective Save
System Tools Information DASM Diag
Calculator Software Version FRU Report
Calendar Update System Log
Unix Shell
System Browser
Application Shutdown
1–2 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-1-2 Service Tool Index (Alphabetical Order)

The service tools provided are listed in Table 1–1, in alphabetical order.
Note
The Class C tools are filled in gray.
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
Note
The Class A tools, yet including the Class C sub menu, are filled in yellow stripe.
Table 1–1 Service Tool Index (Alphabetical Order)
Tool Description System Soft- Section No.

ware V/R (for details)
Application Shutdown Terminates the application software to enter the desk- All 1-21
top menu.
Audio Controls X–ray On Sound Params, Alert Sound Params, All 1-2
Autovoice Volume, CD Sound Volume
Auto Image Verification N/A currently. N/A –
Auto Scan You can perform continuous scans automatically with All –
several protocols, but this is the tool for engineering
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ ÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
evaluation, not for FE (field engineer).
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
Automated Alignment
ÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
Tube Rough ISO Alignment, Tube ISO Alignment, Ra- All 1-3
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
dial Alignment, Bowtie Filter Alignment, Phantom Cen-
tering, Tube POR Alignment
Auto DAS Linearity Test ÍÍÍÍÍ
Tests the linearity of CAM board amplifiers. All 1-4
Auto Post Recon Test Tests that post recon operations are correctly per- All 1-5
formed on a specified raw data file.
AW Logs (System Shows log files of ISO LOGS in System Browser. 5.50 or later 1-22
Browser)
Calculator Provided functions: All –
x, /, +, –, 1/x, x^2, SQR, sin, cos, tan, log, ln, y^x, x!, (,
), etc.
Calendar Monthly display. All –
Change Display IP Allows the remote (InSite) user to change the IP Ad- 5.50 or later –
dress where GUI’s and icon’s will be displayed.
For no use in a Field Engineer.
CT Number Adjustment KV values only can be selected (80 kV, 120 kV, All –
140kV). It takes approx. 30 minutes to complete it.
Refer to Functional Check/Adjustment.
Note: If you do not click on Confirm in the scan con-
firm screen within 15 minutes, Time–out occurs.
1–3 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119

DAS Data Transfer Test Tests that test pattern data is correctly sent to the op- All 1-6
erator console.
DASM Diag Analyzes communication status between the HOST 5.00 or later 1-7
computer and DASM or between the HOST computer
and camera.
Detector Channel Infor- Shows the relation among Channel No., ring radius, All 1-8
mation CAM No., cable No., etc.
FRU Report When entering this menu, the errors about TGP, OGP, 5.00 or later –
and DAS are displayed. Then when entering the error
code and clicking on Find, a list of suspicious parts to
be replaced is displayed.
Generator Test Retrieve JEDI Error Log, Saved RAM upload, Saved All 1-9
RAM download, kV Diagnostics, Heater Diagnostic,
Rotor Diagnostic, (others)
Generic System Analyz- View Log Files All 1-10

er Tube Usage Log
Tube Spits Log
Bad Raw Log
Format Raw Data

Fan Data
DAS Data
Analysis
View Raw Data
View Vector
Calculations
getStats Allows you to know the Gantry revolution and tube 5.50 or later 1-11
spits.
Gravity sag Allows you to perform a Gravity sag procedure easily. 4.00 or later –
Refer to Functional Check/Adjustment, System, X–ray
Alignment, Gravity sag.
Heat Soak Scan protocols (Scan Group# 1 ∼ 7) are programmed All 1-12
for heat soak scans.
1–4 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119

H/W Diagnostics Diagnostics: All 1-13
Diagnostics for operator console boards and devices
are provided. Read first Cautions written in Section
1-13, H/W Diagnostics, when performing safety test.
View Log:
Displays diagnostics related logs.
Image Profile The graphical profile data on selected line of the image 4.00 or later 1-14
can be displayed. Horizontal, vertical, and free direc-
tion of a line can be selected.
Increment Exam# Increments the exam No. All –
Install SMPTE image Installs the SMPTE image (and QA images for V/R 5.5 All –
or later) to the OC.
For procedures to install and display the images, refer
to Functional Check/Adjustment, Introduction, Com-
mon Procedures, Basic Operation.
MTF Survey Calculates the image spatial resolution performance All 1-15
data of the system.
OC Hardware Info (Sys- Shows log files of OC Info in System Browser. 5.50 or later 1-22
tem Browser)
OC SYSLOG (System Shows log files of SYSLOG OC in System Browser. 5.50 or later 1-22
Browser)
Offline Scan Technic – Scan Type All 1-16
Axial, Helical, Cine, Scout, Stationary,
T/G Control
Quick CT Number Adj. This menu performs the CT number adjustment with All –
fewer scans than ‘CT Number Adjustment’. It takes
approx. 5 minutes to complete it.
Note: If you do not click on Confirm in the scan con-
firm screen within 15 minutes, Time–out occurs.
Raw Data Function For raw data save/load using an MOD. All 1-17
Savestate Saves/restores scan protocols, calibration files, All –

autovoice data, and other data to/from an MOD.
Scan Analysis Analyzes the raw data so that the scan header or cal 4.10 or later 1-18
vector can be displayed.
Selective Save Saves/restores selectively scan protocols, calibration All –
files, or autovoice data, to/from an MOD.
Service Calibration Auto Sequence 1 ∼ 5, Q Cal, XT Cal, AV Cal, DG Cal, All 1-19
Asymmetric Seq
1–5 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119

Service Manual Displays the contents of CT service CD–ROMs. 4.00 or later 1-20
Service Notepad Allows you to make/save a memo. 5.50 or later –

The memo can be seen in the message log report
(Section 1-1-6). In addition, this information is re-
corded in the Health page file so that it will be reported
to the OLC via InSite.
(Unix) Shell Unix Shell window is displayed. To terminate the shell All –
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ ÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
window, enter exit.
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
Shutdown
ÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
Includes the two types of “Shutdown”. One is applica- All 1-21
SnapState
ÍÍÍÍÍ
tion shutdown, the other is system shutdown.
Collects information for debug purpose. All –
Software Version Shows the system name and software version. All –
(e.g., ‘HiSpeed Series 5.01’)
For V/R 5.5 or later only, the detailed information of all
softwares installed in the system appears. When
checking current software version only, see Home, OC
Application Software. (Section 1-1-4) To terminate this
window, enter Q.
Storelog Saves core, log, and data file to the file, /usr/sc/log/ 5.50 or later –
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
System Browser
ÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
xxxx.xxx for troubleshooting.
ÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
Shows the log files of GE System Log, SYSLOG_OC, 4.10 or later 1-22
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
IOS_LOGS, Tube_Usage, Run_time_stats, OC_Info,
ÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
Config_Files, History_log, and Software_Health_Page.
System Shutdown Terminate all softwares to shut down the system. 5.50 or later 1-21
Tube Pro. (NoFilm, For Single Detector system ONLY: 6.00 or later 1-23
Change) When the tube is replaced, use this program for ad-
justment.
Tube Pro. (NoFilm, Mfg.) For Single Detector system ONLY: 6.00 or later 1-24
For manufacturing use.
Tube Procedure For Twin system ONLY: 5.00 or later 1-25
(change) When the tube is replaced, use this program for ad-
justment.
Tube Procedure (Mfg.) For Twin system ONLY: 5.00 or later 1-26
For manufacturing use.
Tube Usage (System Shows log files of Tube Usage in System Browser. 5.50 or later 1-22
Browser)
Update System Log Updates ‘Tube Usage’ log, ‘Tube Spits’ log, or ‘Bad All 1-27
Raw’ log.
1–6 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119

User Preference Sets ‘Axial image direction’, ‘Gantry direction’, etc. All 1-28
Vector Convert Vectors: Warmup Whole, Warmup History, Hilight, Air All 1-29
& Ptm
Verify Options Shows the options which always have been installed. 5.50 or later –
To terminate this windows, click on Cleanup in the
Service desktop or select Quit from the pop–up menu
of the left upper corner of the window.
Verify Security Displays information of Security Level, Key Expiration All –

Date, and UserID.
used when the security key can not be recognized.
Refer to Section 1-1-5.
View H/W Diag Views Diag Log, P–ON Test Log, SYSLOG, or HINV 5.50 or later –
inventory.
Viewlog Views GE sys log files. The same log files as ones All –
shown in the System browser are displayed.
1–7 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-1-3 Service Desktop User Interface (For V/R 5.5x or later ONLY)
When Starting Service Desktop:

When clicking on Service icon to start the service desktop, the Image works browser also start up and the Service
Desktop hides behind it.
To display the Service Desktop fully, perform either of the followings:
D Click on Start SV Desktop button or
D Click on the border on the Service desktop
Click button.
Click border.
Service Desktop
Cleanup
The Cleanup button on the bottom of the desktop cleans up any previously opened windows, and restores the desktop
to its original state, rather than closing or dismissing each individual application visible on the Service Desktop.
The Cleanup button should be selected whenever the user is done with the Service Desktop or whenever it is desired
to get the desktops back to a known state.
1–8 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-1-3 Service Desktop User Interface (For V/R 5.5x or later ONLY) (Continued)
Using the Mouse on the Service Desktop:

Use the mouse to access and operate diagnostics and tools, or open a shell and type/enter a UNIX command line.
Use the mouse to make screen selections on the service desktop.
Typical mouse button functions:
Function Mouse Button to be used How?

Window Resize Left button Move the mouse pointer at the border of the window,
then press and hold the left button and drag the cursor
to resize the window.
Window Move Center button Move the mouse pointer at the border of the window,
then press and hold the center button and drag the
cursor to move the window.
1-1-4 Home (For V/R 5.5x or later ONLY)
1–9 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-1-4 Home (For V/R 5.5x or later ONLY) (Continued)
System Information
Item Meanings
Facility This information is Hospital Name set in System Configuration –> System setting.
Suite Name This information is Host Name set in System Configuration –> Network setting.
System Type This information is Model Name set in System Configuration –> System setting.
System ID This information is Machine Number set in System Configuration –> System setting.
IP Address This information is IP Address set in System Configuration –> Network setting.
Access Level When the security key is connected to the OC, “Class M” and its expiration date are
displayed. Refer to Section 1-1-5, Security Key.
Software Installation This information is updated automatically when performing LFC or LFW. Note that this
Date is NOT updated when installing the patch software only.
DASM Camera When selecting System Configuration –> Camera Setting –> Laser Camera, “Laser
Camera” is displayed.
DICOM Network This information is Device Files set in System Configuration –> Camera Setting –>
Cameras DICOM Printer.
Installed Tube This is information recorded in the tube usage file.
This is automatically reset when performing Update system log –> Tube Usage (sec-
tion 1-27) at tube replacement.
Tube Install Date This is information recorded in the tube usage file.
This is automatically reset when performing Update system log –> Tube Usage (sec-
Current System Status
Item Meanings
System Date To modify this information, use Application shutdown –> Date Setting.
System Time To modify this information, use Application shutdown –> Date Setting.
OC Application Soft- The current application software version is displayed.
ware
Next Patient Exam The next patient examination number is displayed.
Recon Status
Archive Status For a remote user only:

The same information as the Scan top panel,
panel illus-
illus
Network Status trated on the left, are displayed in these columns.
Filming Status
1–10 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
System Health Information
Item Meanings
Total Gantry Revolu- Indicates the Gantry rotation numbers in “Status” column. This indication can be reset
tions using getStats (section 1-11). The date when the counter was reset is displayed in “In-
formation” column.
The rotation number is slightly less than the mechanical Gantry rotation counter located
near the TGP board (a few %), because this software counter does NOT read all of G
pulse interrupt.
The data of rotation number is sent to the OC just when the Gantry stops.
Total Tube Spits Indicates total tube spits numbers currently.
This is automatically reset when performing Update system log –> Tube spits (sec-
IQ Performance Tool Status

This tools give us advance notice for IQ performance change.
For the system with V/R 5.5x or later, the two types of warm–up scan can be selected:
D Tube Warm–up: performs tube several warm–up scans. These can achieve 13% case temperature.
D Daily calibration (Warm up): performs conventional tube warm–up scans (tube warm–up scans:30% case
and calibration scans) plus IQ performance measurement scans. (For detail scan protocol, refer to IQ
performance Measurement scan described below.)
So, whenever the daily calibration is performed, the IQ performance data are collected and analyzed automatically,
and the results are stored in the file, then displayed on the “Status” column of the IQ Performance Tool Status. The
“Information” means the date when the status has been determined.
The three types of status are displayed:
D GREEN: displayed when the result is WITHIN allowable specifications. (Also refer to IQ performance tool
specifications.)
D YELLOW: displayed when the result is OUTSIDE OF allowable specifications. There is a possibility to
affect Image Quality. (Also refer to IQ performance tool specifications.)
D RED: displayed when the result is OUTSIDE OF allowable specifications. A serious Image Quality prob-
lem might occur. (Also refer to IQ performance tool specifications.)
Note
The results are stored as a vector file, so that they can also be seen using Scan Analysis, DD file
analysis function. (For mA Smudge and Scan Time Smudge Only, they can not be seen, because
the files can NOT be made.)
The files is stored up to 5MB. In excess of 5MB, the directory of the files will be cleaned up when
executing this tool. Since the vector files of approx. 400 KB per daily calibration are created, 10 days’
data can be stored. However calculation in Scan Analysis reduces data to be stored.
1–11 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
IQ Performance Measurement Scan

The following scans are performed as IQ Performance Measurement scans.
Item Scan Type Scan Thick- kV mA Focus Rotor X–ray

Time ness
Air Calibration 10mm Axial 1.0 10 120 30 Large ON ON
* Air Calibration 7mm Axial 1.0 7 120 40 Large ON ON
Offset SD/Mean Axial 0.8 1 0 0 Large ON OFF
Detector/DAS Linearity Stationary 1.0 3 120 60 Large ON ON
* AB Ratio Stationary 1.0 1 120 100 Small ON ON
* Z–axis stop movement Stationary 3.0 1 120 100 Small ON ON
Note: The air calibration renewal data are used for calculating air calibration drift.
*: For Twin System ONLY
1–12 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
IQ Performance Tool Specifications

For equation for each item below, refer to IQ Performance Tool Analysis.
Item Meanings Specifications

Green Yellow Red
Offset Mean Validity of offset –1.0 ≤ Mean ≤ 1.0 –2.0 ≤ Mean ≤ 2.0 Mean < –2.0 or
Mean value. Mean >2.0
Offset SD Validity of offset SD SD ≤ 2.0 SD ≤ 3.5 SD > 3.5
value.
Air Cal Drift 10000 Stability of 10 mm 0.95 ≤ New/Old ≤ 0.90 ≤ New/Old ≤ New/Old < 0.90 or
air calibration. 1.05 1.10 New/Old > 1.10
Air Cal Drift 7000 Stability of 7 mm air
calibration.
calibration.
calibration.
mA Smudge mA–dependent DAS Differences between ≤ 1000 ppm (0.1%) >1000 ppm (0.1%)
Linearity variation #25 and #26 (Cen-
(Center section ter module) and be-
only) tween #27 and #26
≤ 500 ppm (0.05%)
mA Band mA–dependent DAS Difference among ≤ 2000 ppm (0.2%) >2000 ppm (0.2%)
Linearity variation channels ≤ 1000
(Total) ppm (0.1%)
Scan Time Smudge Scan–time–depen- Differences between ≤ 1000 ppm (0.1%) >1000 ppm (0.1%)
dent DAS Linearity #25 and #26 (Cen-
variation (Center ter module) and be-
section only) tween #27 and #26
≤ 500 ppm (0.05%)
Scan Time Band Scan–time–depen- Difference among ≤ 2000 ppm (0.2%) >2000 ppm (0.2%)
dent DAS Linearity channels ≤ 1000
variation (Total) ppm (0.1%)
AB Ratio Q Channel A/B ratio (Q channel ≤± 5% ≤ ± 10% > ± 10%
(See Note below.) 16 view smoothing)
AB Ratio Center A/B ratio (Center ≤ ± 20% ≤ ± 30% > ± 30%
channel 16 view
(See Note below.) smoothing)
AB Ratio Last A/B ratio (Last ≤ ± 20% ≤ ± 30% > ± 30%
channel 16 view
(See Note below.) smoothing)
Note: The 1 ~ 250 View data are NOT used when calculating AB Ratio.
1–13 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
IQ Performance Tool Analysis (How to calculate the status)

D Offset Mean/Offset SD:
Uses data of Offset SD/Mean scan (with Offset correction ON and with others OFF) .
D Air Cal Drift:

Uses data of air calibration 3mm~10mm. After completion of calculation for renewing air calibration data,
the new Vector is compared with the reference Vector (that is a Calibration Vector acquired at last CT #
Adjustment) using the following equation.
New Vector / Reference Vector
D mA Smudge:
Uses data of Detector/DAS Linearity scan 60mA and 200mA to calculate linearity difference between #25
and #26 (Center) modules of the DAS/Detector and difference between #27 and #26 modules.
How to Calculate:
1. The Mean Vector is calculated after performing the Offset and Reference Correction of each scan data.
2. Differences between modules are calculated using the following equations, then they are compared with
specifications.
Equation to calculate difference between #25 and #26 (Center) (#25•#26/#26):
Ǌǒ ȍ 387
i+372
VecA iń ȍ VecB Ǔ * ǒ ȍ VecA ń ȍ VecB Ǔ
387
i+372
i
403
i+388
i
403
i+388
i ǋ
ǒȍ ȍ VecB Ǔ
Vec A: 60mA mean vector, Vec B: 200mA mean vector
403 403
VecA iń i
i+388 i+388
Equation to calculate difference between #27and #26 (Center) (#27•#26/#26):
Ǌǒ ȍ 419
i+404
VecA iń ȍ VecB Ǔ * ǒ ȍ VecA ń ȍ VecB Ǔ
419
i+404
i
403
i+388
i
403
i+388
i ǋ
ǒȍ ȍ VecB Ǔ
Vec A: 60mA mean vector, Vec B: 200mA mean vector
403 403
VecA iń i
i+388 i+388
Difference between Difference between

#26 and #25 #26 and #27
#25 #26 #27
1–14 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119

D Scan Time Smudge:
Uses data of Detector/DAS Linearity scan 1sec and 3sec to calculate linearity difference between #25 and
#26 (Center) modules of the DAS/Detector and difference between #27 and #26 modules.
How to Calculate:
Refer to mA Smudge other than Vec A and Vec B. (Vec A: 3 sec mean vector, Vec B: 1 sec mean vector)
D mA Band:
Uses data of Detector/DAS Linearity scan 60mA and 200mA to calculate linearity difference between adja-
cent modules for all channels.
How to Calculate:
1. The Mean Vector is calculated after performing the Offset and Reference Correction of each scan data.
2. Difference between modules are calculated using the following equations, then they are compared with
specifications.
HPF (Vec A / Vec B)

(Vec A: 60mA mean vector, Vec B: 200mA mean vector)
D Scan Time Band:

Uses data of Detector/DAS Linearity scan 1sec and 3sec to calculate linearity difference between adjacent
modules for all channels.
How to Calculate:
Refer to mA Band other than Vec A and Vec B. (Vec A: 3 sec mean vector, Vec B: 1 sec mean vector)
D AB Ratio Q Channel/Center/Last:
Uses data of AB ratio scan. For Q cal channel, Center Channel, and Last Channel, (kA–B) / (kA+B) are
calculated per view, then they are compared with specifications for16 view smoothing.
The channels to be used:

Q cal channel: 1~3 ch, Center Channel: 396~398 ch, Last Channel: 791~793 ch
D Z–axis step movement:

The motor pulse and Z–channel Vectors are only calculated and stored.
1–15 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-1-5 Security Key

To use the Class C service tools, remove the key cover, and connect the security key to the connector. See below.
Some time (approximately 20 sec) is required for class C menus to become available, after any service tool opera-
tions.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
If the Class C menu are NOT displayed, click on ‘Verify Security’ in the Service Tool with the
security key connected to the connector.
Security
Key Con-
nector
1–16 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-1-6 Accessing the System Message Log

To display the System Message Log Report, click the status message area on the desktop, then click on View Log.
Click this
message
area.
1–17 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-2 AUDIO CONTROL
Table 1–2 Audio Control
Audio Adjustable Parameter

X–ray On Sound Params Volume, Pitch, Length
Alert Sound Params Volume, Pitch, Length
Autovoice Volume Volume
CD Sound Volume Gantry Volume, Operator Console Volume
1–18 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-3 AUTOMATED ALIGNMENT
Table 1–3 Automated Alignment
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ Note
The Menu filled in yellow stripe below are the Class C tool.
Automated Alignment Menu Displayed Instruction

(Sequence)
Tube ISO Alignment Air Scan → Pin Scan
[Adjust Tube position without Bowtie Filter]
Tube Rough ISO Alignment Air Scan → Pin Scan
[Adjust Tube position without Bowtie Filter]
Radial Alignment Air Scan → Rad Pin Scan
[Adjust Detector position without Bowtie Filter]
Tube Alignment must be completed before Radial Alignment.
Bowtie Filter Alignment Air Scan [without BTF] → Air Scan [with BTF]
Adjust Bowtie Filter position.
Phantom Centering –
POR Alignment Filmless POR,
Refer to Functional Check/Adjustment, System, X–ray alignment, POR
ystem
for Twin System.

Twin Sys
BOW Alignment When POR is correctly adjusted, then filmless BOW (Beam–ON–Win-
dow) can be performed. Measure the three points of the channel bands
and move the Detector to align the wave is just on the 0 line. In this ad-
justment, vertical axis is normalized in value so that center is 0 and Max,
Min is 1 and –1.
Refer to Functional Check/Adjustment, System, X–ray alignment, BOW
for Twin System.
Q–cal Channel Ratio Refer to Functional Check/Adjustment, System, X–ray alignment, Q–cal
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
POR
Channel Ratio.
Refer to the following instrucitons, Section 1-3-1.
00 or later ONLY
Dettector System
Air Scan (Small Focus) → Air Scan (Large Focus)
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ For Small Focus:
Tool Scan (Azimuth 0 deg) → Tool Scan (Azimuth 180 deg)
For Large Focus:
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ Tool Scan (Azimuth 0 deg) → Tool Scan (Azimuth 180 deg)
Fo V/R 6.0
Film POR Stationary Scan (Azimuth 0 deg.→ 180 deg)
Single
Refer to Functional Check/Adjustment, System, X–ray alignment, POR
Except for Twin System.
For
S
BOW
Film BOW
N/A
Stationary Scan (Azimuth 0 deg.)
Refer to Functional Check/Adjustment, System, X–ray alignment, BOW
Except for Twin System.
1–19 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-3 AUTOMATED ALIGNMENT (continued)

Note
The Tube Rough ISO Alignment and Radial alignment are rarely performed. Only when loosening
the detector locking screw, they must be performed.
1-3-1 POR (For the Single Detector System ONLY)
Special Tool
D POR Tool (2168161)
This program checks and adjusts the plane of rotation of the x–ray fan beam until it is perpendicular to the axis of
Gantry rotation within the specification.
1. Set the POR Tool to the phantom holder.
Verification of the POR Tool positioning (on the horizontal plane):
a. Perform a scout scan on the POR Tool at Scout plane 0 degree.

The scout image appear.
b. Press on Grid On/Off button.
c. Verify that the horizontal line and the edge of the POR Tool are parallel. See Illustration below.
d. Verify that the POR Tool is placed at the center of the X axis.
VERIFY THAT THESE LINES ARE PARALLEL
POR–TOOL
HORIZONTAL LINE
CENTER OF THE X AXIS (X = 0 mm)
1–20 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-3-1 POR (For the Single Detector System ONLY) (continued)

Verification of the POR Tool positioning (on the vertical plane):
e. Perform a scout scan on the POR Tool at Scout plane 90 degrees.
f. Press on Grid On/Off button.
g. Verify that the horizontal line and the POR Tool surface are parallel. See Illustration below.
h. Verify that the POR Tool is placed at the center of the Y axis.
HORIZONTAL LINE
CENTER OF THE Y AXIS (Y = 0 mm)

POR–TOOL SURFACE
i. Verify that the POR Tool is not tilted along the Z axis (A–A’ in the illustration below).
A’
If the POR–TOOL is tilted,

the following scout image appears.
A A
A’
1–21 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119

2. Position the POR Tool at the scan center using localize function (Show Localizer). (In this step a tool is re-
quired to be placed on the scan plane.) See the illustration below.
X=0mm
Y=0mm
POR–TOOL
3. Position the POR Tool at the (scan center +170 mm) height. See the illustration below.
Hold down the [Height] button to display the current height (ex. ‘–206’), and press the [Up] button to raise the
Table by 170 mm (ex. Until the Display reads ‘–036’).
If the Table can not be raised to the specified height due to the interlock function, switch ON (up) the S1–T3
Table dip switch on the TGP Board to disable the interlock function, and continue to raise the Table. In this
case, be careful not to have the Table collide against anything.
170 mm Up
CENTER OF SCAN PLANE
1–22 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119

4. Press INLM button on the Gantry Display panel to reset the current tool position.
5. Remove the Bow–tie filter.
6. Move the cradle out from the Gantry to perform the air scan.
7. Select Service –> Automated Alignment –> Tube POR Alignment –> OK.
8. Air Scan:
Perform air scans, according to the instructions displayed.
9. Move the cradle IN to the 0 position set in step 4.
10. Azimuth 0 degree Scan:

Perform tool scans, according to the instructions displayed.
11. Azimuth 180 degree Scan:

Perform tool scans, according to the instructions displayed.
12. The tube travel appears on the screen.

Move the tube according to the instructions displayed. For adjustment, refer to Functional Check / Adjustment,
System, X–ray Alignment, Plane of Rotation.
Repeat steps 8 to 11 until specification is within tolerance.
******************************* Displayed *******************************

Move the tube toward the Gantry by 23.81 mm.
Press OK after adjusting the Tube Position.
************************************************************************
1–23 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-4 AUTO DAS LINEARITY TEST

Note
To perform this ’Auto DAS Linearity Test’, disconnect all of the flex cables (51 cables) connected be-
tween the detector and the DAS (disconnect them at the detector side).
Refer to the Component Replacement manual.
Table 1–4 Auto DAS Linearity Test
Test Parameter to be Description

Specified
Detector Selection For systems with twin detectors, select the ‘A Side’ or ‘B Side’ detector.
([A Side] or [B Side]) For systems with a single detector, the ‘A Side’ only can be selected.
Mode Selection ‘High’: Test of the CAM board linearity at amplification factors of X1 and
([High], [Medium], [Low]) X4, using a ‘High’ level test current.
‘Medium’: Test of the CAM board linearity at amplification factors of X4
and X16, using a ‘Medium’ level test current.
‘Low’: Test of the CAM board linearity at amplification factors of X16 and
X64, using a ‘Low’ level test current.
Usually, select all of ‘High’, ‘Medium’, and ‘Low’.

Scan Type ‘Axial’: The gantry rotates while test data is collected.
[Axial], [Stationary] ‘Stationary’: The gantry does not rotate while test data is collected.
Scan Time Select a scan time, during which test data is collected.
Test Execution
After selecting the parameters in Table 1–4, click [Ok].
The linearity specification is 0.999 ∼ 1.001.

Channels whose linearity data was found out of this specification are listed in the ‘Spec Out Ch#’ window.
Click [Show Numerical] to numerically show linearity data of each channel in the ‘Numerical’ window.
You can store the linearity data to a mean vector.
1–24 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-5 AUTO POST RECON TEST

This menu automatically tests the operation of post reconstruction for a number of times.
First, select an ID of a raw data file on which post recon test is performed.
And then, input the image ID which is correctly reconstructed from the selected raw data (called reference image).
During the test, recon operation on the selected raw data is performed and then the resulted image is compared with
the reference image to check if they are identical. This check is repeated for the number of times specified or until
specified number of errors occur.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
For the V/R 5.xx System, do not select a helical image for this test. Only an axial image can
be used for this test.
Table 1–5 Auto Post Recon Test
Test Parameter to be Selectable Parameter

Specified
Raw ID Enter a raw data file ID directly, or select one from ‘Raw Browser.’
(Exam#, Series#, Acq#)
Image ID Enter the image ID directly, or select one from ‘Image Browser.’
(Exam#, Series#, Image#)
No. of Test (arbitrary)
(arbitrary)
Until Errors Occur
(The test will be terminated after the specified number of errors occur.)
1–25 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-6 DAS DATA TRANSFER TEST
Table 1–6 DAS Data Transfer Test
Test Parameter to be Selectable Parameter

Specified
Test Mode: Bit by Bit Normal, Infinite
Scan Mode Stationary Scan, Rotate Scan
Scan Time 0.8 (or 0.7, if a 0.7 sec option is installed), 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 3.0, 1.0 <–> 2.0
Alternate, Sequential (All)
No. of Scan (arbitrary)
No. of Test (arbitrary)
(The total number of scans performed will be (No. of Scan) X (No. of
Test).)
(arbitrary)
Until errors occur. (The test scans will be terminated after the specified number of errors
occur.)
Test Results
[Result of Comparison] → [View Log]:
Select either of the following to view test results previously performed:
‘Das Data Transfer Test Log1’
1–26 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-7 DASM DIAG

This tool analyzes communication status between the HOST computer and DASM or between the HOST computer
and camera. The following tests are performed continuously, then the results are displayed.
D hinv:
Displays hardware configuration information.
D scsistat:
Checks the SCSI bus, connectors, and SCSI ID. Make sure that DASM is powered and being run.
D showdasm:
This will query the DASM and provide you with configuration information for it.
D rsp:
Once this command is issued, ‘clrsp’, ‘rqs’, and ‘rsp’ programs are executed in this order. You can check
if the DASM is properly connected to the laser camera.
1–27 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-8 DETECTOR CHANNEL INFORMATION

In this menu, the relation among the following is shown.
D Detector channel No.
D Ring radius
D DAS transfer order
D CAM No.
D Cable No.
D Module No.
Table 1–7 Detector Channel Information
Menu Description
Detector Channel Number Select any of the following, and then, enter the channel No. in the box.
‘Active Channel’ (1 ∼ 793)
‘Ref1 Channel’ (1 ∼ 10)
‘Ref2 Channel’ (1 ∼ 10)
‘Q Channel’ (1 ∼ 3)
MK1
MK2
VN
VEM (1 ∼ 4)
Radius Enter the radius of a ring artifact. (0.00 mm ∼ 250.00mm)
DAS Transfer Order Enter the transfer order. (1 ∼ 868)
1–28 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-9 GENERATOR TEST

Click on Generator Test, the following message appears. Enter y to enter the Generator test.
Table 1–8 Generator Test
Command Description JEDI

software
Version
Retrieve Board Version Version information of each board is sent to the operator All
console (OC) and displayed.
Retrieve Software Version Software version information of the JEDI generator is sent All
to the OC and displayed.
Clear Filament aging, Tube status Clears data of filament aging and statistics of the x–ray All
tube currently installed.
This command should be executed after the x–ray tube is
replaced; do not execute this command for the currently
used x–ray tube.
Clear Error Log Clears the error log data stored in the JEDI generator. All
Clear generator tracking/trendiing da- Clears the tracking/trending data stored in the JEDI genera- All
tabase tor.
Error log retrieve (JEDI) Retrieves the error log stored in the JEDI generator, and All
displays it.
The JEDI error log contains up to 60 error records and they
are more detailed than the corresponding error information
provided by the system. The date and time recorded in the
log are generated in the generator (i.e., JEDI time).
If the error log is not displayed due to some error, see the
‘JEDIerror.log’ or ‘JEDIerror.log.detail’ file in the /usr/g/ser-
vice/log directory, as follows:
1. Select Unix Shell from the System Tools menu to open
the winterm window.
2. Enter the following (underlined) in the window.
cd /usr/g/service/log <Enter>
JEDIerror.log <Enter> or
JEDIerror.log.detail <Enter> (detailed log)
(continued)
1–29 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-9 GENERATOR TEST (continued)
Table 1–8 Generator Test (continued)

software
Version
JEDI tracking/trending datum upload The tracking/trending data stored in the generator is sent to P5.xx or
the OC. later
Code Download (JEDI) Sends the JEDI firmware data to the generator. All
This command is used when the generator firmware need-
ed to be updated.
At first, a data checksum is calculated and then the firm-
ware data is sent to the generator, which takes approxi-
mately 12 hours.
Error Definition file update Updates the error code definition information. P5.xx or
This command should be executed after the Code Down- later
load (JEDI) command is executed, since error code Nos.
are changed by the firmware update.
TnT Definition file update Updates the TnT code definition information. P5.xx or
This command should be executed after the Code Down- later
load (JEDI) command is executed, since TnT code Nos. are
changed by the firmware update.
Saved RAM data Upload The data stored in the generator is sent to the OC. All
Saved RAM data Download Sends the saved generator data to the generator. All
kV Diagnostic (Gates Drive Test) Tests the inverter operation with no main DC power input. All
A delay time until the actual execution starts can be speci-
fied.
Refer to Section 2–10 or 3–10–1 ‘Inverter Gate Command
Diagnostics’, of X–ray Generator of this manual.
kV Diagnostic (Primary power test) Tests the high voltage inverter operation with the inverter All
output shorted.
Refer to Section 2–11 or 3–10–2 ‘Inverter in Short Circuit
Diagnostics’, of X–ray Generator of this manual.
kV Diagnostic (no load kV) Tests the high voltage operation without making x–ray ex- All
posures.
Refer to Section 2–12 ‘No Load HV Diagnostics’ or Section
3–10–3 ‘No Load HV Diagnostic without Anode Rotation nor
Filament Heating’, of X–ray Generator of this manual.
(continued)
1–30 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-9 GENERATOR TEST (continued)
Table 1–8 Generator Test (continued)

software
Version
Heater Diagnostic Tests the filament heating operation. All
Refer to Section 2–8 ‘Heating Function Diagnostics’ or Sec-
tion 3–8 ‘Heating without HV nor Rotation Diagnostic’, of
X–ray Generator of this manual.
Rotor Diagnostic Tests the x–ray tube rotor operation. All
Refer to Section 2–9 ‘Rotation Function Diagnostics’ or
Section 3–9 ‘Rotation without HV nor Filament Diagnostic’,
of X–ray Generator of this manual.
Set JEDI time Sets the generator date and time equal to the system ones. All
To do this, do ‘get system time’, and then, ‘set JEDI time’.
Checksum saved RAM Calculates a checksum of RAM. All
This command should be executed after a software patch is
performed using the Saved RAM data Download command.
D Click [Apply] to send a selected command to the x–ray generator.
1–31 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-10 GENERIC SYSTEM ANALYZER
1-10-1 View Log Files

IMPORTANT NOTE:
For the V/R 5.0x System, this function can NOT be used. (This is available for V/R 4.xx or
lower or for V/R 5.5x or later.)
IMPORTANT NOTE:
For V/R 5.5x or later system , the Tube Usage Log menu is deleted. Use Tube Usage in Error
Logs to display the tube usage log.
Table 1–9 View Log Files
View Log Files Submenu Description

Menu
Tube Usage Log Current Tube This log includes the following data:
(Usage Log of the currently
installed tube) 1. Total tube slice counts
2 Number of slices of cluster scans for each scan technique
2.
After Installed 3. Time of each helical/scout scan
(Usage Log of tubes pre-
viously used on the system)
Tube Spits Log – This log includes total spit counts along with time and date.
A trend of spit occurrence frequency can be observed.
Bad Raw Log – This file contains total counts of bad raw data files.
Tube Usage Log

D Use [ ↑ ] or [ ↓ ] keys to scroll the log lists.
D [After Installed] → Previous Tube Usage Log files:

Up to the following five log files ( for five tubes) can be displayed.
‘Sv Tube Usage.log.old1’
1–32 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-10 GENERIC SYSTEM ANALYZER (continued)
1-10-1 View Log Files (continued)
Tube Spits Log

Tube spits log is graphically displayed as below.
The data indicates accumulated values.
KV values used while spits occurred are indicated on the graph.
10 Spits Log Data

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
No. of Slices 50000
Bad Raw Log

Bad raw data file log is graphically displayed as below.
1 Bad Raw Log Data
–1.0
No. of Slices 50000
1–33 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-10-2 Format Raw Data
Table 1–10 Format Raw Data
Format Raw Submenu Description

Data Menu
Fan Data Store to File, Numerical Stores or numerically displays raw data or vector data.
Display The original raw data is converted into floating point number
format with or without data correction or conversion applied.
DAS Data Numerical Display Displays numerically raw data without any data correction or
conversion applied; i.e., displays DAS data itself in hexadeci-
mal format.
A Side For Twin System ONLY:
GS
GSA has as a function
u ct o to manipulate
a pu ate ttwo
o raw
a data ((A a d B).
and ) So we e ca a e mean
can make ea file
eoor
B Side raw file from each detector channel independently. It means, in every scan mode, the two
raw data (A and B) are corrected and used for reconstruction.
Raw Data File Selection

1. Select ‘Generic System Analyzer’ from ‘Diagnostics & analysis.’
2. Select a raw data ID from the lists:
a. Select first an Exam #.
b. Select a Series #.
c. Select an Acq #. If the selected series # above is for a helical scan, further select an Acq #.
1–34 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-10-2 Format Raw Data (continued)
Fan Data
D Fan Data Format – Correction & Conversion:
Select whether the following corrections or conversion are to be applied or not.
– Offset File Correction: If ‘Yes’, the raw data is corrected by offset views (offset views are the
first 64 views which are collected prior to x–ray exposure to gather offset data).
– Reference Correction: If ‘Yes’, the raw data is corrected by reference channel data (reference
channels receive direct x–rays, i.e., which have not passed through an object to be scanned).
– Natural Log Conversion: If ‘Yes’, natural log operation is applied to the raw data.
Then, the following data ‘Fan Data Averages’ are displayed:
– Active Views
Max of Max = x.xxxxxx channel x view x
Min of Min = x.xxxxxx channel x view x
Avg of Mean = x.xxxxxx
Avg of SD = x.xxxxxx
Offset Views
Max of Max = x.xxxxxx channel x view x
Min of Min = x.xxxxxx channel x view x
Avg of Mean = x.xxxxxx
Avg of SD = x.xxxxxx
1–35 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-10-2 Format Raw Data (continued)

D Fan Data Format – File Data Type:
Select either of the following data types (written in bold) to store it to a raw data file or a vector file, or to
display (numerically) it.
‘Original’ is stored to a raw data file, and the others (‘Active Min’, ‘Active Max’, ...) are stored to a vector
file. ‘Vector file’ means here a one–dimensional type file, on the other hand, a raw data file is a two–dimen-
sional file; i.e., each channel has data for each view.
– Original
(Specify 1, 2, ... , or 6, as an ID No. A raw data file stored with this ID No. can be graphically viewed
in ‘View Raw Data’ (Generic System Analyzer → Analysis → View Raw Data).)
(For all the ones below, specify a number as a vector file No. A vector file stored with this number
can be graphically viewed in ‘View Vector’ (Generic System Analyzer → Analysis → View Vec-
tor).)
– Active Min (This vector consists of minimum values of each channel during active views.)
– Active Max (This vector consists of maximum values of each channel during active views.)
– Active Mean (This vector consists of mean values of each channel during active views.)
– Active SD (This vector consists of standard deviation values of each channel during active
views.)
– Offset Min (This vector consists of minimum values of each channel during offset views.)
– Offset Max (This vector consists of maximum values of each channel during offset views.)
– Offset Mean (This vector consists of mean values of each channel during offset views.)
– Offset SD (This vector consists of standard deviation values of each channel during offset
views.)
DAS Data
D Select ‘Channel’ or ‘View.’
– ‘Channel’ is selected: Specify a channel No. Data for every view, of the specified channel, is
numerically displayed in hexadecimal format.
– ‘View’ is selected: Specify a view No. Data for every channel, of the specified view, is numerical-
ly displayed in hexadecimal format.
1–36 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-10-3 Analysis
Table 1–11 Analysis
Analysis Menu Provided Functions Description

View Raw Data Magnify, Minify, Gray Displays data of a raw data file as shades.
Scale, Cursor, Numerical,
Plot, Erase, ROI Graphics
View Vector Magnify, Numerical, Plot, Displays data of vector files as graphs.
Erase
Calculations Vect/Vect. Op A+B, A–B, AXB, A/B, ln(A), HPF(A), LPF(A), Diff. Filter(A)
Raw/Vect. Op A+B, A–B, AXB, A/B
Raw/Raw Op A+B, A–B, AXB, A/B, ln(A), HPF(A), LPF(A), Diff. Filter(A)
View Raw Data

Before you use this menu, you have to store a raw data file in the ‘Fan Data’ menu (Diagnostics & analysis → Generic
System Analyzer → Format Raw Data → Fan Data).
1. Select a raw data file from SvSupRaw1, SvSupRaw2, ... , SvSupRaw6.
A raw data file is a two–dimensional type: each channel has data for each view.
In this menu, data is shown as shades, i.e., gray scaling.
Since the length of the vertical axis (view) is not enough for showing all the views, use the scroll bar to display
the not–displayed upper or lower part of views.
Channel
1 1000
1
View
By scrolling, up to the 1037th view
can be displayed.
The actual number of channels or
views varies according to a product
model.
576
Scroll Bar
1–37 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-10-3 Analysis(continued)
2. You can use the following functions for the displayed raw data (shades).
D [Magnify]:
Scales up both horizontal (channel) and vertical (view) axes by a factor of any of 1, 2, ... , 9.
D [Minify]:
Select ‘Remove Odd View’ or ‘Remove Even View.’
D [Gray Scale]:
Select ‘Auto range’ or ‘Manual range.’
D [Cursor]:
Shows and sets a (+) cursor to the designated location (channel, view). The cursor can be dragged and
set (by a second click).
D [Numerical]:
Use this after setting a cursor position. Displays values on the positions surrounding the cursor (eight
positions).
Cursor
D [Plot]:
Before selecting this function, show and set a cursor to a location of interest (channel, view) by [Cursor].
– Horizontal Profile: Data for each channel is graphically displayed for the specified view; i.e.,
shades on a horizontal line (on the specified view) are displayed by a graph.
– Vertical Profile: Data of each view is graphically displayed for the specified channel; i.e., shades
on a vertical line (on the specified channel) are displayed by a graph.
‘Auto Scale’ or ‘Manual Scale’ can be selected for the graph plotting. (For ‘Manual Scale’, enter ‘Minimum’
and ‘Maximum’ values.)
D [Erase]:
Erases graphs and/or the cursor.
1–38 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
D [ROI Graphics]:
ROI Graphics Menu: ‘Distance’, ‘Erase’, ‘Ellipse’, ‘Erase All’, ‘Rectangle’
The graphics Distance, Ellipse, and Rectangle can be dragged, sized, and numbered.
Distance Ellipse Rectangle
– Distance: Shows a length (distance) by a number of channels and a number of views.
Number
of Views
Number of
Channels
– Ellipse or Rectangle: Shows the following values of the region inside the graphic.
Mean, Standard Deviation (S. D.),
1–39 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
View Vector
Before you use this menu, you have to store a vector file in the ‘Fan Data’ menu (Diagnostics & analysis → Generic
System Analyzer → Format Raw Data → Fan Data).
1. Select a vector file.
2. Click on [Plot] and select ‘Auto Scale’ or ‘Manual Scale’ to display a graph.
Data of channels are displayed as a graph.

‘Vector File’ means a one–dimensional type file; a typical example is a mean file.
Data
Channel
3. You can use the following functions for the displayed graph.
D [A], ["]:
When the ‘Magnify’ function (refer to below) is used, the length of the horizontal axis is not enough for
showing all the channels.
Shift the graph in the right or left direction with these buttons to display the not–displayed right or left part
of the graph.
D [Magnify]:
Scales up both horizontal (channel) and vertical (data) axes.
D [Numerical]:
Data for each channel is numerically displayed in the right bottom corner area of the monitor screen.
D [Plot]:
Select ‘Auto Scale’ or ‘Manual Scale.’
D [Erase]:
Erases the graph currently displayed.
1–40 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
Calculations
1. Select any of the following as a combination of data types which arithmetic operations are to be applied to.
‘Vect/Vect. Op’
‘Raw/Vect. Op’
‘Raw/Raw Op’ (Vect: Vector file, Raw: Raw data file)
2. Select a kind of operation (addition, subtraction, division, ...).
3. ‘Enter Output Vector (or Raw File) Number’

(Enter a number; a file with this identification No. will contain the calculation result.)
1–41 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-11 GETSTATS
1-11-1 General
Click on getStats. The following screen appears to know the Gantry revolution and tube spits.
Show Tube Spits Count

Shows total spits count and last updated date.
Show Tube Spits Log File

Shows total spits count, slice count, and spits count.
Show Gantry Revolution Count

Shows total Gantry revolution count, last updated date, and Gantry revolution count within a specific period.
Reset Total Gantry Revolution Count

Using this function, you can set the total Gantry revolution count to the number you desire. A comment can also
be entered.
Reset Gantry Revolution Count

Using this function, you can set the Gantry revolution count to 0 (Zero).
Show Total Gantry Revolution Count Log File

Shows the number of Total Gantry revolution per day. (The data of 50 days are displayed.)
Show Total Gantry Revolution Counter Reset History

Shows the reset history of the total Gantry revolution count.
1–42 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-11 getStats (Continued)
1-11-2 Command
You can execute the same getStats function using command line. First run a shell, then enter:
No. Item Command

– getStats main menu getStats
2 Show Tube Spits Count getStats TUBE_SPITS
tubeSpits
tubeSpits –s
3 Show Tube Spits Log file getStats TUBE_SPITS_LOG
tubeSpits –l
4 Show Gantry Revolution Count getStats GANTRY_REV
revCounter –s
5 Reset Total Gantry Revolution Count revCounter TOTALRESET
6 Reset Gantry Revolution Count revCounter RESET
7 Show Total Gantry Revolution Count Log file getStats GANTRY_REV 50
(for 50 days) revCounter –l 50
– Show any Gantry Revolution Count Log file getStats GANTRY_REV [any number]
revCounter –l [any number]
– Show all Gantry Revolution Count Log file getStats GANTRY_REV_ALL
revCounter –a
8 Show Total Gantry Revolution Counter Reset History getStats GANTRY_REV_HISTORY
revCounter –h
1–43 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-12 HEAT SOAK
Prior to starting Heat Soak

D The x–ray tube should be sufficiently cool.
D If the ‘Cooling time too long’ error message is displayed, you will have to wait at least for 31 minutes to
be able to start Heat Soak.
Table 1–12 Heat Soak
Scan Protocol #Scans

(V4 Cooling) (V5 Cooling)
Scan Group# 1 10 10
Scan Group# 2 10 20
Scan Group# 3 30 10
Scan Group# 4 30 20
Scan Group# 5 20 3
Scan Group# 6 15 –
Scan Group# 7 5 –
D Click [Report] to check the results, after performing heat soak scans.
1–44 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-13 H/W DIAGNOSTICS
CAUTION
Unexpected x–ray exposure! After finishing tests in Diagnostics of H/W Diagnostics, power
Off the system before rebooting the system. This is to avoid unexpected accidental x–ray
exposure, because not all the hardware devices are initialized only by rebooting the system.
Click on H/W Diagnostics, the following message appears. Click on YES to enter the H/W Diagnostics.
1–45 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-13 H/W DIAGNOSTICS (continued)
Table 1–13 H/W Diagnostics
H/W Diagnostics Submenu Description

Menu
Diagnostics Interactive Test Provided Tests:
(Refer to below for Monitor Test, Keyboard Test, Audio Test,
how to reach this Misc Test (Hardware Inventory, SCSI Test, View SYSLOG,
menu.) NPR LED, Safety Loop, Shutdown Test),
Work Station Default Test
(Refer to ‘Interactive Test – XXXXXX’ in Section 1-13-1 (Diag-
nostics) in this section.)
Offline Test Provided Tests:
NPR PCI TEST, DBPCI#0 PCI TEST, NPR INTERNAL TEST
(Refer to ‘Offline Test’ in Section 1-13-1 (Diagnostics) in this
section.)
Function Test N/A currently.
View Log* View Diag Log Displays the log of diagnostics results.
View SYSLOG Displays the system log (from the latest system start–up to the
present).
View P–ON Test Log Displays P–ON Test results.
H/W inventory Displays a list of main operator console hardware devices.
Open File –
*: Many of the ‘View Log’ submenus are included in ‘Diagnostics’; however, this ‘View Log’ can be used without
terminating the application unlike ‘Diagnostics.’
1–46 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-13-1 Diagnostics
1. Click [Diagnostics] in the H/W Diagnostics menu, and then the following message is displayed:
******************************* Displayed *******************************

Attention
This requires the application to be shutdown.
Continue ?
************************************************************************
2. Click [YES], and then some messages and windows are shown, and then the following message is displayed:
******************************* Displayed *******************************

Okay to power off the system now.
Press any key to restart.
************************************************************************
3. Switch OFF the power switch on the operator console (OC).
4. Wait for several minutes, and then, switch ON the power switch on the OC.
5. During the power–up sequence, the following screen will appear:
Power on test
DBPCI test
DBPCI test : OK
Errors :
H/W diag
Startup
Shutdown
6. Promptly click [H/W diag].
1–47 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-13-1 Diagnostics (continued)
1-13-1-1 Interactive Test
Misc Test – Hardware Inventory (hinv)

Displays a list of operator console hardware devices which are identified by the operating system software.
Refer to Table 1–14 which lists some of the displayed devices and their names.
Table 1–14 Hardware Inventory (for System Software versions earlier than V4.00)
Displayed Device Device Name

Disk drive: unit 1** on SCSI controller 3 Raw data disk
Disk drive: unit 2 on SCSI controller 3 Raw data disk*
Optical disk: unit 6 on SCSI controller 1 MOD drive)
Optical disk: unit 5 on SCSI controller 1 MOD drive*
Common device: unit 4 on SCSI controller 1 Serial port expander (ST1800)
Disk drive: unit 3 on SCSI controller 1 DASM*
CDROM: unit 1 on SCSI controller 1 CD–ROM drive
Disk drive: unit 2 on SCSI controller 0 System disk*
Disk drive: unit 1 on SCSI controller 0 System disk
PCI SCSI controller 3: Version ADAPTEC 7880 UW SCSI card (AHA–2940UW)
Unknown Type PCI: Bus 2, Slot 6, Function 0, Vendor DBPCI board
ID 0x10b5, Device ID 0x9060
Unknown Type PCI: Bus 2, Slot 5, Function 0, Vendor NPR (NP Recon Engine) Assy
ID 0x10b5, Device ID 0x9061
Bit3 PCI Bridge Card: Bus 2, Slot 4 PCI extender card (on the backplane board)
Bit3 PCI Bridge Card: Bus 1, Slot 4 PCI backplane controller card
Bit3 PCI Bridge Card: Bus 0, Slot 4 PCI host card (within the host processor (O2))
Integral SCSI controller 1: Version ADAPTEC 7880 SCSI controller 1 included in the host processor (O2)
*: Indicates that this is an optional device; otherwise (without *), this is a standard device.
**: The number ‘unit 1’ indicates a SCSI device ID number; the set ID number should equal this unit number.
(This description applies to other unit numbers.)
1–48 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
Table 1–15 Hardware Inventory (for System Software V4.00 or later)
Displayed Device Device Name

Disk drive: unit 1** on SCSI controller 3 Raw data disk
Disk drive: unit 2 on SCSI controller 3 Raw data disk*
Optical disk: unit 6 on SCSI controller 1 MOD drive
Optical disk: unit 5 on SCSI controller 1 MOD drive*
Common device: unit 4 on SCSI controller 1 ST1800 (alternative to Serial Exp)
Disk drive: unit 3 on SCSI controller 1 DASM*
CDROM: unit 1 on SCSI controller 1 CD–ROM drive
Disk drive: unit 2 on SCSI controller 0 System disk*
Disk drive: unit 1 on SCSI controller 0 System disk
PCI SCSI controller 3: Version ADAPTEC 7880 UW SCSI card (AHA–2940UW)
Serial Exp: PCI Adapter ID (vendor 4277, device (alternative to ST1800)
36973) pci slot 5
*: Indicates that this is an optional device; otherwise (without *), this is a standard device.
**: The number ‘unit 1’ indicates a SCSI device ID number; the set ID number should equal this unit number.
(This description applies to other unit numbers.)
1–49 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
Misc Test – SCSI Test

Displays detailed information about the SCSI devices which are identified by the host processor.
Verify that detailed information is displayed for each of the SCSi devices which are identified in the ‘Hardware Invento-
ry’ (Diagnostics – Interactive Test – Misc Test – Hardware Inventory).
Misc Test – View SYSLOG

Opens a log viewer and displays SYSLOG. SYSLOG is a log file managed by the OS (operating system) and includes
information on the host processor (O2) and also a part of status/error messages generated by device drivers (soft-
ware) for the NPR (NP Recon Engine) and the DBPCI board.
The SYSLOG only contains logs generated since the last start–up which occurred after the last 12 o’clock midnight.
When it passes 12 o’clock midnight, the logs contained up to then are stored and the SYSLOG is initialized.
The following log will be displayed (an example).
******************************* Displayed *******************************

Mar 9 15:19:46 6F:aoyagi syslogd: restart
Mar 9 15:19:46 2A:aoyagi unix: IRIX Release 6.3 IP32 Version 12161207
System V
Mar 9 15:19:46 2A:aoyagi unix: Copyright 1987–1996 Silicon Graphics,
Inc.
..................
Mar 9 15:19:46 5A:aoyagi unix: NOTICE: pcinre attach: Config.address is
0x80022800
Mar 9 15:19:46 5A:aoyagi unix: NOTICE: pcinre_attach: Configuration
fields:
Mar 9 15:19:46 5A:aoyagi unix: NOTICE: Vendor Id = 0x10b5, Device Id =
0x9061, Base_Reg = 0x81000000
..................
Mar 9 15:19:46 5A:aoyagi unix: NOTICE: pcindb attach: Config.address is
0x80032000
Mar 9 15:19:46 5A:aoyagi unix: NOTICE: pcindb_attach: Configuration
fields:
Mar 9 15:19:46 5A:aoyagi unix: NOTICE: Vendor Id = 0x10b5, Device Id =
0x9060, Base_Reg = 0x81400000
************************************************************************
Verify that the underlined information is displayed; other than underlined may be different.
If underlined information is displayed, it indicates that the DBPCI board and the NPR (NP Recon Engine) are initialized
by the host processor.
1–50 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
Misc Test – NPR LED

Turns on LEDs on the NPRM (NP Recon Engine Master) board according to the dip switch (S1) setting on the board.
Refer to the illustration below (if switch 2 is set to ON, for example, LED6 should light).
LED7 1 O
2 N
LED6
LED5 3
LED4 4
LED3 5
LED2 6
LED1 7
LED0 8
S1 is set according to the memory capacity and the number of NPRS (NP Recon Engine Slave) boards installed on
the NPRM board. The LEDs turn On during approximately 30 seconds.
Misc Test – Safety Loop

This test turns On/Off the safety loop relay on the REAR CN1 board.
CAUTION
Unexpected hazards! Take appropriate precautions (steering clear of the gantry, etc.) against
gantry/table movement or x–ray exposure before turning On the safety loop relay. And do not
forget to turn Off the relay before exiting the test.
Misc Test – Shutdown Test

Tests the OC power off timer function of the FRONT PNL board.
1–51 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-13-1-2 Offline Test

To select a test, refer to below:
D Click [NPR] and [PCI TEST] to select ‘NPR PCI TEST’.
D Click [DBPCI#0] and [PCI TEST] to select ‘DBPCI#0 PCI TEST’.
D Click [NPR] and [INTERNAL TEST] to select ‘NPR INTERNAL TEST’.

In ‘NPR INTERNAL TEST’, ‘Master DSP’ or ‘Slave DSP’ can be selected.
Click [DETAIL] to check/set test parameters.
Other selectable parameters:
Parameter Selection
WHEN ERROR OCCUR STOP, CONTINUE
TEST MODE NORMAL, QUICK, MANUAL
For more detailed information about Offline Test, refer to Section 1–3, Off–line Test, of the Operator Console tab.
1–52 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-14 IMAGE PROFILE

The graphical profile data on selected line of the image can be displayed. Horizontal, vertical, and free direction of
a line can be selected.
Selections in Image Profile

1. Click on Browse in Functions selection.
Application sort screen appears.
2. Upon application sort window, you can highlight an EXAM –> Exam. No. –> Series No., and click on Accept .
The desired image appears in the screen.
3. Select the desired image profile type by pressing any of the following buttons:
D Horizontal:
The graphical profile data on the selected horizontal line is displayed.
D Vertical:
The graphical profile data on the selected vertical line is displayed.
D Free:
By selecting two given points, the graphical profile data is displayed.
D FWHM:
Full Width Half Maximum
D Auto:
sets area automatically for profile graphic representation.
D Use FOV:
D Smooth:
Not available yet.
4. Drag a cursor on the displayed image.

The graphical profile data is displayed.
5. To delete the lines, click on Erase. To exit from this program, click on Quit.
1–53 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-15 MTF SURVEY

Image spatial resolution can be measured by scanning a wire existing within a GE Performance Phantom or equiva-
lent, and analyzing the acquired image with this menu. The menu calculates MTF data by the two–dimensional Fourier
Transform of the point spread function using pixel data around the wire, and displays the MTF curve. Evaluate the
system spatial resolution performance by reading the curve.
Special Tool
D GE Performance Phantom (2102580) or equivalent
Scanning the GE Performance Phantom

1. Set the GE Performance Phantom approximately at the scan center.
1–54 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-15 MTF SURVEY (continued)

2. Adjust the position of the phantom so that the wire point within the phantom is positioned at the scan center:
a. Perform axial scans with the following parameters (others: default):
Recon FOV Scan Time (Sec) kV mA Thickness Focal Size

10 (Head) 2.0 120 150 10 L
10 (Body) 1.5 120 130 10 L
b. Measure the distance between the wire point and the scan center.
c. Shift the phantom so that the wire point is positioned at the scan center, according to the distances measured
at the above step.
Use the up–down adjuster and right–left adjuster of the phantom holder (one turn: 1 mm movement).
Wire Point
Scan Center
d. Repeat steps a through c, until the wire point is positioned at the scan center within .
If the image shows a white band over the wire point, as shown below, this indicates that the wire point is not yet
positioned correctly at the scan center.
White band
3. Record the image No.
1–55 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
Mode – ‘Automatic’, ‘Manual’

4. ‘Manual’:
If you select ‘Manual’, proceed to step 5.
‘Automatic’:
If you select ‘Automatic’, perform the following:
a. Perform step 5.
b. Proceed to step 9.
If it does not seem to work well, try the ‘Manual’ mode.
Image ID
5. Enter the image No. (Patient ID#.Exam#.Series#.Image#); or, select the image, using the [Browse] function.
‘Pin Center X’, ‘Pin Center Y’

6. Enter X and Y values as follows. X and Y are the locations of the pin center existing within the phantom.
a. Click [Locate]. The pencil cursor appears on the image field.
b. Use the mouse to position the tip of the cursor on the center of the pin. See below:
Pin
c. Click the right button, and then, the location values are entered into the boxes.
1–56 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
‘Inner ROI’, ‘Outer ROI’

7. Measure the ROI values, of an area within the pin and of an area encompassing the pin:
a. Click [Measure] for ‘Inner ROI’. A circle cursor appears on the image field.
b. Use the mouse to position the cursor within the pin and enter the value, as follows:
i. Position the cursor, by moving the mouse while pressing the center button.
ii. Adjust the cursor size, by moving the mouse while pressing the left button.
iii. Enter the value into the box, by clicking the right button.
c. Click [Measure] for ‘Outer ROI’.
d. Perform step b. In this step, encompass the pin with the cursor.
Advanced Settings – ‘Adjust’, ‘Use Default’

8. Usually select ‘Use Default’.
1–57 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
[Compute], [View Plot]

9. Click [Compute]. The MTF values are calculated.
10. Click [View Plot].
11. Read the lp/cm values (on the horizontal axis) of the curve at 0.5, 0.1, and 0.05 (on the vertical axis), using the
mouse. And enter the values in the ‘MTF lp/cm@50%’, ‘MTF lp/cm@10%’, ‘MTF lp/cm@5%’ boxes, respective-
ly. Refer to below:
0.8 EXAMPLE
0.5
0.6
0.4
0.1
0.2 0.05
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
lp/cm@50% lp/cm@5%
lp/cm@10%
[Submit]
12. Click [Submit] to record the data. (File name: /usr/g/service/log/mtf.report)
1–58 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-16 OFFLINE SCAN
Table 1–16 Offline Scan
Parameter Group Parameter Selection

Technic Scan Type Axial, Helical, Cine, Scout, Stationary, T/G Control (Refer
to Section 1-16-1.)
(others) –
Thickness [mm] For the system with Asymmetric Option Installed only, this
parameter is displayed.
“10: 1” provides 10 mm and 1 mm slices.
Scan Environment X Ray ON, OFF
Rotor ON, OFF
Data Collection ON, OFF
DAS Mode NORMAL, PATTERN, DAS64L, DAS16L, DAS16M,
DAS4M, DAS4H, DAS1H
Gantry Tilt [deg] (arbitrary)
Tech. for Scan Type (other scan parameters) –
1-16-1 T/G Control
T/G Control
The following mechanical controls of the gantry and table can be performed with this menu. After setting these param-
eters, click on Back to return to perform the 1st screen of Offline scan.
D Table Pos. [mm]: The cradle is moved (horizontally) to a specified position. The cradle button on the
keyboard lights during cradle movement.
D Gantry Tilt [deg]: The gantry is tilted to a specified position. You have to press the tilt button on the key-
board after it lights and continue to press it until the gantry stops tilting.
If a remote tilt option is not installed on the system, you have to press the tilt button on the gantry to execute
the operation.
D Azimuth [deg]: The gantry is rotated to a specified position.
Collimator Control (For Twin System ONLY)

After setting these parameters, click on Back to return to perform the 1st screen of Offline scan.
D Auto Collimator: When set to ON, collimator tracking control during offline scan becomes available.
D Position Change: When set to ON, the collimator can be moved to the desired position using the follow-
ing parameters (Move mode and Pulse) .
1–59 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-16 Offline Scan (Continued)

D Move mode: When ‘Position Change’ is set to ON, this parameter can be available.
– Abs.: (Absolute position change) moves the collimator from the reference position (zero position)
held by the DAS to the desired position specified by ‘Pulse’ parameter.
– Rel.: (Relative position change) moves the collimator from the current position held by the DAS
to the desired position specified by ‘Pulse’ parameter.
D Pulse: specifies the collimator travel from –8,192 to 8,191 pulses. (1 pulse = 2 micrometers)
D Reset: When set to ON, the collimator position is reset.
D CIF Mode: (For V/R 5.5 or later ONLY)

The following operation can be performed according to the Function mode selected. X–ray ON selection
must be required.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
When selecting Zigzag or Vibration mode, do not select Helical or Cine scan as a Scan Type.
This is why one data only is acquired.
CIF Mode
Function Value Operation
Normal 00 Normal Operation
ZIGZAG 01 The collimator moves zigzag. This mode can be used in com-
bination with a tracking mode.
STEP A 02 The collimator moves in 20 pulse steps.
STEP B 03 The collimator moves in 5 pulse steps.
STEP C 04 The collimator moves + 10 pulse every one scan.
STEP D 05 The collimator moves + 1 pulse every one scan.
VIBRATION 10 The collimator vibrates, using for belt tension adjustment. Af-
ter completion of this test, the Gantry must be reset.
TEST A 11 The collimator moves 20 pulses of a reciprocating motion for
test. (for a manufacturing test use) After completion of this
test, the Gantry must be reset.
TEST B 12 The collimator moves 140 pulses of a reciprocating motion for
test. (for a manufacturing test use) After completion of this
test, the Gantry must be reset.
TEST C 13 The collimator moves [Home → 20 pulses] of a reciprocating
motion for test. (for an endurance test use) After completion of
this test, the Gantry must be reset.
Value – Selected when selecting Function as a value. For example, if
“01” is entered, the ZIGZAG function is selected.
– 06–0F Reserved
– 14–7F Reserved
1–60 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-17 RAW DATA FUNCTIONS
Table 1–17 Raw Data Functions
Bar Menu Pulldown Menu Function

File Exit Exits ‘Raw Data Functions.’
Function Save to MOD (Selected as default when ‘Raw Data Functions’ is selected.)
Selection
Restore/Delete from MOD Loads raw data files from the MOD to the system hard disk, or,
deletes raw data files on the MOD.
Reserve/Release –
Initialize MOD Initializes an MOD inserted.
Raw data Whole Exam, Whole Series, Selects a raw data file, or, all the raw data files of a specified
Selection Individual Raw series No., or, all the raw data files of a specified exam No.
(Note for Twin Systems only)

For Twin systems, do not select ‘Individual Raw’ in the Raw data Selection menu, otherwise, problems may be caused
for retro recon, etc. due to a Twin system algorithm related reason. This means that you should not handle individual
raw data file. Instead, select ‘Whole Exam’ or ‘Whole Series’ in the menu.
1–61 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-18 SCAN ANALYSIS

The scan analysis feature allows users to have interactive access to scan files collected on the scanner. Scan data
to be viewed can come from either Patient Scanning or from service mode tools such as Diagnostic Data Collection
or Calibration.
Analysis is divided into three major areas of: SCAN ANALYSIS, dd FILE ANALYSIS, CAL FILE ANALYSIS, and Z–
tracking (for Twin ONLY). dd FILE ANALYSIS and CAL FILE ANALYSIS is not yet available for this CT System. Each
major section provides an File List Select interface similar to the Image Works List Select, Image Browser. Analysis
List Select allows you to select the appropriate file of interest.
Any of the normal scan files may be selected for processing within Scan Analysis including Axial, Helical, and Scout
scans. Once the scan data of interest is selected you can select one of several processing options which include:
Update, Scan Header, Cal Vectors, Plot MSD, Plot VVC, and Save Scan.
Definitions within Scan Analysis

D dd File (Diagnostic Data File):
dd files are a result file from some type of operation on the scan data file. dd files are typically some form
of view summed file that may have had some specific type of processing applied to it. For example, the
processing applied to the raw data to calculate the position of the pin in ISO alignment results in a tempo-
rary file that is a view summed result that could be saved as a dd file. As long as two dd files have the same
number of data elements in them the two files may be added, subtracted, multiplied, or divided with each
other.
D Means and Standard Deviation File (MSD):

This is usually the result of combining two or more views mathematically which results in Mean Values
for each channel in the views and an associated Standard Deviation for each channel in the views. In es-
sence all of the user selected views in a scan file are summed together resulting in a single “master view”
that contains the averaged data from all of the views. The mean values represent the average data value
from the channels and the standard deviation values represent the amount of variability for that channels
data values across all of the views. The higher the standard deviation the more the channel output varied
from view to view.
D Scan Header:
This is the information contained within the Scan File that identifies the specific settings in affect when
that scan file was created. The Scan Header includes information at several levels including: Exam, Se-
ries, and Scan. Information identifying the technique selections, scan time, acquisition mode, and many
others may be found in the scan header.
D Cal Vectors:
Within Scan Analysis the Cal Vectors are only those vectors contained within the Scan Data File at the
time that the scan was taken.
D VVC (Views vs Channels):

This is a way to graphically represent the data values from each channel for each view of data from the
S–DAS as a shade of grey. The display will have the views stacked vertically and the channels arranged
across the display horizontally.
1–62 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-18 SCAN ANALYSIS (continued)
Starting the Scan Analysis

Click on Scan Analysis. The following window appears.
Selections in Scan Analysis

Upon starting the Scan List Select window, you can highlight an EXAM –> SERIES –> SCAN, and perform the desired
analysis feature by pressing any of the following buttons:
D Update:
The UPDATE selection will refresh the List Select Display if new scan files have been created since the
Scan Analysis Tool was started.
D Scan Header:
The SCAN HEADER selection will open a scrolling text window that contains the header text information
contained in select scan file.
D Cal Vectors:
The CAL VECTOR selection will open a window that allows you to select which of the calibration vectors
in the selected scan file that you wish to look at. After the selections are made, OK will process the data
requests and display the results.
The resultant plots will be auto–scaled and in some cases the range of data displayed will be set automati-
cally. This is to provide a reasonable initial view of the data. Always check the scale on the left hand side
of the plot displays. Cursor reporting of data value and channel numbers is provided.
1–63 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119

D Create MDS DD File: (For V/R 5.5x or later)
This will calculate a view averaged “super view” for the selected views and store the results in a separate
file on the systems disk. The display will report the path and filename of the file just created. Once created,
dd File can be viewed or compared with other files to check for specific operating characteristics.
D Plot MSD:
Provides a set of view summed Means and Standard Deviation Plots of a scan file. The plotter is started
to display the means vectors and the standard deviation vectors, computed across the entire scan for each
detector macro row. There will be (4) mean and standard deviation plot sets in the display window.
After Plot MSD is started, a preprocessing option selection window appears:
– Offset Correction:
This processing step removes from the scan data, the signal bias introduced by the acquisition
electronics. This operation is performed on a channel by channel basis for each view.
– Reference Normalization:
Makes use of unobstructed (not blocked by the patient) detector cells at the end of the detector
to adjust for fluctuations in the x–ray beam and effects of aperture size and mA. In the case where
the reference channels are blocked, the system uses an estimated value for the processing. The
steps for Reference Normalizing the scan data involves: Offset Correction for the Reference
Channels, Dividing the Offset Corrected Scan Data by the Averaged Reference Channels for
each view.
– Log Conversion:
The log operation is applied.
– Convolved Data:
This processing step mathematically filters the channel data to remove blurring affects that would
occur when the views are back–projected. The affect is to ‘sharpen’ each channels data value
within the view. Without the convolution step, some of the x–ray attenuation data for a particular
channel ends up in the channels on either side of that particular channel. Convolution puts that
adjacent channel contribution back into the channel data that it should have been in to begin with.
Cursor reporting of data value and channel numbers is provided.

For terminology and usage, refer to Generic System Analyzer.
1–64 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119

D PLOT VVC:
The PLOT VVC selection provides Views–vs–Channels display of a grey scale representation for the se-
lected scan file. Each view of data (or summed, compressed view) is represented on the display as a hori-
zontal line. Each pixel in the line represents the data value for a particular channel from the DAS.
After VVC is activated,a preprocessing option selection window appears:
– Offset Correction:
This processing step removes from the scan data, the signal bias introduced by the acquisition
electronics. This operation is performed on a channel by channel basis for each view.
– Reference Normalization:
Makes use of unobstructed (not blocked by the patient) detector cells at the end of the detector
to adjust for fluctuations in the x–ray beam and effects of aperture size and mA. In the case where
the reference channels are blocked, the system uses an estimated value for the processing. The
steps for Reference Normalizing the scan data involves: Offset Correction for the Reference
Channels, Dividing the Offset Corrected Scan Data by the Averaged Reference Channels for
each view.
– Log Conversion:
The log operation is applied.
– FFT channel Data:

The combination operation of Offset Correction, Reference Normalization, and Log Conversion
is applied.
– Convolved Data:
This processing step mathematically filters the channel data to remove blurring affects that would
occur when the views are back–projected. The affect is to ‘sharpen’ each channels data value
within the view. Without the convolution step, some of the x–ray attenuation data for a particular
channel ends up in the channels on either side of that particular channel. Convolution puts that
adjacent channel contribution back into the channel data that it should have been in to begin with.
(PLOT VVC, Continued)
1–65 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119

After selecting the box or line cursor using ‘region of Interest’ selection box, click [Plot now]. Once dis-
played, the window and level for the displayed data can be changed to better see variations in the data.
CURSOR BEHAVIOR IN VVC:

Cross hair Cursor reporting is provided for: Data Value, DAS Channel, Detector Channel, and View
number. The cursor is moved across the display using the mouse.
A selection box on the display allows selection of Line Cursors (Channel and View) and Box Cursors (Rec-
tangle) which allow the selection of a Channel, View, or Group of channels and views for plotting. The line
and box cursors can be moved around the screen to view specific areas of interest. When the mouse point-
er cursor is moved over a line cursor the mouse cursor will change to a four pointer arrow. Pressing the
left mouse button allows you to ‘drag’ the cursor across the display.
For the box cursors, the box may be dragged using the left mouse button with the mouse cursor positioned
over the box. The size and shape of the box can be changed by moving the mouse cursor over the Bottom
or Right edges of the box. When over the Bottom or Right edges of the box you can press the left mouse
button to drag the box edge up and down or left and right.
With the Line (Channel and View) cursors the plotted data will represent all Channels for a selected View
or all Views for a selected Channel.
With the Box Cursors the resulting plot will be a view summed Means and Standard Deviation plot for the
selected views and channels.
D Save Scan
This will save the selected scan file to a temporary disk location so that it can moved to MOD or transferred
via FTP to another location.
1–66 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-18-1 Z–Axis Tracking

The Z–AXIS TRACKING tool is a new TAB for the twin system ONLY, located within the Analysis Tool. The tool can
be used to plot various tracking functions, using a Scan Data Set. For a scan data set, the analysis package can plot
different data versus views in UN–FILTERED (the default) or FILTERED (20 pt. Boxcar) formats.
1–67 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-18-1 Z–Axis Tracking (continued)

In the figures that follow, examples of “known” Tracking plots are shown. Since plots vary from system to system, the
examples shown should be used only as guides. Compare your System’s plots and analyze them relative to the speci-
fication shown in each figure. The plots shown are UN–FILTERED views, which is the default option when they are
plotted. A 20 point boxcar filter takes the 20 view average and then plots the data.
A value is not considered to be out of specification, unless the limit is exceeded for a sustained interval of 100 views
or more. In the cases where specifications are not given, consider plots informational only.
To use the function “Save to File” , need to make a directory named “data” under root. Then after performing Save
to File, plot data is displayed and text file will be stored into data directory as named “TrackingVsScan.txt” (about 15KB
size). But it is not so useful because of text file.
It is recommended to remove the directory “data” after checking the TrackingVsScan.txt file for system stability.
D Collimator Position:
The plot shows the Collimator Position during a scan. Collimator positions are stored in the Scan file (Raw
Data).
The vertical axis shows the pulse count of Z–Axis pulse motor (20mm/pulse).
1–68 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119

D Z–Ratio:
Z–RATIO Plot computes the Ratio of Q–Cal Channels A and B. The value is given by the following equa-
tion.
Z_Ratio + K * A * B A and B means Q–Cal channel average data of each detector plane.
K*A)B (K=Qcal channel ratio)
Note
When you make a plot, you may be asked to enter the channel number. This has no meaning, any
input generates same plot.
1–69 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119

D Center Ratio:
CENTER RATIO plot indicates the calculated Focal Spot position relative to the centerline,
with the center position being 0. The focal spot moves during a scan due to mA, rotor wobble,
gantry rotation wobble, and because of tube (target) heat.
Center_Ch_Ratio + K * A * B A and B means active channel data of each detector

K*A)B plane.(K=Q cal channel ratio)
Note
The Ref. channel Ratio can not be seen by this tool.
1–70 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-18-2 DD
dd File List Select Overview

dd math is a means for the user to apply mathematical operations: add, subtract, multiply, and divide to dd files, and
calculate the channel to channel difference or ratio of means vs. standard deviation vectors of a dd file. It allows the
user to specify the scaling factor for the output vector, and provides three output modes: plot, dd file, and view num-
bers.
dd math is part of the dd analysis user interface. Scan Analysis is used to generate dd files that may then be manipu-
lated and or examined using dd File Analysis.
1–71 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-18-2 DD (Continued)
Operating dd Math Function

The dd math operation buttons will be insensitive if no files are selected into the dd math operation panel.
1. The user may start dd math operation(s) by selecting the file(s) and putting them into the selection field by clicking
the button FILE #1 or FILE #2.
If the selected file is not a dd file, the application will not put it into the dd math operation field. A message window
will pop up and ask user to select a dd file.
If only one file is selected and it is of the file type RTS dd file or MSD dd file, both Ch2Ch (Channel to Channel)
and Ratio (RATIO OF MEANS VS. STDV) will become sensitive.
If the selected file is not of the type MSD or RTS, only Ch2Ch will become sensitive.
When two dd files are selected, + (ADD), – (SUBTRACT), x (MULTIPLY), and / (DIVIDE) become sensitive and
Ch2Ch and Ratio will be insensitive.
2. The user can specify the output file name when the dd file output mode is set. Otherwise a default dd file name
will be provided.
3. The default output scaling factor is 1.0. The user can set the scaling factor to any real number.
4. When the dd math operation buttons are sensitive, the user can select the desired button to start the dd math
operation.
dd Files Generation
There are 18 different dd file types of six orientations. The orientations are View, Channel, RTS, CAL, Elements, and
Header.
Channel oriented means and standard deviation type dd files are the only type that can be created from scan data
files in the Scan Analysis application.
1–72 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
dd Math Functions
dd math consists of the following functions:
D Add
D Subtract
D Multiply
D Divide
D Channel to Channel (Ch2Ch) difference
D Ratio of means vs. standard deviation
Perform: add, subtract, multiply, divide, and channel to channel difference operations on dd files. These operations
are only available for dd file types.
Add, Subtract, Multiply, Divide

Applies add, subtract, multiply, and divide between vectors in two dd files. The output file is a dd file with one of the
following suffixes:
D .add
D .dif
D .mul
D .rat
Operations can be performed on dd files in View orientation, Channel orientation, RTS orientation, and Cal orientation.
Currently, no dd type restrictions are applied to operations between dd files, as long as the dd vectors have the same
number of elements. If one file has a single vector and the other file has multiple vectors the mathematical operation
will be applied multiple times using the single vector.
Otherwise the mathematical operation will be applied component wise for the number of vectors in each file.
Channel to Channel Difference

Applies the following calculation to the data from the data set(s) in the dd files for View, RTS or Cal orientation.
(X2–X1), (X3–X2), (X4–X3),...,(Xn–Xn–1)
Where X is the data value for each channel.
The output is channel to channel dd file with extension: .c2c
1–73 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
Ratio of Means vs. Standard Deviation

Takes a MSD (means and standard deviation) or RTS (real time statistics) type of dd file, calculates the ratio of data
in the means vector (1st set) to data in standard deviation vector (2nd set). The
output file is a ratio type of dd file with the extension: .rat
dd Math Output Mode

Three output modes are supported in dd math:
D Plot:
Will plot the output dd vector using an on screen vector display.
D DD File:
Allows the user to specify the output dd file name with a full path or the file basename.
If only base name is provided the program will use the default prefix and suffix for the output file. The
created dd file will be shown in the dd file list.
D View #’s (Numbers):

Prints the numerical data of the dd vector(s) to the display window(s). For image file types and scan file
types, it will display the VVC plots of the selected files.
Other Functions in dd Analysis User Interface

The dd math operation panel supports the following functions for various file types.
D Update
Refreshes the display in the dd panel.
D Plot
Plots the vector(s) of the selected files in the display window for the following file types:
dd Files and Cal Files
D Save (to) MOD / Restore (From) MOD

Saves the selected files to the MOD and restores all the dd files from /MOD/ddfiles to /data directory.
D Sort By Date or Sort by Type
The user can perform these functions, except dd math operations, by simply selecting one or more files in the list select
window, and clicking the function button. The following file types are supported in this panel.
D dd File
D Cal File
D Data File
1–74 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-19 SERVICE CALIBRATION
Table 1–18 Service Calibration
Service Calibration Menu Displayed Instruction

(Sequence)
Auto Sequence 1 Air Cal → Phantom Cal
[for CAM Change & Routine Maintenance]
Auto Sequence 2 Q Cal → Air Cal → Phantom Cal
[for Tube/Collimator/Filter/Slice Thickness Change]
Auto Sequence 3 Q Cal → XT Cal → AV Cal → Air Cal → Phantom Cal
[for Detector Change]
Auto Sequence 4 DG Cal → Air Cal → Phantom Cal
[for DAS Change]
Auto Sequence 5 Q Cal → XT Cal → AV Cal → DG Cal → Air Cal → Phantom Cal
[for 1st Installation]
Q Cal –
XT Cal –
AV Cal –
DG Cal –
Asymmetric Seq Q Cal → Air Cal → Phantom Cal [for Asymmetric Option installa-
tion]
D For ‘Auto Sequence 1’ only, 80 kV, 120 kV, or 140 kV can be selected.
Phantom Calibration for Twin System

Because of the X–ray geometry, 10mm Calibration file will be unique vector, and system requires two thickness Cal.
data for Phantom Calibration. 10mm Cal. data is not linear against other thickness Cal files (7, 5,3, etc.).
10mm Calibration Used for 10mm Cal. File only.

7mm Calibration Used for 7, 5,3,2 and 1mm Cal. File.
1–75 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-20 SERVICE MANUAL

The service documentations CD–ROM can be displayed on the CRT of the OC.
1. Insert the Service Documentation CD–ROM into the CD–ROM drive of the OC.
2. Click on Service icon, then select Service Manual.

The start screen of the service manual is displayed on the CRT.
Note
If “Netscape: Not Recommended Browser” window appears, click on Close.
3. Click on (Proceed –>) Main Page to select the Service manuals to be displayed.
4. To exit from the service manual, click the button located at the left upper of screen, then select Close.
The service manual CD–ROM will be ejected automatically from the drive.
Note
For V/R 5.5x or later system, the CD–ROM can not be automatically ejected. So, open a shell window
and enter eject to eject the CD–ROM. Then enter exit to close the shell window.
1–76 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-21 SHUTDOWN
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ Note
1-21-1 Application Shutdown

Click on Application Shutdown to terminate the application software and enter the desktop menu. By using the
desktop menu, perform the followings:
Desktop Menu System Software Version Descriptions

2.5 3.x 4.0 4.1 or
later
Startup x x x x Terminates the desktop menu and starts up
the application software.
Date setting x x x x Sets the date and time.
Reconfig x x x x Performs system configurations.
Savestate x x x x Saves the system state data in a MOD.
Restorestate x x x Restores the system state data saved by ‘Sa-
vestate’ function.
Install Options x x x x Installs the option key MOD.
List Options x x x x Displays options installed in the system.
Install Software x x Installs revision–up or patch softwares.
Install InSite x x Installs InSite Software.
Install Patch x Installs revision–up or patch softwares.
List S/W Package x Displays versions of Patch and application
softwares.
Shell x x x x Displays the UNIX shell window. You can use
the UNIX commands.
LFW x x x x To perform the LFW procedures.
Logout x x x x Do not click on this button!! If clicked, enter
‘ctuser’ as a login ID and ‘suisei.’ as a pass-
word to return the desktop menu (or scan pan-
el).
Shutdown x x x x Terminates the OS to power OFF the system.
1-21-2 System Shutdown (For the system V/R 5.5 or later) – Class C
Click on System Shutdown to shut down the system. The shut–down procedure starts with no inquiry.
1–77 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-22 SYSTEM BROWSER

The System Browser is intended to provide a single point user interface for the review of important system information
to aid evaluation and troubleshooting.
Note
Viewer Selections
In the Viewer Selection Area, the user may select one of several system information areas to review.
This selection is made using the ‘Pull Down’ window labeled ‘View:’
D GE System Log
gesyslog
D SYSLOG OC
OC computer IRIX Operating System Log
D IOS LOGS
Application software logs for: Image Browser, Image Database Read Server, Image Database Write Serv-
er, Image Server, DICOM Server, Image Acquisition Server, Networking Server, Film Composer Log,
Printer Server, Archive, Display, Filming.
D Tube Usage
Tube slice count and use information for the current and previous X–Ray Tubes.
D Run Time Statistics (Class C)
Tube spits, NPR test result, DBPCI test result.
D OC Info.
System software version, Disk usage, Network info., Current Process, Hardware Inventory, OC route
table.
D Configuration Files
OC Host Configuration File, OC Scan Hardware Configuration File.
D History Log (Class C)
Logs for calibration, analysis, test, etc.
D Software Health Page (Class C)
Files for JEDI error, IOS, etc.
After the Major Area of interest is selected in the ‘View:’ window, you may select one or more of the items displayed
in the ‘Option:’ window directly below the ‘View: Pull Down Window’. This allows more than one group of information
to be viewed together.
1–78 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-22 SYSTEM BROWSER (continued)

After the ‘Option:’ window selects have been made, you may get the selected information from the system by selecting
the button directly to the right of the ‘Option:’ window. The Button name will change depending upon the type of infor-
mation being selected. In the case of the GE System Log the button is labeled RETRIEVE BUFFER PAGE and if the
selection had been Tube Usage the button selections would be SUMMARY, DETAIL, and CUMULATIVE. Each of the
selections will be explained later in this description.
In the Viewer Selection Area you may also enter an alpha–numeric text string to Search for in the currently Displayed
information.
Class C Functions
D Histogram provides a bar graph histogram of the software processes reporting errors in the GE System
Log. The size of the bars indicates the number of each item that was found in the log.
D Selecting ‘Filter’ and then ‘Histogram’ provides a bar graph of errors in the GE System Log that contain
specific alpha–numeric strings. The current strings are: Pri/Most, Pri/Soft, Abort, TAXI, DIP, Filter, Aper-
ture, Converter, ICE CPU, temperature, watchdog, overrun.
GE System Log
The System Browser provides convenient viewing of the scanner primary message log
/usr/g/service/log/gesys_<suite name>_oc.log
After the user selects the GE System Log the entire log is read and divided into ‘pages’ of 1000 lines of messages.
Each ‘page’ of the log is displayed in the ‘Option:’ window with the following format:
Pg # :Day of Week mmm dd hh:mm:ss yyyy
You may then select one or more of the ‘pages’ within the option window and then select ‘Retrieve Buffer Page’. This
allows you to quickly move to a specific Date/Time of interest and avoid having to scroll through parts of the log that
is not of current interest.
Once the Buffer pages have been retrieved, you can search within the currently displayed pages for any alpha–numer-
ic string entered in the Search Field and then selecting the Search Button. The search field is case sensitive. Depend-
ing upon the selections for: Next, Previous, First, Last the viewer will display the Next, Previous, First, or Last occur-
rence of the Search String. Selecting Search Again will take you to the Next or Previous occurrence if those selections
had been made.
The Search feature will also display how many of occurrences of the Search string where found in that section(s) of
the log. The information is displayed in the User Message Area at the bottom of the window in the form of:
Search Status: Found XX match(s) of <search string>
1–79 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
Class C Histogram and Filter Function for GE System Log
In addition to the standard viewing and search functions described above, the System Browser allows you to pro-
duce a Histogram of the entire gesyslog and display the results in a graphical, bar chart format. An additional feature
is to first apply a fixed filter to the entire gesyslog and then produce a graphical histogram of the filtered results.
Additional Histogram and Filter Functions are planned to be added in later software releases based upon your and
engineering’s inputs.
D Histogram
If the ‘Histogram’ button is selected, the System Browser processes the entire gesyslog, not just the
buffer pages currently being viewed. The current Histogram processing counts the number of times that
individual software processes (programs) log messages to the gesyslog.
The Histogram includes two different pieces of information for each line reported in the graph.
– The name of the item(s) found during the generation of the Histogram. In this example the
names of the processes reporting messages to the log are displayed next to the number of oc-
currences in the form <process name>. The process names are the names reported in the ge-
syslog Process: field.
– A bar graph showing the relative number of occurrences for the found items in descending order
from the most number found to the least number found.
D Filter (Filtered Histogram)
If the ‘Filter Check Box’ is selected and then the ‘Histogram Button’, the System Browser will first apply
a filter to the gesyslog and then produce a Histogram of that result.
The current fixed filter is a list of ‘key word strings’. In the future we will add additional filter sets based
upon field and engineering inputs.
SYSLOG – OC
When you select either SYSLOG OC, the System Browser will display the IRX SYSLOG Files on the respective com-
puter. These are the logs normally found at /var/adm on the OC system.
Once again you may select one or more of the log files to view in the Options: window and then select the View File
Button to retrieve and display the requested information. The Search and Next, Previous, First and Last functions
operate the same as for the basic gesyslog viewer.
IOS Logs
The IOS log files are created and updated by various scanner application software processes.
These processes include: Image Browser, Image Database Read Server, Image Database Write Server, Image Serv-
er, DICOM Server, Image Acquisition Server, Networking Server, Film Composer Log, Printer Server, Archive, Dis-
play, and Filming.
The System Browser has the same operation and capabilities as those for viewing the IRIX SYSLOG files.
1–80 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
Tube Usage
The System Browser is used to display information about the currently installed tube as well as previously installed
tubes. The Tube Usage viewer provides three different levels of information viewing for Tube Usage: Summary, De-
tails, and Cumulative.
Note
For Tube Warranty purposes ‘Warranty Effective Slices’ is the correct number to report upon tube
unit failure.
D Tube Usage Details Information

The Tube Usage Details information identifies the selected Tube Unit and Site Information plus details on
the types and number of scans taken on that tube unit.
D Tube Usage Cumulative Information

The Tube Usage Cumulative Information displays the totaled tube usage information for all tubes
that have been installed on the system.
Run Time Stats – Class C
The system Browser allows you to display statistical information gather by different subsystems in the scanner.
Unlike the other viewers only one category may be selected at a time for display.
Currently the System Browser can display the following information under Run Time Stats:Tube spits, NPR test
result, DBPCI test result.
OC Info
The title for this section may be a little misleading so take a look at the capabilities that the System Browser can provide
to you in this area.
The System Browser has the capability of running some of the routinely used IRIX commands used
in gathering data about the system operation and configuration as well as reporting some of the
specific scanner configuration files.
Note that multi–select is available in the ‘Option:’ Window. Note also that the Search Function is available.
The command results available in this area are:
D System Software Revisions:showprods
D Disk Usage: df
D OC Network Sockets:netstat –ian
D OC Route Table: netstat –r
D OC Network Configuration:ifconfig
D OC Current Processes Running:ps –aef
D OC Hardware Inventory:hinv
1–81 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
Config Files
The System Browser has the capability of viewing some of the routinely referenced scanner configuration files used
in gathering data about the system:
Info file, OC host.cfg, OC scanrecon.cfg, OC option.cfg, etc..
History Log – Class C
The System Browser has the capability of viewing some history log files:
Alignment, Service Calibration, User calibration, CT number adjustment, Tube warmup, Gravity sag, Heat soak,
Image analysis, JEDI diag, DAS transfer test, DAS linearity test, POST recon test, InSite activity, etc..
Software Health Page – Class C
The System Browser has the capability of viewing some log files:
JEDI error, assoc_out, caldate, corefilelist, ermes, gesys.log, hast_report, hiv_inv, ios logs, least 15, login_logout,
message_report, module, OC_SYSLOG, process, readme, reli_number, reli_report, starup_shutdown, swHealth-
Page.log, swinfo, top15, etc..
1–82 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-23 TUBE PRO. (NOFILM, CHANGE)

IMPORTANT NOTE:
This procedure is provided for the single detector system.
It will take approx. two hours to complete adjustments.
1. Select Service Menu → Tube Pro. (NoFilm, Change)
2. Tube procedure tool will execute.

If you have already initialized Tube Filament Aging Data, click on OK.
If it does not, click on Cancel then perform CLEAR FILAMENT AGING, using Service Menu –> Generator test.
3. Enter Tube Insert Serial Number (Not Housing Serial Number), then click on OK.
4. Follow the procedures that appear on the CRT screen. The following adjustments will be performed.
D Tube POR Alignment:

For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, X–ray alignment, POR Except for Twin System.
D Tube BOW Alignment:

For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, X–ray alignment, BOW Except for Twin System.
D Tube ISO Alignment:

For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, X–ray alignment, ISO Center Alignment.
D Q calibration:
For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, System Calibration, HiLight Calibration.
D Bowtie Filter Alignment:

For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, X–ray alignment, Filter Alignment.
D Auto Sequence 1 (Air and Phantom cal):

For detailed procedures, refer to Section 1-19 Service Calibration.
D Quick CT # Adjustment
1–83 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-24 TUBE PRO. (NOFILM, MFG.)

IMPORTANT NOTE:
This procedure is provided for the single detector system.
This tool can perform full calibrations as follows: (Mainly used at manufacturing line)
D Tube POR Alignment
D Tube BOW Alignment
D Gravity SAG
D Tube Rough ISO Alignment
D Radial Alignment
D Tube ISO Alignment
D Q–cal
D XT–cal
D AV–cal
D DG–cal
D Bowtie Filter Alignment
D Auto Sequence 1 (Air and Phantom Cal)
D Quick CT # Adjustment
1–84 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-25 TUBE PROCEDURE (CHANGE)

IMPORTANT NOTE:
This procedure is provided for the Twin detector system.
Prior to starting Tube Procedure (change)

1. Checking the Aperture Home Position:
a. Attach a tape as a mark onto the motor drive pulley to read a number of rotation of the collimator Z–axis drive
motor.
Mark (tape)
Nearly aligned
b. Press the OGP reset switch to drive the collimator Z–axis drive motor.
Push this reset SW.
OGP BOARD
c. Verify that:
–The aperture moves smoothly.
–The mark, attached in step a, rotates approx. 3 times CW, 6 times CCW, and 3 times CW, then the aperture
stop moving.
d. Verify that the aperture front surface is NEARLY aligned with the front surface of the collimator case. (See the
photograph above.)
1–85 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-25 TUBE PROCEDURE (CHANGE) (continued)

2. Checking for the Aperture Z–Axis Zigzag motion:
a. Select Service –> Offline Scan.
b. Perform one off–line scan (Stationary, 1sec,100mA, 1mm, Small Focus, T/G control → Auto Collimator:ON)
with the bow–tie filter installed. (This scan is performed to move the collimator so that X–ray beam is evenly
exposed for both A and B channels.)
After scanning, do not exit from the Off–line scan screen.
c. Set the Zigzag motion for the collimator aperture:
D For V/R 5.5x or later system:

Select Offline Scan –> T/G Control –> CIF mode –> ZIGZAG.
D For V/R 5.0x system:

Switch OFF ‘Rotate’ breaker at the Gantry rear base and open the left DAS cover.
Set the bit switch 3 of the SW2 to the ON position as shown.
Then switch ON ‘Rotate’ breaker.
ON
O
N
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
SW2
BEAM TRACKING CONTROL
d. Perform one off–line scan (Stationary, 1sec,100mA, 1mm, Small Focus, T/G control → Auto Collimator:OFF)
with the bow–tie filter installed.
e. Select Service –> Generic System Analyzer –> Format Raw Data –> A side.
f. Select the raw data file (of the last scan performed in step d) from the Raw data browser lists.
Perform Fan Data with the following settings, then click on OK:
Offset File Correction Yes

Reference Correction No
Natural Log Conversion No
Select Original as “Select Type of Data:”.
Select Store to File.
Enter 1 as “Mean Vector Number” and A ch as “File Comment”, then click on OK.
1–86 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119

g. Click on Select RawID... to return to the Fan Data Format screen, and select B side and repeat step f to make
MeanFile 2 – B ch.
h. Select Service Menu → Generic System Analyzer (GSA) → Analysis → Calculations → Raw/Raw. Op.
i. Select A+B from ‘Select Operation:’.
Select SvSupRaw 1–Ach as Raw Data File A.
Select SvSupRaw 2–Bch as Raw Data File B.

Enter 3 as “Output Raw File Number” and A + B as “Comment”, then click on OK.
j. Repeat step i to make SvSupRaw 4 – A–B by selecting ‘A–B’ as ‘Select Operation:’.
k. Select A/B from ‘Select Operation:’.
l. Select SvSupRaw 4–A–B as Raw Data File A.
Select SvSupRaw 3–A+B as Raw Data File B.

m. Enter 5 as “Output Raw File Number” and A–B/A+B as “Comment”, then click on OK.
n. Select Service Menu → Generic System Analyzer (GSA) → Analysis →
View Raw Data.
o. Select SvSupRaw 5– A–B/A+B as “Select SupRaw File:”.
p. Click on [Cursor], then set the cursor to View=1 and Channel=826.
q. Click on [Plot].
r. Select ‘Vertical Profile’.
Select ‘Manual Scale.’
Enter –1 for Data Min.
Enter 1 for Data Max.
Click on OK.
A graph like in Illustration below is drawn.
Normal
Abnormal
An acute angle must be

displayed.
–1 –0.5 0 0.5 1
1–87 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119

s. Set the SW2 on the CIF Board to the original position (all to OFF) and install the DAS cover.
t. Switch ON the ‘Rotate’ switch.
Starting Tube Procedure (change)

It will take approx. two hours to complete adjustments.
1. Select Service Menu → Tube Procedure (change)
2. Tube procedure tool will execute.

If you have already initialized Tube Filament Aging Data, click on OK.
If it does not, click on Cancel then perform CLEAR FILAMENT AGING, using Service Menu –> Generator test.
3. Enter Tube Insert Serial Number (Not Housing Serial Number), then click on OK.
4. Follow the procedures that appear on the CRT screen. The following adjustments will be performed.
D POR Alignment:
For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, X–ray alignment, POR for Twin System.
D BOW Alignment:
For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, X–ray alignment, BOW for Twin System.
D Q cal Cannel Ratio:

For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, X–ray alignment, Qcal Channel Ratio.
D ISO Alignment:
For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, X–ray alignment, ISO Center Alignment.
D Q calibration:
For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, System Calibration, HiLight Calibration.
D Bowtie Filter Alignment:

For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, X–ray alignment, Filter Alignment.
D Auto Sequence 1:
For detailed procedures, refer to Section 1-19 Service Calibration.
D CT # Adjustment:
For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, System Calibration, CT Number Adjustment.
1–88 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-26 TUBE PROCEDURE (MFG.)

IMPORTANT NOTE:
This procedure is provided for the Twin detector system.
This tool can perform full calibrations as follows: (Mainly used at manufacturing line)
D POR
D BOW
D Qcal channel Ratio
D Gravity SAG
D Rough ISO Alignment
D Radial Alignment
D ISO Alignment
D Q–cal
D XT–cal
D AV–cal
D DG–cal
D Bowtie Filter Alignment
D Auto Sequence 1
D CT Number Adjustment
1–89 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-27 UPDATE SYSTEM LOG

The following logs can be updated by this menu.
D ‘Tube Usage’, ‘Tube Spits’, ‘Bad Raw’
NOTICE
When updating system log(s), reboot the system to enable a newly created file.
1–90 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-28 USER PREFERENCE

The following can be set in this menu.
1–91 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
1-29 VECTOR CONVERT
Table 1–19 Vector Convert
Parameter to be Specified Selectable Parameter

Generation Current, Previous, 2Before, 3Before, ... , 9Before
(When ‘Warmup Whole’ is se-
lected for ‘Vector’ only)
Store from (arbitrary)
Vector Warmup Whole, Warmup History, Hilight, Air & Ptm

Item Mean, 1/Mean, SD, SD/Mean, Ratio, HPFratio, AP chk0, AP
(When ‘Warmup History’ is se- chk90, AP chk180, AP chk270, stRatio, filstRatio
lected for ‘Vector’ only)
kV, Thickness, Cal.FOV, Fo- (kV), (Thickness), (Cal.FOV), (Focus)
cus
(When ‘Air & Ptm’ is selected
for ‘Vector’ only)
How to Use
1. Specify the parameters described in Table 1–19.
2. Click [Convert vector].
3. Click [Show contents].
The following is displayed.
Table 1–20 ‘Show contents’
Vector Displayed Information

Warmup Whole Date & Time
Warmup History Date & Time
Hilight Date & Time, (others)
Air & Ptm Date & Time, beta, gamma, (others)
1–92 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
SECTION 2 – MESSAGE DISPLAY
2-1 MESSAGE DESKTOP

When an error occurs, the system gives an alert sound, and displays a message on the message bar. See Illustration
2–1.
Click the message bar to display the message desktop and to see more messages if any. The screen only shows
messages which are current. To see the message log, click [View Log].
Illustration 2–1 Message Desktop
Monitor Screen
Scan Display ImageWorks
Service Shutdown
Idle
Attach in progress
Network status
Filming Status
Message Bar
Current Messages
Clear View Log Close Memo Update

(dimmed) (dimmed)
Message Desktop
2–1 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
2-1 MESSAGE DESKTOP (continued)
Viewing Level
Click [Select Viewing Level] to show a pop–up menu for a Viewing Level selection. Refer to Illustration 2–2 and Table
2–1.
Illustration 2–2 Message Log Report
Message Desktop
Message Log Report
Select
Viewing
Level
Table 2–1 Selection of Viewing Level
Viewing Level Description

(Pop–up Menu)
All All messages are displayed.
Operator Messages for operators are displayed.
Service Messages for service engineers are displayed.
Support Messages for software engineers are displayed.
2–2 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
2-2 ERROR LOG VIEWER MESSAGE FORMAT

1. Following is the general format of message which you can see on Error Log viewer. Error code is assigned as unique
number in one software version but this may be different if software version is different.
Process name which

Date output this message
Host name of this system
Tue Apr 18 13:30:02 2000

Host:ctbay01 Proc:scanRx Error:200109155
File:UIRx.cxx Line:10653
Function : Data Acquisition : OC Processing
Start : Prospective Exam : 415 : Protocol : 1.
Error code which is assigned

Explanation
for this software
2. In case error is from Table/Gantry, including JEDI and DAS, there are 3 types of explanation format:
(1) XG error
On V/R4.10 or later, JEDI detail error code is on Error Log viewer(gesyslog) in case that error causes scan stop. It
means errors higher than Class3 is displayed there. This is common between V/R4.xx software and V/R5.xx soft-
ware. See X–ray Generator Section for detail.
Fri Apr 28 18:25:02 2000

Host:ctbay10 Proc:tgp_out Error:186218
XG Error.
Phase is 2 code is 50.
Detail error code : 50–0212H
Heater Error : MAINS_DROP detected..
2–3 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
2-2 ERROR LOG VIEWER MESSAGE FORMAT (continued)

(2) Except XG Error on V/R4.13 or before
You can find more detail explanation for each errors on Advanced Diagnostics TAB.
What kind of errors happened.
Wed Apr 12 13:38:45 2000

Cradle Error.
SW/HW Error: TGP Error Detected.
code is 2
Detail error code in Cradle Error. Who detects the error.

‘TGP Error Detected’ means
TGP detects the error.
(3) Except XG Error on V/R5.00 or later

Error Code which is assigned to identify error is unique even if software version is different. All of errors have the
information who detects error and detail explanation to help you understand the situation.
What kind of errors happened. Error Code which is assigned to identify errors
Fri Apr 28 20:30:07 2000

Cradle Error.
Code:12–1030–02
Error detected by : TGP(TP)
Cradle unlatch was detected on CRADLE CMD.
Who detects the error Detail explanation of this error.
2–4 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
2-2 ERROR LOG VIEWER MESSAGE FORMAT (continued)

Error Code format is as below.
Detail Error Code.
Code:12 – 1030 – 02
Who detects the error. What kind of error happened

Error or Information, 1 is Error and 0 is Information.
List of code who detects the error.

11 TGP(MP)
12 TGP(TP)
13 TGP(GP)
20 OGP
30 CIF(DAS)
40 kV Control(JEDI)
2–5 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119
2–6 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
SECTION 3 – UNIX COMMANDS
3-1 UNIX COMMANDS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING

For other Unix commands or detailed information, refer to Section 4, Irix Guide.
3-1-1 Disk Usage Information

Enter the following command in the Unix shell to display the disk usage information.
$ df
3-1-2 Recovery
The following commands will restart the process without performing system shutdown.
Command Description
(in the Unix Shell) If the display (autoview portion) process is crashed, it can be
/usr/g/bin/restartDisplay restarted with this command.
(You can also use a command from the Display or Image-
Works desktop menu.)
(from the ImageWorks desktop menu) If the browser process is crashed, it can be restarted with this
restartBrowser command.
3-1-3 Software Problem

→ Just write SPR (Service Problem Report) with reproducible operation as detailed as possible.
3–1 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
3-1-4 How to Collect Log (SnapState)

Just do SnapState to collect all the necessary logs. (error logs, core files, timer logs, etc.)
SnapState saves log files either hard disk or MOD.
Select “Snap State” from Utility menu on Service desktop. Or,
Enter the following command in shell.
$ SnapState
SnapState Option Function

No Option same function as “–c”.
–M Save to MOD automatically, no prompt.
–a Run in fully automated mode (HAST).
–c Use createTracebacks. This creates traceback file from core and remove core.
–f Forced remove without save or information, use is NOT asked for permission.
–h Describe usage of SnapState.
–i Save log files only (InSite mode).
–m Forces special message used by autostart and changes default answers to
questions.
–s Run in silent mode, no questions.
–sl Storelog mode, no user input.
–REMOVE Forced remove with save and information.
–SAVE Forced save.
Here is a list of files which SnapState stores.

Store Path: /MOD/<hostname>.<datetime> ... in case of MOD
/usr/sc/log/<hostname>.<datetime>.tar ... in case of disk
3–2 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
3-1-4 How to Collect Log (SnapState) (continued)

Files to be stored:
/usr/g/bin/core*
/usr/g/service/log/core*
/usr/g/service/core/core*
/usr/tmp/core*
/usr/g/service /Sv*
/usr/g/service /gesys_<hostname>.log
/usr/g/service /exam*.protocol (not available now)
/usr/g/service /exam*.scan.request (not available now)
/var/adm/SYSLOG
/var/adm/crash/*
/usr/g/ctuser/logfiles/*log
/tmp/*.log* (result of /usr/g/srtools/getLogScanRecon)
/tmp/recon_q* (result of /usr/g/srtools/getLogScanRecon)
/tmp/rawctrl* (result of /usr/g/srtools/getLogScanRecon)
/tmp/acq.req (result of /usr/g/srtools/RawPrmtrDisp)
/tmp/scan.req (result of /usr/g/srtools/ScanPrmtrDisp)
/tmp/recon.req (result of /usr/g/srtools/ReconPrmtrDisp)
ps.info (result of ‘ps –efl’)
df.info (result of ‘df’)
hw.info (result of ‘hinv’)
dasm.info (result of ‘showdasm’)
SHOWPRODS (result of ‘showprods’)
/VERSION
3–3 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
3-1-4 How to Collect Log (SnapState) (continued)
Table 3–1 Log Files
Category Directory Filename Description

Generator /usr/g/service/log/ generatorTest.log It is log file of generatorTest.
/usr/g/service/log/ JEDIerror.log It is made by ‘Error log retrieve’ in generatorTest. It

includes only retrieved data from JEDI.
/usr/g/service/log/ JEDIerror.log.detail It is made by ‘Error log retrieve’ in generatorTest. It

is derived from JEDIerror.log with detail error de-
scription.
Tube /usr/g/service/log/ SvTubeUsage.log Tube Usage file of current one.
SvTubeUsage.log.old1 Last Tube Usage file. There are files from old1 to
old5. It means system can have last 5 tube usage
log files. New one will be created by using ‘create’
function.
/usr/g/service/log/SvTubeSpits01/ 0x.log Tube Spits Log file. 01.log is spits log file for 1st
10kslices. Sequential files, ex, 02.log, 03.log, etc
will be created along with slice increase. SVTubeS-
pits02 directory will be created when TubeSpitsLog
are created by using ‘create’ function.
Bad Raw Log /usr/g/service/log/SvBadRaw01/ 0x.log Bad Raw log file. Management is same as Tube
Spits Log file. Do not have create functionality.
Results of Diag- /usr/g/service/log/ das_test_log Log of DAS Transfer Test

nostics
/usr/g/service/log/ postrectest_image_err.log* Log of Auto Post Recon Test
/usr/g/insite/ modemsetup.log Log of Modem setup (result of installmodem)
/var/adm/ pppd.log* PPP daemon
/usr/g/insite/ProDiags/ ProDiags_<hostname>.log Prodiags
/usr/g/insite/ProDiags/healthpage/ results directory. Healthpage (does not produce any logs but the
healthpage itself is generated in)
/usr/g/service/log/ poweron.log Power On Test Log. Overwritten when power on

test is proceeded.
/usr/g/diag/log hw_TestLogs Summary of Off LineTest result. Results are ap-

pended, not overwritten. This file is automatically
divided and create .bak file when the size is over
50kByte at the start timing of Off Line Test.
Core File /usr/g/service/log/ gesys_hostname.log Error log file which can be observed on Message
Viewer. This file is automatically divided and create
compressed gz file when the size is over 3 or 4
MBytes at bootup.
/var/adm/ install.report Log file of software installation.
/var/adm/ SYSLOG System Log file which is related to OS.
/usr/g/ctuser/logfiles Log files which is related to IOS.
3–4 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
3-1-5 How to Display History Log (For V/R 4.13 or later)

The history log files are stored under /usr/g/config/history directory. Displaying these files allows you to understand
what kind of activities has been done on the system. The history log to be stored:
D CTnumAdj.log
D alignment.log
D serviceCal.log
D DASlinear.log
D gsag.log
D serviceMenu.log
D DASxfer.log
D heatSoak.log
D updateLog.log
D MTFsurvey.log
D iipenv.log.Z
D userCal.log
D SelectSaveState.log
D jediDiag.log
D warmUp.log
D TubeProcedure.log
D postRecon.log
To display the contents of these file, use tail command.

Following is an example for alignment.log. Tail command with –xx option will be useful to see latest status. xx is the
number of lines from the bottom of the file.
$ tail –10 alignment.log
Thu Feb 1 11:40:52 2001;Phantom centering;Move Phantom RIGHT 0.13 mm (< 0.15)
Thu Feb 1 11:40:56 2001;Air scan;start
Thu Feb 1 11:41:16 2001;alignment.log;End
Thu Feb 1 14:30:47 2001;alignment.log;Start
Thu Feb 1 14:30:58 2001;Air scan;start
Thu Feb 1 14:32:47 2001;Phantom centering;Move Phantom DOWN 0.73 mm (< 0.15)
Thu Feb 1 14:33:31 2001;Phantom centering;Move Phantom DOWN 0.27 mm (< 0.15)
Thu Feb 1 14:33:49 2001;alignment.log;End
3–5 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
3-1-6 How to Use MOD

You have to initialize MOD if it is new one. You can initialize either mkfsMOD command or Initialize MOD under Raw
Functions.
You can not initialize Image MOD by using the above command to avoid accidental image data loss. Before you use
MOD, you should mount MOD using mountMOD command.
$ mountMOD
Then MOD is mounted on /MOD directory. You can copy files or log to MOD using standard unix command.
Before eject MOD, you should unmount MOD using unmountMOD.
$ unmountMOD
You can not unmount it if you are working on /MOD directory. In this case, change the working directory and retry.
3-1-7 How to Display Cooling Trend

At the present, no tube anode/case temperature are not displayed on the screen. However, you can set it by running
the following scripts after perform application shutdown.
$ /usr/g/srtools/setCoolingTrend
Then start up the system. After start–up, enter the following command to display console window.
$ startconsole
Tube Anode and Case temperature is displayed on the console window.

Note: This is for debug use only and not designed for customer use.
To turn it off, run the following scripts after application shutdown and start up the system again.
$ /usr/g/srtools/unsetCoolingTrend
3–6 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Using the Tube Temperature (For Version 6.xx or later system)

The tube temperature view can be used without performing application shutdown.
1. Select Service –> shell.
2. Enter tubeTempViewer. The following window appears so that you can find about current Anode and Case tem-
peratures.
3. Click on Quit to terminate the Tube Temperature Viewer.
3-1-8 How to Rise the Tube Temperature to 100 %

To reset a cooling algorithm, rise the tube temperature (Case and Anode) to 100%.
Enter the following command in shell.
$ TubeTempMax
Note
Once the temperature rises to 100%, you must wait approximately 20 minutes for scanning.
3-1-9 How to Install SMPTE and QA Images

There is functions to install these images for reference. Select Install SMPTE from Utility Menu on Service Desktop.
Then both images are installed.
SMPTE Image
Exam# 1000, 1 image, Set WW = 1024 WL = 300 to see.
QA Images
Exam# 273, 6 images.
Note: In fact this is not right image for QA Images.
3–7 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
3-1-10 How to Change AutoVoice, X–ray Buzzer Sounds

On Service desktop, select Audio Control under Service Adjustment Menu. You can adjust the following parameters.
X–ray Buzzer: Volume, Pitch, Length

Alert Buzzer: Volume, Pitch, Length
AutoVoice: Volume
CD sound: Volume
3-1-11 How to Change Image Direction

On Service desktop, select User Preferences under Utilities Menu. You can change the following parameters. * is
default.
AXIAL IMAGE DIRECTION:

From Gantry Front, From Gantry Back, *From Head Front, From Head Back
APEX SCOUT DIRECTION:

Gantry Upper, Gantry Lower, *Head Upper, Head Lower
LATERAL SCOUT DIRECTION:

GAntry Left, Gantry Right, *Head Left, Head Right
After you change this preferences, you need to restart the system to take an effect.
3-1-12 How to Change Image Annotation

There are four levels of annotation
Full, Partial, None, Customize
You can change it in Annotation Level on Display Preferences on Display desktop. For information, the followings are
site specific one and normally they are set during LFC or reconfig by service engineer. It is stored in /usr/g/config/
host.cfg.
Hospital Name, Station Name
3–8 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
3-1-13 How to Change Display Gamma

Sometimes you need to change display gamma level to make film image close to what you see on the display.
$ gamma <gamma value>
Default gamma value is 1.7 and you may need to change it to value between 1.0 and 1.7.
You need to be root user to change it.
3-1-14 How to Restart Process

You can confirm the state f process by using cupShutdown command. cupShutdown command output is displayed
on the console window. So before doing this command, you should start the console window using ‘startconsole’ com-
mand.
To check state of precess:
$ cupShutdown dump
To stop the process
$ cupShutdown stop <process name>
To start the process
$ cupShutdown start <process name>
To restart (stop & start) process
$ cupShutdown restart <process name>
Keep in mind that some of process such as UIF process may not start up correctly. All the process except patient UIF
may be able to be restarted by this command.
3-1-15 How to Delete All Recon Queues

Sometimes we need to clean up all recon queues for some troubleshooting. Please keep in mind that this operation
deletes all the recon queues including prospective, retrospective recons.
$ cd /usr/g/reon_q
$ rm –f reon_q*
And restart the system.
3–9 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
3-1-16 How to Change Exhibition Mode, Stand Alone Mode

This is special mode for exhibition or demo console. This feature is not fully guaranteed, so please use it on your own
risk. And DO NOT TRY it on the customer machine, or you will be in trouble.
<Exhibition Mode>
You can control table/gantry and pretend to take scan (DynePlan etc.). But no x–ray is exposed and no autoview is
done.
To turn it on,
$ /usr/g/srtools/setWithoutAutoView
To turn it off,
$ /usr/g/srtools/unsetWithoutAutoView
<Demo Console Mode>
To turn it on,
$ /usr/g/srtools/setScanSimulator
To turn it off,
$ /usr/g/srtools/unsetScanSimulator
3–10 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
3-1-17 How to Perform Z–axis Collimation Diagnostics

You can check if the collimator correctly moves in Z–axis direction.
1. Move the mouse in the shell window, then type the following responses to the indicated prompts:
> collimatorDiag <Enter>

Collimator Works!
>
Verify that:
– The aperture moves smoothly.
– The collimator performs initial operation: The drive motor pulley rotates CW 3 times,
then CCW 6 times, and lastly CW 3 times, then the aperture stop moving.
– “Collimator Works!” is displayed.
> exit <Enter> (To terminate the unix shell window.)
Collimator Z–axis drive motor
3–11 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
3-1-18 How to Change the Artifact Correction Mode

The small DFOV target recon artifact (star artifact) might appears when performing Retro Recon with small DFOV.
For the system with V/R 6.03 or later, its artifact can be corrected.
No correction “Disable” is set as a default, but the following procedure can be changed to “Enable”.
“Enable” can eliminate the artifact, but resolution becomes slightly low.
Illustration 3–1 Example of Target Recon Artifact
Artifact
NOTICE
The “Enable” information is NOT saved using Savestate. Since “Enable” is returned auto-
matically to “Disable” after performing LFC/LFW, the correction mode MUST be changed.
3–12 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
3-1-18 How to Change the Artifact Correction Mode (Continued)
Checking Correction Mode

1. Select Service –> shell
2. Enter cd /usr/sc/nrebin
3. Enter ls –l
4. Check if the file with the arrow (–>) displayed below has “dis” or “ena”.
dis or ena Current Status

dis No Corrected
ena Corrected
dis : No corrected
File with the arrow (–>) ena : Corrected
Note: The file name might be slightly different according to the system.
Changing Correction Mode

1. Select Service –> shell
2. Move the mouse in the window, then type the following responses to the indicated prompts.
% su <Enter>
Password: #bigguy <Enter>
3. Enter the following to change correction mode.
Command Description Remarks

enableCorrection Changed to ena (enable) mode The first “C” of “Correction” only
is in uppercase.
enableCorrection –disable Changed to dis (disable) mode The first “C” of “Correction” only
is in uppercase.
One space input is required be-
tween inputs of “enableCorrec-
tion” and “–disable”.)
3–13 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119
3–14 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
SECTION 4 – IRIX GUIDE
NOTICE
This Section for Reference Only
Not under Revision Control
4-1 INTRODUCTION
Do not be afraid to try an old Sun UNIX command. Some of these still work in the SGI environment.
Conventions
Bold Face: Cross referenced links and system messages or prompts.
Italics: Variables you need to fill the real thing in for (e. g., filename).
Normal: Command syntax, purpose descriptions and paths.
No path – means that the executable is contained in the usr/g/bin directory and can be executed from anywhere.
(login useraccount) indicates who you have to be to perform the command listed, when none is indicated, you can
run the command from any user account.
Table 4–1 User Accounts and Passwords
User Account Password

insite 2getin
root #bigguy
ctuser (OC Only) suisei.
service no password
4–1 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
4-2 IRIX OPERATING COMMANDS
Table 4–2 Irix Operating Commands
Command Purpose
!! Repeat last command issued (see history).
!X Repeat command indicated by number for X. (see his-
tory).
!X Repeat last command issued from history list which
begins with letter(s) indicated by X (see history).
<CTRL>+c Terminate current process.
<CTRL>+d Logout of user account.
<CTRL>+z End input.
alias Display a list of all aliased commands.
arp –a Display current arp (address resolution protocol) cache
in memory. Will let you know who is in the current net-
work routing table.
cd /directoryname/directoryname/ . . . Change current working directory to that specified in
/directoryname/directoryname/ . . .
chmod XXX filename Change the permissions to XXX for filename.
XXX is an octal number whose value determines read,
write and executable status bits for a files permissions.
drwxrwxrwx owneraccount size date filename
– 111 111 111 ==> chmod 777 filename
The first four bits are owner permissions, second are
group permissions, and the third is everyone’s permis-
sions.
chown useraccount filename Change filename ownership to useraccount.
cp /path/filename /path/filename Copy the designated file to the destination indicated.
date MMddhhmmyy Set the date and time as specified: MM is month, dd is
day, hh is hour, mm is minute, yy is year. Must be root.
df –k Display disk partition sizes. Will also display mounted
file systems.
dkstat Provide ongoing I/O statistics for all SCSI devices.
du Display block size of current directory.
du –sk Display block size of current directory and its contents.
eject SCSI Id Ejects the SCSI Id specified.
find / –name “filename” –print Locate filename and print its path searching the entire
directory structure for which this account has permis-
sions (login as root to catch them all).
4–2 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
Table 4–2 Irix Operating Commands (continued)
Command Purpose
fsck Run disk maintenance, answer yes to all questions it
asks. If it asks questions, reboot when it is complete
and repeat until it runs clean (login root). If system
boots to single user UNIX (#):
#cd /etc <enter>
#fsck<enter>
Output – questions are likely.
#reboot<enter>
(see cd).
ftp internet address File transfer protocol. Will connect to host designated
by internet address. Login will be required. Most file
system navigation will function normally. Other com-
mands available include:
• get filename–transfer filename from internet address
to current directory on log host.
• put filename–transfer filename to internet address
from log host.
• bye–logout of internet address and exit ftp.
• ?–display all available commands
fx Disk utility. Can be used to slip bad blocks. See Using
fx to Slip Bad Blocks.
grep text filename Search filename for any occurrences of text and print
the line that contains it. Can also be used as a destina-
tion for a pipe as in: ps –ef | grep text
history Provides a list of all commands issued since login for
current account. Use in conjunction with repeat com-
mand feature (!) to reissue same command.
kill processid Terminate process indicated by processid (see ps –
ef).
killall processname Sends a shutdown signal to all software processes e
if no process name is specified or to the named
process.
ln –s destinationfilename filename Create a symbolic link between destinationfilename
and filename. All output from filename will go to des-
tinationfilename.
ls –alR List current and all subdirectory contents.
mkdir directoryname Create directoryname as a branch from the current
directory.
more textfilename Show the contents of textfilename a page at a time.
Can also act as the destination of a pipe as in: tail
–100 SYSLOG | more.
4–3 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
Command Purpose
mount device directory This will display a table of mounted file systems with
no device directory designation. By specifying a device
and directory name, you can create a virtual partition
that will allow you to work with the media in the device.
(see umount)
netstat –ain View network performance statistics. Collision rates
from 3 to 5% will cause system performance degrada-
tion.
netstat –r View physically connected hosts on your net and the
current network routing tables.
Destination – direct connection (no router)
Gateway – gate to destination
Flags:
• U – up
• H – host
• G – gateway
• Note: current log host will show no flags.
refcnt – current number of active uses per route
Use – number of packets sent per route
nvram Display current prom monitor settings.
ping Host Function is similar to spray. Send a 64 byte packet to
Host and have it return that packet. Provide statistics
on status of transmission.
prtvtoc Print out the root disk label.
prtvtoc /dev/rdsk/dksod[n]s0 Display partitions, sizes and SCSI controller informa-
tion for SCSI disk. Must be root. ([n] is the SCSI de-
vice number).
ps –ef Display running software processes.
ps –ef | grep ‘whoami‘ | more Display all processes your current user account owns
that are running.
pwd Display current directory path.
reboot Shutdown and restart IRIX.
rm –r directoryname Delete directory contents and then directoryname.
rm filename Delete filename.
sum filename This command will generate a checksum value for file-
name. Use it to verify that the file you have remote
copied or transmitted is the same as the original. Sum
will produce the same result if it is.
swap –s View available system swap space.
tail –f textfilename Displays an ongoing update of textfilename. Useful for
observing system startup as in:
tail –f gesys_<suiteid>_OC0.log
4–4 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
Command Purpose
tail –X textfilename Show the last X lines of textfilename.
telnet internetaddress Attempt to log into remote host designated by internet-
address.
top –i second Display processes having the highest CPU usage up-
dating every second.
touch filename Create filename of zero length.
umount filesystemname or directoryname This command will release a directory or file system.
Use it to release a 3rd party mount chewing that is
virtually chewing up root partition space. See mount
and df.
w What user accounts are active and what actions are
they performing. Will show how long the ctuser c–shell
has been up.
whoami Print current userid.
4–5 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
4-3 LOG FILES
Table 4–3 Log Files
Log File Host Path Description

analysis.0 OC /var/adm/crash Provides a summary of all
of the CPU activity, failure
reason and executable in-
volved in a CPU Panic.
View it using more.
aqslog OC /usr/g/ctuser/logfiles Acquisition server log file.
View it using tail or more.
arslog OC /usr/g/ctuser/logfiles Archive server log file.
browserlog OC /usr/g/ctuser/logfiles Browser client log file.
dbrlog OC /usr/g/ctuser/logfiles Image database read
server log file. View it us-
ing tail or more.
dbwlog OC /usr/g/ctuser/logfiles Image database write
server log file. View it us-
ing tail or more.
dcslog OC /usr/g/ctuser/logfiles Dicom server log file. View
it using tail or more.
dks1d1s[n] OC /etc/fscklogs Contains the results of the
fsck performed at startup
for SCSI device indicated
by [n]. (see CT/i De-
vices).
gesys_<suite>_OC0.log OC /usr/g/service/log This is the same log you
would get at in applica-
tions by hitting the mes-
sage bar. Examine it at
IRIX level using the view-
log command. Just about
everything reports here,
so it is the logical place to
start troubleshooting.
host.cfg OC /usr/g/config Host configuration file.
Use more to view this file.
Not all parameters are
used from this file.
4–6 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
Table 4–3 Log Files (continued)
Log File Host Path Description

imslog OC /usr/g/ctuser/logfiles Image server log file. View
it using tail or more.
INFO OC /usr/g/config/INFO This file contains the sys-
tem environment informa-
tion. Use more to ex-
amine its contents to
verify your answers to the
installation procedure in
reconfig.
netlog OC /usr/g/ctuser/logfiles Network server log file.
prslog OC /usr/g/ctuser/logfiles Print server log file. View it
using tail or more.
userprefs.cfg OC /usr/g/config Contains hardware config-
uration information sup-
plied by you during the
software LFC and by the
system during initial poll-
ing of devices in the sys-
tem. View it using more.
Use grep to search for
specific parameters. grep
scanDiskDevice Scan-
Hardware.cfg
SvTubeUsage.log OC /usr/g/service/log Contains technique and
scan types used on sys-
tem since last software
LFC. Use scanReport to
view it.
SdCRHosts OC /usr/g/ctuser/Prefs This file contains all of of
the hosts adopted at ap-
plications. Use it to find
the IP addresses of other
hosts you can telnet to,
like AWWs.
SYSLOG OC /var/adm This is where IRIX hard-
ware and operating sys-
tem software errors are
reported. Here you will
find the reasons for CPU
malfunctions, SCSI errors,
and indications of system
start ups. Use more or
tail to view this text file.
4–7 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
4-4 SCRIPTS AND EXECUTABLES
Table 4–4 Scripts and Executables
Script/Executable Host Path Purpose

cleanMon OC No Path Shut applications and IRIX
login: ctuser down. See shutdown
procedure for apps only.
endsession OC No Path Logout of current desktop
and return to the login
window.
exitScript OC No Path Checks the status of ap-
login: ctuser plications and executes
endsession if apps are
down.
gattention message OC No Path Put a gatttention box on
the monitor containing the
text in message.
halt OC No Path Shut operating system
login: root software down.
hinv OC No Path Display hardware configu-
ration information. For
more information, use the
hard_Conf command.
mkfsMOD OC No Path Create a new file system
login: root on the MaxOptics disk
side currently installed in
the drive. This will clear
out everything on the disk.
mountMOD OC No Path Make the MaxOptics a
virtual partition on the disk
drive. Normal file functions
to the /MOD directory (like
cp, cd, ls, etc) will now
function on the optical
drive.
reconfig OC No Path Change site info, regen
login: root databases, etc.
SnapState OC No Path Store all logs to the MOD
for later review. Run to as-
sist with resolution of soft-
ware issues.
showdasm OC No Path This will query the DASM
Path: ctuser and provide you with con-
figuration information for
it.
4–8 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
Table 4–4 Scripts and Executables (continued)
Script/Executable Host Path Purpose

showprods | grep NP OC No Path List the revision of the
system software.
startMon OC No Path Start applications pro-
login: ctuser cesses.
start_SMPTE OC No Path Installs the SMPTE pat-
login: ctuser tern in the browser.
unmountMOD OC No Path Release the MaxOptics
MOD’s virtual partition.
viewlog OC /usr/g/insite/bin Display
login: insite gesys_<suite>_OC0.log
with viewing controls.
4–9 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
4-5 VI EDITOR
Table 4–5 vi Editor
Command Effect
vi filename Enter vi editor and load filename for editing.
h Move cursor left one character. Cannot be in insert
character mode; <ESC> exits this mode and returns to
cursor control mode.
j Move cursor down one line. Cannot be in insert char-
acter mode; <ESC> exits this mode and returns to cur-
sor control mode.
k Move cursor up one line. Cannot be in insert character
mode; <ESC> exits this mode and returns to cursor
control mode.
l Move cursor right one character. Cannot be in insert
character mode; <ESC> exits this mode and returns to
cursor control mode.
i Insert characters where the cursor is. Hit <ESC> to
exit insert character mode.
a Insert characters after the current cursor position. Hit
<ESC> to exit insert character mode.
o Insert characters on the next line. Hit <ESC> to exit
insert character mode.
<ESC>:q! Quit without saving changes.
<ESC><Shift>ZZ Save changes and exit.
x Delete current character.
dd Delete current line.
<ESC>:w Save.
<ESC>:wq Save and exit.
4–10 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 5 2202119
SECTION 5 – SOFTWARE STRUCTURE
5-1 SOFTWARE STRUCTURE DIAGRAM
Illustration 5–1 Software Structure Diagram
UIF IOS
e/r event_router
ImageReceive
RTImageReceive
ScanReconMgr
RTScoutReceive
recon.req
Trend/Forecast
ReconCtrl
Cooling acq.req
DMA
AcqCtrl
scan.req
ReconJob
ScanCtrl
Recon Engine
RawMgr NPRM, NPRS
RawLoad
RawStore
tgp_in tgp_out
RawStoreSlave
ScbxHandler Command
Raw Disk
Status DBPCI Board
Keyboard Table/Gantry DAS Data

Scan Start / Stop /
Abort keys DAS
5–1 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 5 2202119
5-2 SOFTWARE MODULE DESCRIPTION
5-2-1 UIF: User Interface

D ScanRx → Scan operations: New Patient → Patient information input
View Edit → Scan change screen
GraphicRx → Localize planning
D ExamRxDisplay → Image Display

AutoView
AutoFilm
D RetroRecon → Retro Recon

View Edit, GraphicRetro
5-2-2 IOS: Imaging and Operating System

This system registers image data from ImageReceive, RTImageReceive, or RTScoutReceive, to Informix Database,
and displays them on Browser.
Application → Browser, Viewer, and all which are started on the Browser.
Server → imserver (vacant image space)
dbserver (image registration)
arserver (Archive: save/restore to/from MOD)
prserver (Filming)
netserver (Network)
5-2-3 ScanReconMgr: Scan Recon Manager

ScanReconMgr controls Cooling, Scan, Raw data, or Recon.
Functions
D Communicates with external subsystems such are UIF (User Interface), applications, etc., according to
predetermined protocols.
D Converts parameter blocks made and sent from UIF, applications, etc. into the parameter blocks (Scan-
Par, ReconPar, ToolPar, or RAW Par) which are used by each subsystem controller.
D Communicates with each subsystem controller sequentially, using the parameters described above.
D Interfaces messages sent from the Scan/Recon subsystems to external subsystems
D Performs other functions.
5–2 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 5 2202119
5-2-4 ScanCtrl: Scan Control

ScanCtrl controls the keyboard and Table/Gantry, and performs scans, by sequentially controlling tgp_in, tgp_out,
Cooling, Scan Box, etc.
Functions
D Assigns scan parameters derived from ScanPar sent from ScanReconMgr to each slice (image).
D Communicates with tgp_out, Cooling, and Scan Box for each slice (image).
D Performs controls according to the operator scan key operations sent from the Scan Box.
D Sends scan requests sequentially, synchronizing them with the timings of Inter scan delay, Voice. etc.
D Sends Trend (HV On/Off) requests to Cooling, and sends Display update requests to UIF.
D Sends scan progress status (Scan Start, End, Pause, etc.) to ScanReconMgr.
D ScbxHandler
Controls the keyboard operations (except AN and Ten keys).
D tgp_in
Receives status data from Table/Gantry.
D tgp_out
Sends commands to Table/Gantry.
5-2-5 tgp_in, tgp_out

Sends or receives commands/status to/from the firmware of the scan subsystems (Table, Gantry, Tube, or Genera-
tor).
Functions
D Converts TgpPar into command packets for the TGP firmware.
D Communicates with the TGP via serial lines.
D Controls ISD.
D Converts status data sent from the TGP into messages, and sends them to ScanCtrl or stores them to
Error log file.
5–3 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 5 2202119
5-2-6 AcqCtrl: Acquisition Control
Functions
D Decodes RawPar.
D Executes Raw reserve requests.
D Makes Raw data headers from RawPar sent form ScanReconMgr, and executes write requests of raw
data files on the raw data disk.
D Writes Cal/Decon data to raw data files.
5-2-7 RawMgr: Raw Manager

RawMgr handles scan data, and controls RawCtrTable and address for raw data files.
Functions
D Saves/loads scan data to/from MOD.
D Writes status of Reserve/Protect/RawDataStore of raw data to RawCtrlTable.
D Writes Raw headers to raw data files.
D Requests RawStore to store raw data files.
D Requests RawLoad to load Cal/Decon data to Recon Engine.
D Handles Protect/Unprotect for raw data files.
D Extracts required information from each raw data file.
5-2-8 RawLoad: Raw Load
Functions
D Reads and loads raw data files from the raw data disk to the Recon Engine, according the Raw data load
requests form RawMgr.
5–4 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 5 2202119
5-2-9 RawStore/RawStoreSlave
Functions
D When it (RawStore) receives Raw data store requests, it sets the DAS Buffer to a state where it (DAS
Buffer) can accept raw data transfer.
D When it receives transfer requests from the DAS Buffer device driver, it reads raw data files from the DAS
Buffer and writes them to the raw data disk.
D Requests extra data transfer to the DAS Buffer for Scan End.
5-2-10 ReconCtrl: Recon Control
Functions
D Enters ReconPar sent from ScanReconMgr into Recon Queue.
D Controls the Recon Queue.
D Controls On/Off of Recon wait protect for raw data files.
D Controls Start, Cancel, etc. for ReconJob.
5-2-11 ReconJob: Recon Job
Functions
D Loads raw data files, Cal/Decon data, etc. to Recon Engine, according to the recon parameters from Re-
conCtrl.
D Controls Recon Start, Cancel, etc. for the Recon Engine.
5–5 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 5 2202119
5-2-12 ImageReceive, RTImageReceive, RTScoutReceive
Functions
D Reads image data from the Recon Engine.
D Converts Image headers.
D Requests image registration from the Image database control process.
D ImageReceive: Image Receive

Reads reconstructed images from the Recon Engine, adds headers to them, and stores them.
D RTImageReceive: Realtime Image Receive

Reads realtime–reconstructed (Smart Recon) images from the Recon Engine, adds headers to them, and
stores them.
D RTScoutReceive: Realtime Scout Receive

Reads reconstructed scout images from the Recon Engine, adds headers to them, and stores them.
5-2-13 ToolCtrl: Tool Control

This ToolCtrl is not a memory–resident program. The ScanReconMgr starts/ends this program, when the Service UIF
requests the start/end of ToolCtrl.
Functions
D Executes off–line applications (except recon) such as service tools, which require the operation of the Re-
con Engine.
D Loads data to the Recon Engine, saves the resulted data to the disk, etc.
5–6 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
SECTION 6 – TROUBLESHOOTING
6-1 COMMUNICATION BETWEEN OC, TGP, OGP, CIF AND JEDI

Communications between OC, TGP, OGP, CIF(DAS) and kV Control(JEDI) are tested during Wake–up communica-
tion sequence. You can diagnose the communication failure by utilize this functionality.
Illustration 6–1 Communication Block Digram
(2
(1 ) (3
) TGP ) kV Ctl
OC OGP
(MP) (JEDI)
(6
(4
) (5
(2 (2 )
) (3
) ) CIF
)
(4 (DAS)
TGP TGP
(GP) (TP) )
6-1-1 Theory of Wake–up Communication

(1) OC will start Wake–up communication by sending SysConfig CMD to TGP(MP). The purpose of this
is to make sure about communication between each processors and to make each processors know
the current system configuration. The starting timing is one of followings:
– Just after OC is booted–up
– Just after receiving SysConfig Request from TGP(MP). TGP(MP) keeps sending SysConfig
Request to OC after booted–up until it receives SysConfig CMD from OC.
– When OC found the contents of SysConfig is changed.
If OC sends SysConfig CMD to TGP(MP) 3 times without successful, OC gives up communication

and output error message on gesyslog as below.
Failed to get response of system config.

Code is 3
Even under this sitation, OC looks booted–up correctly except error above. But the time moving from
New Patient Screen to Scan Edit Screen becomes extremely slowed down, which takes around 1
minutes. Also, Confirm button is never activated.
6–1 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
6-1 COMMUNICATION BETWEEN OC, TGP, OGP, CIF AND JEDI (continued)
(2) After TGP(MP) receives SysConfig CMD, it sends SysConfig CMD to TGP(GP), TGP(TP) and OGP
and wait for the response from each processor. TGP(TP) and TGP(GP) reply for TGP(MP) by send-
ing TG Status.
(3) After OGP receives SysConfig CMD, it sends SysConfig CMD to kV Control(JEDI) and CIF(DAS)..
OGP will wait for their reply.
(4) KV Control(JEDI) and CIF will reply for OGP by sending TG Status. TG Status will include error infor-
mation if there are. In case OGP cannot receive reply from kV Control or CIF in time, OGP put error
information on the TG Status which will be send to TGP(MP).
(5) OGP will send TG Status to TGP(MP) after it receives TG Staus both from kV Control and CIF or after
timeout is detected to receive reply.
(6) TGP(MP) will send TG Status to OC after it receives TG Status from all of TGP(TP), TGP(GP) and
OGP or after timeout is detected to receive reply.
6-1-2 Error Messages and Troubleshooting

Following is the error messages on gesyslog related to Wake–up communication. You can diagnose the commu-
nication failure from followings:
Table 6–1 Troubleshooting
Code Error Messages Explanation(Messages on V/R5.00 or lat- Failure

(Only on V/R5.00 or (V/R4.13 or before) er)
later)
N/A Failed to get response Failed to get response of system config. OC <–> TGP
of system config.
11–1010–03 SP is not wake up. TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from TGP <–> OGP
OGP in response to SysConfig CMD.
11–1013–03 GP is not wake up. TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from TGP inside
TGP(GP) in response to SysConfig CMD.
11–1012–03 TP is not wakeup. TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from TGP inside
TGP(TP) in response to SysConfig CMD.
20–0014–02 JEDI Wakeup time out. OGP did not receive any reply from JEDI in OGP <–> kV Con-
response to SysConfig CMD nor JEDI Ca- trol
pability Request CMD.
20–0030–07 DAS Wakeup Time OGP did not receive any reply from CIF in OGP <–> CIF
Out. response to SysConfig.
30–0101–01 N/A Only for NX/i CIF received unspecified Qcal Ratio Data OGP <–> CIF
from OC on SysConfig.
30–0101–02 N/A Only for NX/i CIF could not receive all Qcal Ratio Data OGP <–> CIF
from OC on SysConfig.
20–1030–04 Mismatch DIPSW3 on OGP is mismatched with Sys- DIPSW3 setting of
DIPSW(SW3) and sys- Config CMD which was sent from TGP. OGP
tem config.
20–1030–06 System Config Error OGP received unspecified SysConfig from Unmatched be-
TGP. tween OGP and OC
software
6–2 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
6-2 DAS DATA PATH

Data from Detector is sampled synchronized with DAS TRIG signal. So DAS Data Path Trouble Shooting can
be separated into DAS TRIG signal trouble shooting and DAS Data troube shooting. DAS TRIG signal is one
of pre–requisite for DAS Data transfer.
Refer to Illustration 6–2.
6-2-1 Pre–requisite
Communication path from OC to CIF, through TGP, Slip Ring and OGP, should be confirmed to work before this
trouble shooting. You can check the result of Wake–up communication for brief confirmation.
6–3 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
6-2 DAS DATA PATH (continued)
6-2-2 DAS TRIG Signal Troubleshooting

There are 3 sources of DAS TRIG signal. 1st one is Azimuth encoder, 2nd is Cradle encoder, 3rd is OGP itself
and last one is TGP. Each sources are selected by OGP and TGP depend on the Scan Type except TGP as
below :
Azimuth Encoder : selected on Axial Scan, Helical and Cine Scan
Cradle Encoder : selected on Scout Scan
OGP ; selected on Stationary Scan
TGP : selected in case reset switch is pushed on TGP.
As described above, DAS TRIG signal line is used to send RESET from TGP to OGP.
If you encounter the trouble related to DAS TRIG signal, it is recommended to try various scan type and resetting
OGP through TGP to identify which path is in failure as followings:
(1) At first, proceed Stationary Scan using Off Line Scan. To make it simplify, data pattern can be set
as DAS pattern, Rotor and X–ray Off and Current Azimuth is suggested. In case you found the failure,
most probable failure is CIF and cabling between CIF and OGP.
(2) Secondly, proceed Scout Scan using Off Line Scan. DAS pattern and Rotor Off is suggested. In case
it does not work, try (4) to check signal line between TGP and OGP. If it does work, most probable
failure is on Cradle Encoder and cabling between this and TGP. On TBLCON BD, there are not any
components for DAS TRIG, but just connect from CN9 to CN1. On TBL BD, there are one component
to change the signal type.
(3) Next, proceed Axial Scan using Off Line Scan. DAS pattern and Rotor Off is suggested. In case it
does not work, try (4) to check signal line between TGP and OGP. If it does work, most probable fail-
ure is on Servo Amp and cabling between Azimuth Encoder and TGP. On SUB BD there are not any
components for DAS TRIG, but just connect from CN5 to CN2.
(4) If you found problem in (2) or (3), try to reset OGP by pushing RESET switch on TGP and check OGP
is corrected reset. After reset correctly, OGP shoud go to IDLE status, which is DS6 on OGP blinks.
If OGP is not reset, DAS TRIG signal line between TGP and OGP has the problem. Between them,
there are cable between TGP and Signal Brush board, Slip Ring, Signal CONN board and cable be-
tween Signal CONN and OGP. In this case, it is suggested to change Signal CONN board tentatively
at first because there is another one on backside of Slip Ring, which is exactly the same and not used.
6–4 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
Illustration 6–2 DAS Data and DAS TRIG Signal Flow
LBB Gantry Rotating

CAM
DDP
DDP
CIF
DAS Data
OC
401 CN1 J2 J2
RF RF J3
402 CN3 DTRF DASIFN J9 J3 DBPCI
XMT RCV Optic fiber
Optic fiber
Axial/Helical/Cine Scan
403
CN2 CN5 CN1 CN2

SUB BD Servo Amp
OGP TGP CN10
SIG Azimuth Encoder
CN8 CN6 SIG CN7
BRSH
CON
BD
CN11 CN1 CN2 CN1 CN9
Stationary Scan TBL BD TBLCON
(DAS TRIG is generated by
OGP) Cradle Encoder
Gantry Stationary Scout Scan Table
DAS TRIG Signal
Applicable only to Twin Systems
6–5 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119
6–6 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
6-2-3 DAS Data Troubleshooting

For DAS Data trouble shooting, LED indication of each components are beneficial. it is recommended that to
confirm data path on rotating side using stationary scan at first. Proceed rotation scan as next step to confirm
data path on Slip Ring. Following is the LED status to help you identify whether DAS Data is coming or not. These
status is based on Off Line Scan with Rotor Off, DAS Data as Normal mode.
LED of RF RCV is not based on DAS Data but based on carrier wave. So RF Output LED does not change even
in the case DAS Data is not available. But when carrier wave is sent correctly, DAS Data can be sent correctly
in most of the case through Slip Ring because of error correction mechanism between DTRF and DASIFN.
Refer to LED Description Section on Diagnostic TAB for detail of each LEDs
DTRF Assy
DAS data does not
IDLE Scan
come
+5V Lit Lit Lit
CONERR
Lit in short duration
DSON Lit
at first
Lit in short duration
DSIN Lit
at first
FECERR
CSTRB
ACK Lit
Lit when cable from
DXFER Lit
DAS is disconneted.
RF XMIT(Only for ETC Slip Ring)

DAS data does not
IDLE Scan
come
RED when optic
LED GREEN GREEN cable from DTRF is
disconnected
RF RCV(Only for ETC Slip Ring)

DAS data does not
IDLE Scan
come
GREEN GREEN GREEN
Power LED (RED if RF Shoe is (RED if RF Shoe is (RED if RF Shoe is
not connected) not connected) not connected)
Lit if aligned in Lit if aligned in Lit if aligned in
AGC Center
center center center
Change depend on Change depend on Change depend on
RF Output
RF output power RF output power RF output power
6–7 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119

DASIFN
DAS data does not
IDLE Scan
come
+5V Lit Lit
VLTN Lit
FECERR
VSIZE
DSRST
DSCLR
Lit during scan
DSREQ (slightly lit if scan
time is slow)
DSACK
DSERR
Lit during scan
VIEW (slightly lit if scan
time is slow)
ENDNG
FIFO1FF
OFF during Scan
FIFO2FF Lit (Lit when preparing Lit
Scan)
FPGACONFIG
DBPCI
DAS data does not
IDLE Scan
come
T_OVER
E_OVER
TREQ
ERR
LINT
RESET
DSACK
FIFO slightly lit
DBMEN Lit
DSREQ slightly lit
PCIREQ Blink
SLAVE
6–8 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
6-2-4 Data Path Troubleshooting under Intermittent Failure

In case DAS data itself is coming to OC with errors below, this means intermittent failure occurs during transferring
raw data.
(1) ‘Corrected View Number of BADRAW’ which means bad views were found but it was successfully cor-
rected during reconstruction process.
(2) ‘Uncorrected View Number of BADRAW’ which means bad views were found and it cannot be correct.
Image was not displayed as the result.
To identify the failure under this situation, data encoding/decoding theory is useful. Next page shows the summery
of data format and what kind of information is appeared on LED or View End Mark. Please refer to DASIFN Section
on Advanced Theory Of Operation for detail.
In case you can find the bit errors constantly on specific position like below, failure should be on parallel data line.
Example below indicates 3rd bit in one set of 16 bits is always zero
0000 1111 0222 3333 4444 5555 4666 7777 8888 9999 8aaa
Parallel data line failure occurs on CIF, DTRF, DASIFN, DBPCI, cabling between CIF and DTRF or between DASIFN
and DBPCI. It may happen most possibly on DBPCI because there are most complex circuit to handle parallel signal.
6–9 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119
6–10 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
Illustration 6–3 Data Path Troubleshooting under Intermittent Failure
Bypassing Slip Ring
Parallel Data from DAS Parallel Data to DBPCI

RF RF
DTRF DASIFN
Optic fiber XMT RCV Optic fiber
Parallel Data Encoded Serial Data Parallel Data

Encoded Check Encoded Check
DAS data/view VEM VEM DAS data/view VEM
Data Bytes Data Bytes
Encoded DAS Data/view

VEM : View End Mark
Errors encountered when encoding on DTRF Errors encountered when decoding on DASIFN
FEC Encoding Error FEC Encoding Error
Indicated on FECERR LED of DTRF (This means DASIFN received ENDNG from DTRF)
Status is cleared when hardware reset Indicated on ENDNG LED of DASIFN
Possible failure is on upper stream than DTRF Status is cleared when next scan start
Possible failure is on upper stream than DTRF
FEC Correction Error
(This means DASIFN cannot correct errors and this view cannot be used.)
To identify which one is failed in Slip Ring and
Indicated on FECERR LED of DASIFN and VEM
DTRF/DASIFN, you can bypass Slip Ring by Status is cleared when next scan start for LED
following procedure. VEM can be displayed using GSA.
Possible failure is between DTRF and DASIFN.
1. Disconnect the optic fiber from DTRF. Most possibly failed on RF RCV including adjustment.
2. Connect optic fiber which is from DASIFN View Size Error
Indicated on VSIZE LED of DASIFN and VEM
directly with DTRF as showed above in dotted
Status is cleared when next scan start for LED
line. VEM can be displayed using GSA.
Possible failure is between DTRF and DASIFN.
Be sure that Rotation Switch on lower backside Most possibly failed on RF RCV including adjustment
of gantry is off and use stationary scan with Fatal Error
current azimuth for testing. Indicated on DSERR LED of DASIFN and VEM
Status is cleared when next scan start for LED
6–11 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119
6–12 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
6-3 IMAGE DATABASE TROUBLESHOOTING TIPS

The followings are useful to resolve the image database failure.
6-3-1 Image–Database–Oriented Problems
Problems Possible Cause Solution

The image cannot be deleted. D There is queues of the image to be D Delete queues.
deleted.
D Remove the image to be de-
D The image to be selected is dis- leted from the Display or Brows-
played on the Display or Browser er desktop.
desktop.
D Reboot the system and retry.
The image cannot be selected on This is not database failure. Restart the Browser and retry.
the Browser.
The image is deleted, but recovered. The system may be shut down be- Restart the system and retry.
fore completing the image deletion.
The reconstructed image cannot be D Reconstruction failure might oc- Retry to display the image on the
displayed. cur. Display or Browser desktop.
D The image display has been

skipped.
The archived queue cannot be de- The MOD drive failure might occur. There is a queue in /usr/g/ex-
leted. (This is not database failure.) tra_tmp directory. Write down the
names of the file of which size is
not zero, and delete them.
Create the new files with the
same name you wrote down, us-
ing “touch” command.
Then modify the file properties of
owner, group, and permission as
needed.
Lastly, reboot the system.
After executing Edit Patient, old pa- There is a possibility of database D Restart the Browser and retry.
tient data remains on the list. They failure, but other failures might oc-
can not be deleted. cur. D Ask your OLC to analyze all files
under the /usr/g/ctuser/logfiles/
directory.
D Perform the LFW (Load–From–

Warm).
6–13 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
6-3-2 Log Files for Image Database
Directory and Name Descriptions Usage

/usr/ctuser/logfiles/dbwlog Write log to database If any error occurred, database
trouble is doubtful.
/usr/g/ctuser/logfiles/dbrlog Read log to database If any error occurred, database
trouble is doubtful.
/usr/g/ctuser/logfiles/imslog Access log for IM Server History of Image deletion.
i.e. “removed series xxxx/xx”
/usr/g/informix/databases/online.log Online log of database If error occurred just after boot
up, there is a possibility of data-
base destruction. The LFW
should be performed to resolve
this error.
Example Displayed:
07:32:13 Error building ’sysmas-
ter’ database.
It is difficult to troubleshoot the er-
ror using this log only. Check if
the errors might occur in other
logs such as SYSLOG. If the
hardware failure (HDD...) may
cause the error, panic or other er-
ror occurs at the same time.
6–14 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
6-4 DICOM FILMING OR NETWORK TRANSFER IS SLOW (NETWORK TIPS)

There are many cases of DICOM Camera slow filming and this section discusses one of the root cause and counter-
measure. This method is sometimes useful for other network troubleshooting. This occurs O2 don’t always Auto–Ne-
gotiation correctly with some Network Switches, causing high data error rates and retries. As an example, it is re-
ported that Nortel Switch Hub has this type of trouble.
As a solution for this type of trouble, the cancel the Auto–Negotiation function and set the Ethernet mode manually.
The following procedure is to set the manual Ethernet mode setting.
Note
Consult to site’s network engineer what type of Ethernet link speed and duplex mode is recom-
mended before proceed.
1. Power on the system and press “Stop for maintenance” button to enter maintenance menu.
(or if the system is already started, execute Application Shutdown and press “ESC” key twice when “OK” mes-
sage is displayed)
2. Click on Command.
3. Type the following command
> setenv ec0mode xxxx
xxxx is the mode parameter for link speed and duplex mode as shown:
– 100f –> 100Base–T/Full Duplex
– 100h –> 100Base–T/Half Duplex
– 10f –> 10Base–T/Full Duplex
– 10h –> 10Base–T/Half Duplex
4. Close the command screen and restart the system.
6–15 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119
6–16 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
SECTION 7 – RING VALUE MEASUREMENT
CT HiSpeed Series has the program which calculates named “Ring Value”. It takes from 0 to positive number (0 is
best). It will become the reference number for measurement of Image quality.
This section discusses the procedure how to measure the Ring Value.
For example of usage, if customer has a problem of patient image quality, check the Active Mean DAS count using
GSA, then according to the DAS Count, select the scan technique and measure the Ring Value.
1. Perform the phantom scanning with the following Scan Technique Table. Memorize the Exam number.
Common Configuration:
Large (42cm.) Phantom set to Scan center. 2i mode scan.
Recon FOV is 50cm.
Active Mean DAS KV TH mA Scan Time Measured Value Reference Value

Count (It is not Spec.)
0 ∼ 500 120 3 100 1 < 3.988
500 ∼ 1000 120 3 130 1.5 < 3.543
1000 ∼ 1500 120 5 130 2 < 1.497
1500 ∼ 2000 120 5 150 2 < 0.762
2000 ∼ 120 5 200 2 < 0.504
2. Go to Service Desktop and open shell.
3. Type “phantomAnalysis” on the shell prompt, then program runs.
4. Press “Select Image” button to select the scanned image. See Illustration (next page).
5. Enter the phantom size as 42cm. See Illustration (next page).
6. Then press RV button. See Illustration (next page).
7. Scroll the right area, then Averaged Total Ring Value is found. See Illustration (next Page).
8. To close the phantomAnalysis screen, press “EXIT” button. See Illustration (next page).
7–1 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
Illustration 7–1 Phantom Analysis Screen
Step 7: Step 7:
Scroll here. Record this number as Ring Value.
Step 6: Step 5:
Press this button. Enter “42” here.
Step 4: Step 8:
Press this button. Press this button.
7–2 SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
OPERATOR CONSOLE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
SECTION 1 – LED DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–1

1-1 BOARDS ON NEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–1
1-2 BOARDS ON CONNECTOR BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–7
1-3 UNITS ON PERIPHERAL BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–8
1-3-1 DASM–VDB (2191523) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–8
1-3-2 DASM–LCAM (2191524) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–12
1-3-3 DASM II–VDB (2191523–3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–15
1-3-4 DASM II–LCAM (2191524–2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–24
1-4 OTHER BOARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–33
SECTION 2 – TEST PROGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1

2-1 SYSTEM POWER–UP SEQUENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1
2-2 POWER–ON TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–2
2-3 OFF–LINE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–3
2-3-1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–3
2-3-2 Running Off–Line Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–4
2-3-3 Viewing the Log File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–7
2-3-4 Editing Off–line Test Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–8
2-3-5 Off–line Test Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–11
2-4 HARDWARE TO BE USED IN HARDWARE DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–13
2-4-1 Interactive Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–13
2-4-2 Off–line NPR Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–15
2-4-3 Off–line DBPCI Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–18
SECTION 3 – HOST PROCESSOR TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1

3-1 PROBLEM DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1
3-2 DIAGNOSTIC TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–3
3-3 RECOVERING FROM SYSTEM CRASH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–4
3-4 DISABLING THE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE PASSWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–7
3-5 INTEGRATED DIAGNOSTIC ENVIRONMENT (IDE) TESTS ON THE O2 . . . . . . . . 3–9
SECTION 4 – NPR (RECON ENGINE) TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–1

4-1 OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–1
4-2 DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND NPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–2
4-3 DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND DBPCI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–11
4-4 AUTO POST RECON TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–17
i OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119
ii OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
SECTION 1 – LED DESCRIPTION
1-1 BOARDS ON NEST
Table 1–1 NPRIF LED Description
LED Description
DS1 (PCORQ) Lights while the NPRIF board issues a request to the NPRM
board to access the CM (Communication Memory).
DS2 (PCOAK) Lights while NPRM returns Acknowledge of the request (de-
scribed above) to NPRIF.
(Both DS1 and DS2 LEDs light while NPRIF accesses the CM)
DS3 (PGM0RQ) Lights while NPRIF issues a request to NPRM to access the
GM (Global Memory).
DS4 (PGM0AK) Lights while NPRM returns Acknowledge of the request (de-
(Both DS3 and DS4 LEDs light while NPRIF accesses the GM)
DS5 (PZ00RQ) Lights while NPRIF issues a request to NPRM to access the
IM (DSP Internal Memory).
DS6 (PZ00AK) Lights while NPRM returns Acknowledge of the request (de-
(Both DS5 and DS6 LEDs light while NPRIF accesses the IM)
DS7 (IMT2Z) Lights while NPRIF issues an interrupt to NPRM.
DS8 (OINTRQ) Lights while NPRM issues an interrupt to the host processor.
DS9 (BSERR) Lights when non–existent or non–defined addresses are ac-
cessed.
DS10 (LSERR) Lights when LSERR# output from the PCI interface chip is ac-
tive. At this time, Target Abort or Master Abort is occurring on
the PCI bus.
DS11 (NPRRST) Lights when NPRIF and NPRM/NPRS board(s) which are con-
nected to NPRIF are reset.
DS12 (VCC) Lights while DC power is supplied.
1–1 OPERATOR CONSOLE

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-1 BOARDS ON NEST (continued)
Table 1–2 DBPCI LED Description
LED Description
PCIREQ Lights when the local bus access is requested by Slave or
DMA during PCI access.
Slave Lights during PCI Slave access.
DBMEN Lights when the DBM (DAS Buffer Memory) is enabled to take
in DAS data.
DSREQ Lights when the DASIFN board requests data transfer.
DSACK Lights when notifying DASIFN that data has been transferred
to the DBPCI board.
FIFO Lights when the FIFO stores data whose quantity is half its
capacity.
LINT Lights when an INTA interrupt is issued to the PCI9060.
Reset Lights while DBPCI is reset.
TREQ Lights upon TREQ (Transfer Request).
E_OVR Lights upon DAS Error Overflow. Goes off upon Reset.
PWR Lights while +5 V power is supplied.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Table 1–3 NPRM LED Description
LED Description
LED7–0 See Illustration 1–1.
MS00 Lights when the master DSP is requesting access of GM. (Master DSP MS00 signal)
MS10 Lights when the master DSP is requesting access of PM. (Master DSP MS10 signal)
MS30 Lights when the master DSP is requesting access of i860cont, INTREQ REG, CM, or
Comm. REG. (Master DSP MS30 signal)
ACK1 Goes off during a wait cycle by the hardware. (Master DSP ACK signal)
POWER Lights while 5 V power is supplied.
PZ0AK Lights when the host processor (PCI) is accessing the master DSP.
PGMAK Lights when the host processor (PCI) is accessing GM.
PCMAK Lights when the host processor (PCI) is accessing CM.
CMR Lights when the master DSP is accessing CM.
ZXLM Lights when the master DSP is requesting access of the slave DSP PM.
ZXIM Lights when the master DSP is requesting access of the slave DSP IM.
Z0LBG Lights when the master DSP is using the GM bus.
Z1LBG Lights when DSP#1 is using the GM bus.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Illustration 1–1 NPRM LED
DSP Status LED7–0
Boot Up Phase
1: Complete Boot Up DMA
2: Initialize DSP’ Register
3: Initialize Communication Memory
4: Initialize Internal Memory OFF
ÉÉ
5: Set Config Status Block ON
É
ÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
6: Initialize Communication Register
É ÉÉ ON or OFF
7: Complete Boot Up Slave DSP
8: Initialize Link Port Register
É ÉÉ
É
9: Complete Boot Up
Program Running / Idle Phase

Idling Status ÉÉÉÉ
É ÉÉÉ
ÉÉ É
ÉÉÉÉ
É ÉÉÉÉ
É É
(Blinking)
ÉÉ
É ÉÉ
ÉÉ
É É
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
Program Running Status
Slave DSP’s Interrupt
ÉÉ
É ÉÉ
ÉÉ
É ÉÉ
ÉÉ
É
PCI’s Interrupt
ÉÉ
É ÉÉ
ÉÉÉ
ÉÉ ÉÉ
É
É ÉÉ
É
ÉÉ
É
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉ
É
External DMA Running
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
É
Link Port DMA Running
LP5
LP4
LP2
LP0
Error
Bus Error
Abort by PCI
ÉÉÉÉ
É
ÉÉ

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Table 1–4 NPRS LED Description
LED Description
F3–0 See Illustration 1–2.
MS0 Lights when the slave DSP is requesting access of GM. (Slave DSP MS00 signal)
MS1 Lights when the slave DSP is requesting access of PM. (Slave DSP MS10 signal)
ACK Goes off during a wait cycle by the hardware. (Slave DSP ACK signal)
HBG0 Lights when the slave DSP is not using the bus because the master DSP requests
access of the slave DSP.
Illustration 1–2 NPRS LED
DSP Status LED (F3–0)
Boot Up Phase
1: Complete Boot Up DMA
2: Initialize DSP’ Register
3: Initialize Private Memory
4: Initialize Internal Memory OFF
5: Initialize Link Port Register
ÉÉ
ON
ÉÉ
6: Complete Boot Up ON or OFF
ÉÉ
ÉÉÉ
Program Running / Idle Phase
Idling Status
ÉÉ
ÉÉÉ
ÉÉ
ÉÉÉ (Blinking)
Program Running Status
External DMA Running
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
ÉÉÉ
ÉÉ ÉÉ
ÉÉ
É
Link Port DMA Running
ÉÉ
É LP2
LP0
Error
Bus Error
Abort by Master DSP

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Table 1–5 PCI Backplane LED Description
LED Description
POWER ON Lights while power is supplied.
Illustration 1–3 PCI Backplane
PS3
POWER ON LED
(P11) (P12)
(P9)
(P8)

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-2 BOARDS ON CONNECTOR BOX
Table 1–6 DASIFN or DASIFN2 LED Description
LED Description
+5V Lights while +5 V Power is supplied.
VLTN Lights while Taxi Violation occurs.
FECERR Lights when a FEC Correction error occurs.
VSIZE Lights when a View Size Correction occurs.
DSRST Lights when _DSRST is active.
DSCLR Lights when _DSCLR is active.
DSREQ Lights when _DSREQ is active.
DSACK Lights when _DSACK is active.
DSERR Lights when _DSERR is active.
VIEW Lights every transfer view.
ENDNG Lights when receiving View END NG CMD.
FIFO1FF Lights when FIFO1 is full.
FIFO2FF Lights when FIFO2 is full.
FPGACONFIG Lights during configurating the FPGA.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-3 UNITS ON PERIPHERAL BOX
1-3-1 DASM–VDB (2191523)
Table 1–7 DASM–VDB LED Description
LED Description
Image Ready Indicates that an image has been processed, and is stable at the VDB video
output.
Image Transfer Indicates that an image in the DASM is being processed and transferred to the
VDB frame buffer. Note that the video image is not available at the output port
during this internal transfer.
Power This light indicates that the DASM–VDB is powered up. If this light does not
illuminate at power–up, you should first check the power cable connections.
CPU This light indicates that the DASM CPU is active and operating properly. It
flashes continuously (blinks on an off) following power–up.
SCSI This light indicates activity on the SCSI bus, such as commands sent or data
received.
Personality Mod- This light indicates activity in the DASM–VDB personality module, such as data
ule Interface received.
Illustration 1–4 DASM–VDB
Image Transfer Image Ready
VDB
Module
VIDEO PIXEL CLOCK CAMERA CONTROL
DASM
Module
Power CPU SCSI Personality

(1) (2) Module (4)
Interface

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-3 UNITS ON PERIPHERAL BOX (continued)
Powering On
The following sequence occurs in the LED’s when the power switch is turned on:
1. The Power LED comes on.
2. The octal SCSI ID flashes briefly. The Least Significant Bit is next to the Power LED. Note that if the SCSI ID
is zero, no LEDs flash.
3. The three LEDs which represent an octal value flash once and go out.
4. Once the power–up sequence completes, the DASM CPU LED (second light from left) blinks regularly, indicating
that the CPU is active and functioning normally.
Start Up Sequence
When the DASM–VDB interface module is powering up, it performs start–up diagnostics and other related actions.
At power–up, the DASM unit performs the following tests:
D EPROM checksum test
D MFP 68901 access test (the Multi Function Peripheral chip controls the serial port, timing, and I/O)
D SCSI register access test
D Static RAM test
D Dynamic RAM test
D DMA test
When the DASM CPU LED blinks continuously at about two flashes per second, the initialization sequence is com-
plete, and the continuous self–test is in progress. The self–test runs until a SCSI command (a write to block 0 on the
DASM) is sent by the host. This test signals an error condition by blinking the CPU, SCSI, and Personal Module Inter-
face LEDs in tandem, continuously.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Start Up Problems
To report diagnostic conditions, the LEDs on the DASM–VDB front panel have a corresponding binary presentation.
The illustration 1–4 shows the value assigned to each LED (CPU, SCSI, Personal Module Interface LEDs).
DASM LED Error Codes

Using LEDs 1, 2, and 4 (CPU, SCSI, Personal Module Interface LEDs), a binary code signals any of the conditions
listed in Table 1–8. The Power LED is not used to report diagnostic conditions.
The three LEDs permit a combined total of only seven error codes. To overcome this limitation, the codes are defined
as a series of one or more patterns. Each pattern begins with all LEDs flashing briefly, to indicate the start of the num-
ber sequence that follows.
For example, to display error code 12 (Failed SCSI Interface Test), the CPU LED displays the first digit (1), stopping
briefly before the SCSI LED displays the second digit (2), as shown in Illustration 1–5.
The display of each digit lasts approximately four times the duration of the initial binary “7” (that if, the flash of all LEDs).
The patter then repeats. Only the significant digits for each error condition are listed in Table 1–8.
Note:
The first error stops the start–up sequence immediately.
Illustration 1–5 LED Error Code Sequence
+ + = 12
All Flash “1” “2”

Short Long Long

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Table 1–8 DASM Start–up Error Conditions
Value Significance
1 Failed To Set Timer
2 Failed To Set Baud Rate
3 Failed To Access Receiver Status Reg. For Serial I/O
4 Failed To Start Refresh Clock
5 Failed In Set Up Of Serial I/O
6 Checksum Failed
7 Failed Static RAM Test
11 Failed I/O RAM Test
12 Failed SCSI Interface Test
13 Failed To Start VRTXE Operating System
21 Bus Error
22 Address Error
23 Illegal Instruction
24 Undefined MFP (MC68901) Interrupt
25 Zero–divide – Through Trace Trap Level 5
26 Chk, Trapv, Privilege, Or Trace Interrupt
31 Unknown Interrupt

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-3-2 DASM–LCAM (2191524)
Table 1–9 DASM–LCAM LED Description
LED Description
Power This light indicates that the DASM–LCAM is powered up. If this light does not
illuminate at power–up, you should first check the power cable connections.
CPU This light indicates that the DASM CPU is active and operating properly. It
flashes continuously (blinks on an off) following power–up.
SCSI This light indicates activity on the SCSI bus, such as commands sent or data
received.
Personality Mod- This light indicates activity in the DASM–LCAM personality module, such as
ule Interface data received.
Illustration 1–6 DASM–LCAM
Power CPU SCSI Personality

(1) (2) Module (4)
Interface

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Powering On
The following sequence occurs in the LED’s when the power switch is turned on:
1. The Power LED comes on.
3. The three LEDs which represent an octal value flash once and go out.
4. Once the power–up sequence completes, the DASM CPU LED (second light from left) blinks regularly, indicating
that the CPU is active and functioning normally.
Start Up Sequence
Start Up Sequence
When the DASM–LCAM interface module is powering up, it performs start–up diagnostics and other related actions.
At power–up, the DASM unit performs the following tests:
D Static RAM test
D Dynamic RAM test
D DMA test
plete, and the continuous self–test is in progress. The self–test runs until a SCSI command (a write to block 0 on the
DASM) is sent by the host. This test signals an error condition by blinking the CPU, SCSI, and Personal Module Inter-
face LEDs in tandem, continuously.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Start Up Problems
To report diagnostic conditions, the LEDs on the DASM–LCAM front panel have a corresponding binary presentation.
The illustration 1–6 shows the value assigned to each LED (CPU, SCSI, Personal Module Interface LEDs).
DASM LED Error Codes

Using LEDs 1, 2, and 4 (CPU, SCSI, Personal Module Interface LEDs), a binary code signals any of the conditions
listed in Table 1–8. The Power LED is not used to report diagnostic conditions.
The display of each digit lasts approximately four times the duration of the initial binary “7” (that if, the flash of all LEDs).
The patter then repeats. Only the significant digits for each error condition are listed in Table 1–8.
Note:

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-3-3 DASM II–VDB (2191523–3)
1-3-3-1 DASM II–VDB LED Indicators

The DASM II–VDB front panel has six LEDs, which are used for status and error information. These lights are illus-
trated below:
PIF
SCSI
XMIT CPU
RDY PWR
4 2 1
From left to right, the lights indicate the following:
D RDY
Image Ready light indicates that an image has been transferred, and is stable at the VDB video output.
D XMIT
Image Transmit light indicates that an image is being transferred from the Common Memory to the VDB
Field Memory. Note that a printable video image is not available during an image transfer.
D PIF
Personality Interface light activity, in the VDB application, coincides with the image transmit function.
D SCSI
This light indicates the host is accessing the DASM via the SCSI bus, such as commands sent or data
received.
D CPU
This light indicates that the DASM CPU is active and operating properly. It flashes continuously ( “blinks”
on and off) following power–up.
D PWR
Power Light indicates that the DASM is powered. If this light does not illuminate at power–up, you should
first check the power cord connections.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-3-3-2 Start–up Sequence

When the DASM II–VDB is powering up, it performs start–up diagnostics and other related actions.
At power–up, the DASM Controller performs the following tests:
D Static RAM test
D Dynamic RAM test
D DMA test
plete.
If an error occurs, the error condition is reported by blinking the CPU, SCSI, and PIF LEDs in tandem followed by an
error code.
Powering On
The following sequence occurs on the front panel’s LEDs when the power switch is turned on:
1. The Power LED lights.
3. The three LEDs flash once and go out.
4. Once the power–up sequence completes, the DASM CPU LED (second light from right) blinks regularly, indicat-
ing that the CPU is active and functioning normally.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-3-3-3 Self–Test Options

Once the start–up sequence is complete, the resident software reads the state of the DIP switch labeled SW1 on the
DASM II–VDB board to determine whether further tests are enabled. To access SW1 you must first remove the top
cover. Upon locating SW1 you will notice the numbers 0, 1, and 2 silk screened on the printed circuit board. The way
Self–Test executes is determined by the setting shown below:
Switch Position Continuous Serial Loop– Single Pass Single Pass w/ Debug Mode
Mode back Memory
0 Closed Closed Open Open Open
1 Closed Open Closed Closed Open
2 Closed Closed Closed Open Open
D Continuous Mode:
Is the default setting. After executing the start–up diagnostic, the resident software will continuously run
the VDB self–test. Self–test will continue until the first SCSI command is received by the DASM.
D Serial Loop Test:

In this mode the VDB tests the RS422 Driver and Receiver. Prior to executing this, a special loop–back
connector on the front panel of the VDB, without the loop–back connector the test will fail.
The loop–back connector is made by simply adding two wires to a 25–pin Male ‘D’ connector: (pin 8 to
pin 9) and (pin 21 to pin 22).
D Single Pass:
The start–up diagnostics execute once, as described in 1-3-3-2 Start–up Sequence. Please be aware
that when position 0 is open error and other messages encountered during start–up diagnostics are di-
rected to the serial port. Otherwise the errors are encoded on the LEDs.
D Single Pass w/Memory:

Is controlled by Bit 2. When open the DASM exercises the entire DRAM during the start–up diagnostics.
The Single Pass w/Memory test can take several minutes to complete, this is why it is normally disabled.
D Debug Mode:
When position 1 is open the program jumps to the I/O Monitor when a diagnostic error occurs. The I/O
Monitor gives the basic tools to debug the hardware. Opening positions 0 and 2 allows the technician
access to the start–up diagnostic suite via the serial port.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-3-3-4 Start–up Problem

To report diagnostic conditions, the LEDs on the DASM II–VDB front panel have a corresponding binary representa-
tion. The illustration 1–7 below shows the value assigned to each LED. The section after the figure explains how the
LEDs represent error codes. Note that this sections deals with error codes related to the DASM Controller, where
Section 1-3-3-5, VDB Error Codes, explains the method used to report an error from the VDB diagnostic.
DASM Controller LED Error Codes

Using LEDs 2 and 4, a binary code signals any of the conditions listed in Table 1–10. The Power light and PIF LEDs
are not used to report diagnostic conditions.
+ + = 12

Short Long Long
The display of each digit lasts approximately four times the duration of the initial binary “7” (that is, the flash of all
LEDs). The pattern then repeats. Only the significant digits for each error condition are listed in Table 1–8.
Note:

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-3-3-4 Start–up Problem (Continued)
Table 1–10 DASM Controller Start–up Error Conditions
Value Significance
6 Checksum Failed
21 Bus Error
22 Address Error

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-3-3-5 VDB Error Codes

The following sequence is used to signal an error during the VDB portion of the Self–test.
First, all three LEDs blink together for the duration of a single pass. This requires approximately 10–15 seconds.
Then the specific error code blinks twice before the next pass begins, with all three LEDs blinking together as before.
The bit pattern of the error codes appears as a series of LEDs being turned on and off. The low order bit is first.
When two LEDs blink together, the bit value is 1.

When only one LED blinks, the bit value is 0.
To see an example of an error code displayed in this way, do the following:
D Remove the loop–back connector from the front panel of the DASM II–VDB.
D SW 1 position 0 is closed.
D SW 1 position 1 is open.
D Now cycle the AC power on the DASM
D When the first pass of the DASM self–test has completed, the LED display begins. The expected error
is 5 (RS–422 port fail), and the LED sequence is:
Least significant first:
bit 0 = 2 LEDs on = 1 Value 1
bit 1 = 1 LED on = 0
bit 2 = 2 LEDs on = 1 Value 4
bit 3 = 1 LED on =0
Table 1–11 Serial Error Codes in LEDs

LED sequence, from left to right
Checksum 1211 checksum of EPROM

Serial 2121 RS422 test–needs loop–back
connector
DMA_setup 1112 Tests DASM Block
Image_verify 2112 tests full image transfer
DASM Block 2222 nonspecific failure. SCSI to host
is needed

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-3-3-6 RUN–TIME Error Codes

These codes may be found in the DASM Response Block byte 128, when the error bit (bit 2, where bit 0 is first) is
set in Response Block byte 0. Only the first of multiple errors is stored in Response Block byte 128. Reading the
Response Block clears the error. Note that the status “invalid command” is returned to the user directly in bit 0 of
the SCSI status byte; it is not logged in the Response Block.
Table 1–12 DASM Run Time Error Codes
Error Hex Meaning

General Error Codes
E_PARAM 81 Bad parameter to valid command
E_NO_FF 82 No 0xFF terminator in command
E_TMO 83 Timeout
E_PIF_SELF 84 Peripheral interface self–test error
E_PIFNOTRDY 85 Peripheral device not ready
E_OVRRUN 86 Data overrun
E_UNDRUN 87 Data under run
E_COM_LINK 88 Communications link error between DASM and PIF
E_DRAM 8A Error in I/O RAM
(Note: This is a warning, which is available in the trace buffer in the
DASM response block. During a warning, byte 128 is not updated.)
E_EPROM 8B EPROM checksum error
E_MFP 8C Error in the MC68901 I/O and timer chip
E_SBIC 8D Error in access to SCSI bus interface chip
E_NOTIMER 8E No timer available (all in use)
E_INTERN 8F Internal system software error
E_INV_MSG B0 Invalid / unexpected message from device
E_BAD_S B1 Invalid S–record (from load routine)
E_ODD_ADR B2 Odd address passed to function
E_BOUNDS B3 I/O request overlapped buffer boundary
E_DIRECTION B4 I/O request direction is invalid
E_NOT_NXT B5 I/O request for data is out of sequence
E_AVAIL_CT B6 I/O request exceed available data count
E_PARITY B7 Parity error
E_PIF_REV B8 No PIF revision level supplied
E_TIMER_ID B9 Timer id error
(Continued)

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-3-3-6 RUN–TIME Error Codes (Continued)
Table 1–12 DASM Run Time Error Codes (Continued)
Error Hex Meaning

M_REJECTED 95 Message was <REJ>ected by partner
M_BADREPLY 96 Unexpected reply was received
E_NOTREADY 97 Camera is not ready
E_TIMEOUT 98 EXEC Function did not complete in time
E_TOOLONG 99 Received telegram has too many characters
E_UNEXPECTED 9A Laser camera replied with an unexpected telegram
E_BADPARAM 9B Bad parameter from host found in CMDBLK
VRTX Error Codes
E_VRTX C1–F4 VRTX error range
– C1 Task ID invalid
– C2 No task control block available
– C3 No Memory available
– C4 No Memory block
– C5 Mailbox in use
– C6 Message of Zero
– C7 Buffer full
– C8 WAITC is in progress
– C9 Invalid system call
– CA Timeout
– CB No Message present
– CC Queue ID error
– CD Queue Full
– CE Partition ID error
– CF Fatal initialization error
– D0 No character present
– D1 Invalid configuration parameter at Init
– D2 Invalid parameter to PCREATE/PEXTEND
– E0 No component vector table
– E1 Invalid component
(Continued)

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Error Hex Meaning

– E2 Invalid opcode for component
– F0 No control block available
– F1 Event flag group or semaphore ID error
– F2 Tasks pending on event flag group or semaphore
– F3 Event flag group or semaphore is deleted
– F4 Event flag group already set or overflow

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-3-4 DASM II–LCAM (2191524–2)
1-3-4-1 DASM II–LCAM LED Indicators

The DASM II–LCAM front panel has four LEDs, which are used for status and error information. These lights are
illustrated below:
PIF
SCSI
CPU
PWR
4 2 1
From left to right, the lights indicate the following:
D PIF
Personality Interface light indicates a data transfer from the Common Memory to the LCAM circuitry.
D SCSI
This light indicates the host is accessing the DASM via the SCSI bus, such as commands sent or data
received.
D CPU
This light indicates that the DASM CPU is active and operating properly. It flashes continuously ( “blinks”
on and off) following power–up.
D PWR
Power Light indicates that the DASM is powered. If this light does not illuminate at power–up, you should
first check the power cord connections.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-3-4-2 Start–up Sequence

When the DASM II–LCAM is powering up, it performs start–up diagnostics and other related actions.
At power–up, the DASM Controller performs the following tests:
D Static RAM test
D Dynamic RAM test
D DMA test
plete.
If an error occurs, the error condition is reported by blinking the CPU, SCSI, and PIF LEDs in tandem followed by an
error code.
Powering On
The following sequence occurs on the front panel’s LEDs when the power switch is turned on:
1. The Power LED lights.
3. The three LEDs flash once and go out.
4. Once the power–up sequence completes, the DASM CPU LED (second light from right) blinks regularly, indicat-
ing that the CPU is active and functioning normally.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-3-4-3 Self–Test Options

Once the start–up sequence is complete, the resident software reads the state of the DIP switch labeled SW1 on the
DASM II–LCAM board to determine whether further tests are enabled. To access SW1 you must first remove the
top cover. Upon locating SW1 you will notice the numbers 0, 1, and 2 silk screened on the printed circuit board.
SW1
1 2 3 4
2
–Open–
1
0
SP
The way Self–Test executes is determined by the setting shown below:
Switch Position Single Pass Continuous Mode Single Pass w/Me- Debug Mode
mory
0 Closed Open Closed Open
1 Closed Closed Closed Open
2 Closed Closed Open Open
Note: SW1 position marked “SP” is not used.
D Single Pass:
Is the default setting, and is the only setting allowed when connected to a laser camera.The start–up diag-
nostics execute once, as described in 1-3-4-2 Start–up Sequence.
D Continuous Mode:
After executing the start–up diagnostic, the resident software will continuously run the LCAM self–test.
Self–test will continue until the first SCSI command is received by the DASM. Please be aware that when
position 0 is open error and other messages encountered during start–up diagnostics are directed to the
serial port. Otherwise the errors are encoded on the LEDs.
D Single Pass w/Memory:

Is controlled by Bit 2. When setting to “open”, the DASM exercises the entire DRAM during the start–up
diagnostics. The Single Pass w/Memory test can take several minutes to complete, this is why it is normal-
ly disabled.
D Debug Mode:
When position 1 is open, the program jumps to the I/O Monitor when a diagnostic error occurs. The I/O
Monitor gives the basic tools to debug the hardware. Opening positions 0 and 2 allows the technician
access to the start–up diagnostic suite via the serial port.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-3-4-4 Start–up Problem

To report diagnostic conditions, the LEDs on the DASM II–LCAM front panel have a corresponding binary representa-
tion. The illustration 1–8 below shows the value assigned to each LED. The section after the figure explains how the
LEDs represent error codes. Note that this sections deals with error codes related to the DASM Controller, where
Section 1-3-4-5, LCAM Error Codes, explains the method used to report an error from the LCAM diagnostic.
DASM Controller LED Error Codes

Using LEDs 2 and 4, a binary code signals any of the conditions listed in Table 1–13. The Power light and PIF LEDs
are not used to report diagnostic conditions.
+ + = 12

Short Long Long
The display of each digit lasts approximately four times the duration of the initial binary “7” (that is, the flash of all
LEDs). The pattern then repeats. Only the significant digits for each error condition are listed in Table 1–13.
Note:

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-3-4-4 Start–up Problem (Continued)
Table 1–13 DASM Controller Start–up Error Conditions
Value Significance
6 Checksum Failed
21 Bus Error
22 Address Error

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-3-4-5 LCAM Error Codes

The following sequence is used to signal an error during the LCAM portion of the Self–test.
First, all three LEDs blink together for the duration of a single pass. This requires approximately 10–15 seconds.
Then the specific error code blinks twice before the next pass begins, with all three LEDs blinking together as before.
The bit pattern of the error codes appears as a series of LEDs being turned on and off. The low order bit is first.
When two LEDs blink together, the bit value is 1.

When only one LED blinks, the bit value is 0.
The Self–test runs in continuous mode when SW 1 position 0 is “open”. A single failure will cause a error code to flash
repreatedly on the LEDs. Although, other errors may occur during testing only the first one is displayed forever.
First all LEDs will blink together several times indicates a problem. Next, the error code is displayed serially, twice
in the two leftmost LEDs.
The pattern is binary and takes 4 blinks for the complete code. When the two LEDs blink together, the bit value is
1, when only blinks the bit is 0. The bit order is low to high.
Record the blink pattern in the number of LEDs blinking, 1 or 2.
Record them RIGHT to LEFT, to make them easier to interpret.
1 2 1 2 Subtract 1 from each digit to obtain the bit value.

0 1 0 1 The value of the code is 5.
Error code meanings:

1: DMA time–out Bypass active
2: data error. Bypass active
3: data error. ROI active
4: data error. Bypass, ROI active
5: DMA time–out. Swap & bypass active
6: data error. Swap & bypass active
7: data error. Swap active
8: data error. Swap & ROI active
9: data error. Swap, ROI active
14:SRAM LUT error
No others are defined.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-3-4-6 RUN–TIME Error Codes

These codes may be found in the DASM Response Block byte 128, when the error bit (bit 2, where bit 0 is first) is
set in Response Block byte 0. Only the first of multiple errors is stored in Response Block byte 128. Reading the
Response Block clears the error. Note that the status “invalid command” is returned to the user directly in bit 0 of
the SCSI status byte; it is not logged in the Response Block.
Table 1–14 DASM Run Time Error Codes
Error Hex Meaning

General Error Codes
E_PARAM 81 Bad parameter to valid command
E_NO_FF 82 No 0xFF terminator in command
E_TMO 83 Timeout
E_PIF_SELF 84 Peripheral interface self–test error
E_PIFNOTRDY 85 Peripheral device not ready
E_OVRRUN 86 Data overrun
E_UNDRUN 87 Data under run
E_COM_LINK 88 Communications link error between DASM and PIF
E_DRAM 8A Error in I/O RAM
(Note: This is a warning, which is available in the trace buffer in the
DASM response block. During a warning, byte 128 is not updated.)
E_EPROM 8B EPROM checksum error
E_MFP 8C Error in the MC68901 I/O and timer chip
E_SBIC 8D Error in access to SCSI bus interface chip
E_NOTIMER 8E No timer available (all in use)
E_INTERN 8F Internal system software error
E_INV_MSG B0 Invalid / unexpected message from device
E_BAD_S B1 Invalid S–record (from load routine)
E_ODD_ADR B2 Odd address passed to function
E_BOUNDS B3 I/O request overlapped buffer boundary
E_DIRECTION B4 I/O request direction is invalid
E_NOT_NXT B5 I/O request for data is out of sequence
E_AVAIL_CT B6 I/O request exceed available data count
E_PARITY B7 Parity error
E_PIF_REV B8 No PIF revision level supplied
E_TIMER_ID B9 Timer id error
(Continued)

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Error Hex Meaning

M_REJECTED 95 Message was <REJ>ected by partner
M_BADREPLY 96 Unexpected reply was received
E_NOTREADY 97 Camera is not ready
E_TIMEOUT 98 EXEC Function did not complete in time
E_TOOLONG 99 Received telegram has too many characters
E_UNEXPECTED 9A Laser camera replied with an unexpected telegram
E_BADPARAM 9B Bad parameter from host found in CMDBLK
VRTX Error Codes
E_VRTX C1–F4 VRTX error range
– C1 Task ID invalid
– C2 No task control block available
– C3 No Memory available
– C4 No Memory block
– C5 Mailbox in use
– C6 Message of Zero
– C7 Buffer full
– C8 WAITC is in progress
– C9 Invalid system call
– CA Timeout
– CB No Message present
– CC Queue ID error
– CD Queue Full
– CE Partition ID error
– CF Fatal initialization error
– D0 No character present
– D1 Invalid configuration parameter at Init
– D2 Invalid parameter to PCREATE/PEXTEND
– E0 No component vector table
– E1 Invalid component
(Continued)

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Error Hex Meaning

– E2 Invalid opcode for component
– F0 No control block available
– F1 Event flag group or semaphore ID error
– F2 Tasks pending on event flag group or semaphore
– F3 Event flag group or semaphore is deleted
– F4 Event flag group already set or overflow

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
1-4 OTHER BOARDS
Table 1–15 NAA1 LED Description
LED Description
POWER (LED1) Lights while power is supplied.
Illustration 1–9 NAA1
POWER
LED1
CN1
CN4 CN2 CN3

CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
SECTION 2 – TEST PROGRAMS
2-1 SYSTEM POWER–UP SEQUENCE

The power–ON test program is used for OC self–diagnostics during the Power up sequence.
This test program has two categories; Power On Test and Off–line Test (Detailed Power On test).
The Off–line test includes more detailed tests than power–on Test, and takes longer to run.
The power–on Test is normally selected automatically when powering ON the system. The Off–line test can be used
by the field engineer to perform a more detailed analysis in the event of an error occurring on the system.
The power–on test is described in Section 2-2.
Even if errors occur during the power–on test, the test continues to be executed until it finishes, and the test log window
appears. You can confirm the problem by reviewing test log, then select either of the following:
D [H/W diag] :
Go to [H/W diag Main Menu] for OFF–LINE test
Note
For more detail, refer to 2-3 Off–line Test.
D [Startup] :
The error is skipped and the power–on sequence proceeds so that the start–up screen will be shown on
the CRT monitor.
Note
When the start–up screen does NOT appear even if using the [Startup] command, the system must
be shutdown using [shutdown] button in the desktop menu.
D [Shutdown] :
The system runs the shutdown sequence, resulting in the system powered OFF automatically.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
2-2 POWER–ON TEST

The power–on test is automatically executed after the operating system becomes ready and before the system soft-
ware starts.
If you want to manually start the power–on Test, execute ‘Application Shutdown’ from the System Tools menu, and
execute the following command in the Unix shell.
> poweron
The following tests are performed during the power–on test.
D hinv Test:
Checks that the devices which are listed in the reference file created during the Reconfig procedure are
identified as correctly installed on the operator console.
D SCSI Test:
Performs ‘inquiry’ and ‘self–test’ on each SCSI device. A read and write test on the media is not performed.
The tested devices are those which were listed during the Reconfig procedure.
D NPR Test:
Performs an access test on memory devices installed on the NPR (NP Recon Engine) boards. As for
NPRS boards, only the NPRS1 board is tested. Perform the off–line test ( described in Section 2-3) to test
other NPRS boards.
D DBPCI Test:
Performs an access test on the DAS Buffer Memory and registers.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
2-3 OFF–LINE TEST
NOTICE
When the interactive test or off–line test is completed, the system MUST be powered OFF
([Exit] –> [OK]) to avoid accidental X–ray Exposure. That is because system reboot can NOT
activate the system reset line.
2-3-1 General
This is a test to verify that access to memory/register of NPR or DBPCI boards is performed with no error. In off–line
mode, the following two modes exists.
D Stop mode:
The test will stop when error occurs.
D Continue mode:
The test will proceed without stop when error occurs. The error occurred can be checked by viewing error
log after test. However, there is a much possibility that Memory/Register have been overwritten, so that
you can NOT confirm which the error occurred in read phase or in write phase.
Each mode above contains the following three test methods. (You can edit them whenever you want.)
– Normal:
All of the test items can be run.
It takes approx. 60 minutes for the longest time. (This depends on hardware configuration.)
– Quick:
A part of the test items can be run. It takes shorter than “Normal” to complete.
It takes approx. 50 minutes for the longest time. (This depends on hardware configuration.)
– Manual:
The test items can be manually selected to run the tests for the specific item to be desired.
The default setting is the same one as “Normal”.
NOTICE
Do not use the manual test until you perfectly understand each test items in the manual test.
Some memories or registers contain access prohibitive areas. If you change this area acci-
dentally, the system hung–up often occurred.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
2-3-2 Running Off–Line Test

1. Select [Service] –> [Diagnostics & analysis] –> [H/W Diagnostics] –> [Offline Test] .
The Off–line test menu appears.
2. Select either [Stop] or [Continue] in response to “WHEN ERROR OCCUR”.
3. Select from among three mode;

NORMAL, QUICK, or MANUAL in response to “TEST MODE”.
Usually, select [Stop] and [Quick]. See Illustration 2–1.
Illustration 2–1 Parameter Selection
Select
4. When [Quick] is selected, go to step 7.

When [Normal] or [Manual] is selected, go to next step.
5. Select either [NPR] or [DBPCI] to determine which board can be tested.
D NPR: NPRM, NPRS, and NPRIF

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
2-3-2 Running Off–Line Test (Continued)

6. Select either [PCI TEST] or [INTERNAL TEST].
D PCI test:
This test accesses NPR (GM, CM, and Master DSP’s IM) and DBPCI (DBM and all registers) from PCI
(System) bus.
D Internal test:
Check whether or not the DPI0 on the NPR board can be accessed to each memory.
Note
Each test has the edit window to select programs to be desired. For brief information of this program
to be edited, refer to 2-3-4 Editing Off–line Test Program.
7. Click on [RUN] to start off–line test. See Illustration 2–2.

While executing tests, “Running” appears on the left lower button (Result/View Log button).
This off–line test checks hardware, NPR PCI –> NPR Internal –> DBPCI#0 –> DBPCI#1, in this order.
Illustration 2–2 Run the Test
Click to run the test
Note
When aborting the Off–Line test on the way, press the [Stop Now] button.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
2-3-2 Running Off–Line Test (Continued)

8. Verify that “Pass” appears on the Result/View Log button after completing the test.
Note
If “Error” appears, click on this [Error] button to open the NPR log viewer and display the detailed
information (device driver permission, etc...).
This error log will be deleted when performing the next test or shuting down the system.
See also the tables in Section 2-4, Hardware to be Used in Hardware Diagnostics.
9. To return to [H/W Diag Main Menu], click on [Back].

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
2-3-3 Viewing the Log File

The log files can be opened without entering the H/W Diagnostics. Therefore, the system does not need to be shut
down even if the log file viewer is terminated.
In this program, the following menu can be seen to display each log file:
D Diag View Log:

For viewing the general log file for Diagnostics test
D View P–ON Test Log:

For viewing the result of power–ON test
D H/W inventory:
For viewing the result of hinv
D View SYSLOG:
For viewing the system log since the latest system start–up
1. Select [Service] –> [Diagnostics & analysis] –> [H/W Diagnostics] –> [View Log] .
The log file selection menu appears.
2. Select the related menu.
3. Click on [Back] to return to Service menu.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
2-3-4 Editing Off–line Test Program

When clicking on [Detail], the following menu appears. Using this menu, you can run the test or edit the off–line test
program one by one. The editing information can be seen in the view screen:
Illustration 2–3 Off–line test run/edit menu
EDIT AREA
PROGRAM DISPLAY
EDIT AREA
PROGRAM DISPLAY
Set Default:
returns to the program setting to the default one, so that the information edited are canceled.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
2-3-4 Editing Off–line Test Program (Continued)

In the Program display area, the test items (programs) can be seen. To edit these programs, use the edit area above
the program display screen.
NOTICE
The personnel familiar with this program ONLY can edit these program. If others edit them,
the wrong tests would be performed or the system would hung–up.
Note
For DBPCI (both Normal and Quick), the internal test does NOT exist.
The Illustration 2–4 is the example (Normal–NPR–Internal) of programs to be displayed (and to be edited).
Illustration 2–4 Meaning of Program (PCI Detail)
Driver No.:
Test loop No. 00: NPR
10 : DBPCI#0
11 : DBPCI#1 Size
5 1 MemoryBitWalk 10 0 400000 0 0
Line No.
Offset address
Initial shift
Test Program: Polarity
MemoryBitWalk : PIO, bitwalk
MemoryFill : PIO, constant increment/
decrement
MemoryDMA : DMA transmission
RegTest : PI0 access to each register

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
2-3-4 Editing Off–line Test Program (Continued)
Illustration 2–5 Meaning of Program (NPR Internal Detail)
mst : executed by master DSP Test target :

gm (global memory), pm (private memory), cm
slv : executed by slave DSP
(communication memory), sim (slave internal
Test loop No. memory), and spm (slave private memory)
Start slave No. : slave DSP No. to start IM test
Slave count : slave DSP count to perform IM test
1 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 1000000 0 0

Line No.
Offset address
Driver No.:
Size (Fill memory size)
00: NRP
Test Program:
MemoryBitWalk : PIO, bitwalk Fill Data pattern
MemoryFill : PIO, constant increment/
decrement
Transmission mode
0: constant
1: increment
2: decrement

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
2-3-5 Off–line Test Time

Time required to Off–line test depends on the hardware configuration. The following tables can be used as a reference
to estimate test time.
GM=32 MB, NPRS= 0 to 8 boards
GM=32MB
NPRS
0 1 2 4 8
Normal Mode NPR PCI 0:27:09 0:27:09 0:27:09 0:27:09 0:27:09
NPR Internal 0:06:19 0:07:15 0:08:06 0:10:01 0:14:33
DBPCI 0:03:37 0:03:37 0:03:37 0:03:37 0:03:37
SUM 0:37:05 0:38:01 0:38:52 0:40:47 0:45:19
Quick Mode NPR PCI 0:03:40 0:03:40 0:03:40 0:03:40 0:03:40

NPR Internal 0:00:40 0:01:29 0:02:13 0:03:54 0:07:58
DBPCI 0:00:33 0:00:33 0:00:33 0:00:33 0:00:33
SUM 0:04:53 0:05:42 0:06:26 0:08:07 0:12:11
GM=64 MB, NPRS= 0 to 8 boards
GM=64MB
NPRS
0 1 2 4 8
Normal Mode NPR PCI 0:54:18 0:54:18 0:54:18 0:54:18 0:54:18
NPR Internal 0:12:01 0:13:24 0:14:43 0:17:29 0:18:47
DBPCI 0:07:14 0:07:14 0:07:14 0:07:14 0:07:14
SUM 1:13:33 1:14:56 1:16:15 1:19:01 1:20:19
Quick Mode NPR PCI 0:07:20 0:07:20 0:07:20 0:07:20 0:07:20

NPR Internal 0:01:14 0:02:26 0:03:39 0:06:14 0:12:03
DBPCI 0:01:06 0:01:06 0:01:06 0:01:06 0:01:06
SUM 0:09:40 0:10:52 0:12:05 0:14:40 0:20:29

CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
2-4 HARDWARE TO BE USED IN HARDWARE DIAGNOSTICS

The following tables shows the hardware configuration to be used in the Hardware Diagnostics.
2-4-1 Interactive Test
Refer to Functional check/Adjustment for details of this test.
Table 2–1 Interactive Test
Monitor O2 video VSPL Monitor Cable

Monitor f f f 141, Monitor
Keyboard O2 serial O2 KB Rear CN1 Keyboard PCI DBPCI
Scan Key f f f 133, KB
103 Key f f f 134, KB
Cradle f f f KB
Tilt f f f KB
KB Reset f f f f f 131, 133, KB,
PCI
Audio O2 PCI O2 audio O2 SCSI DBPCI Rear CN1 NAA1 CDROM
Volume f f f f 131, 138, PCI
mod/freq/ f f f f 131, 138, PCI
width
Xray ON f f f f 131, 138, PCI
Alert ON f f f f 131, 138, PCI
Auto Voice f f f 136, 138
CD Player f f f f 137, 147, 148
Play back f f f f 131, 138, PCI
Note
WS: Workstation, KB: Keyboard, HINV: Hardware inventory, SYSLOG: System Log

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
2-4-1 Interactive Test (Continued)
Table 2–1 Interactive Test (Continued)
MISC O2 SCSI De- PCI Device NPSC NPR DBPCI Rear CN1 Front PNL
vice
HINV f f f f 146, 147, 148,
PCI
SYSLOG f f PCI
SCSI f f f 146, 147, 148
NPR LED f f f PCI
Safety Loop f f f f 131, PCI
Shutdown f f f Y 131, 143, PCI
WS Default O2 Rear CN2 Mouse
Mouse f f f 140, Mouse
Monitor Monitor
Audio Auto Voice
Note
WS: Workstation, KB: Keyboard, HINV: Hardware inventory, SYSLOG: System Log

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
2-4-2 Off–line NPR Test
Table 2–2 Off–line NPR Test
O2 PCI NPRIF NPRM NPRS

Brid
ge
All All PCI INT2 MDS GM CM PM LP INT2 CR SDS (GM) SPM LP CR INT
chip DSP P PCI P 2DS
P
Program Tar- Mas- PCI Mas-
Name get ter ter
NPR f f f f f f Y
PCI
MemoryFill GM f f f f
CM f f f f
IM f f f f
MemoryBit- GM f f f f
Walk
CM f f f f
IM f f f f
MemoryDMA GM f f DMA f Y
C
Note
MDSP: Master DSP, GM: Global Memory, PM: Private Memory, SIM: Slave Internal Memory, CR: Communication Register, SDSP: Slave DSP, CM:
Communication Memory, LP: Link Port, SPM: Slave Private Memory, INT2: Interrupt To

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
Table 2–2 Off–line NPR Test (Continued)

Brid
ge
P
Name get ter ter
NPR f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f
Internal
Master MemoryFill GM f f f f f f f f
CM f f f f f f f f
PM f f f f f f f f f
SIM f f f f f f f f f
SPM f f f f f f f f f
MemoryBit- GM f f f f f f f f
Walk
CM f f f f f f f f
PM f f f f f f f f f
SIM f f f f f f f f f
SPM f f f f f f f f f
Register
Link Port LP f f f f f f f f f f f f f
Note

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
Table 2–2 Off–line NPR Test (Continued)

Brid
ge
P
Name get ter ter
Slave MemoryFill GM f f f f f f f f f f f f f
PM f f f f f f f f f f f f f f
MemoryBit- GM f f f f f f f f f f f f f
Walk
PM f f f f f f f f f f f f f f
Register
Note

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
2-4-3 Off–line DBPCI Test
Table 2–3 Off–line DBPCI Test
O2 PCI Bridge DBPCI

All All PCI chip DBM DA Regs TREQ DBMEN INT2PCI
Regs
Program Target PCI
Name
PCI f f f f f f f f
MemoryFill DBM f f f f
MemoryBit- DBM f f f f
Walk
MemoryD- DBM f f DMAC f f f f f
MA
Register DA Regs f f f f
TREQ Regs f f f f
DBMEN f f f f
Note
DBM: DAS Buffer Memory, DA Regs: DAS Address Counter Registers, TREQ Regs: Transfer Request Counter Registers, DBMEN: DBM Enable, INT2:
Interrupt To, PCI Bridge: PCI Host card + (plus) PCI Backplane + (plus) BP Controller card

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
SECTION 3 – HOST PROCESSOR TROUBLESHOOTING
3-1 PROBLEM DIAGNOSIS

If you suspect there is a problem with your hardware, use the flowchart (Illustration 3–1) to help isolate and solve the
problem. To view the flowchart, use the magnification function. See also Diagnostic Tests (Section 3-2).
Illustration 3–1 Diagnostic Flow Chart #1
Solid Solid Blinking Solid

SYMPTOM
No LED No boot No B
No red No amber No amber No No green
tune
LED LED LED LED
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

POSSIBLE CAUSE
“ No power to system “ CPU module failure “ System board failure “ Memory diagnostic failure “ Volume set too low “ System diagnostics
“ Power supply failure “ Headphones plugged in successful
“ Speaker failure
“ Check power “ Re–seat CPU module “ Re–seat CPU module “ Verify slots 1 and 2 are “ Turn up volume
POSSIBLE SOLUTION
connections “ Re–seat DIMMS on populated “ Check if headphones

system board “ Re–seat DIMMs on system are connected
board
Error
code
Yes message
?
“ Record message
“ Replace power supply “ Replace CPU module “ Replace system board “ Replace DIMMs “ Replace system board
“ Replace chassis

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
3-1 PROBLEM DIAGNOSIS (continued)
Illustration 3–2 Diagnostic Flow Chart #2
Solid Solid
SYMPTOM
green LED green LED Solid
Solid green LED No keyboard No mouse green LED Solid green LED Wrong Date or
B No No No No No
No display Keyboard prompt Mouse prompt No system No CD–ROM Time Displayed
on display on display drive
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
POSSIBLE CAUSE
“ Monitor not connected “ Keyboard not connected “ Mouse not connected “ System drive not inserted “ CD–ROM drive not “ Battery in the RTC on
“ Monitor not turned on “ Keyboard failure “ Keyboard not connected all the way connected the system module run
“ Monitor in power saving “ System board failure “ Mouse failure “ System drive failure “ CD–ROM drive failure down.
mode “ Keyboard failure
“ Monitor brightness too low “ System board failure
“ Cable failure
“ Monitor failure
“ System board failure
“ Check monitor connections “ Check keyboard connection “ Check mouse connection “ Check that system drive “ Check CD–ROM “ Replace the RTC
“ Turn on monitor “ Check keyboard connection locking lever is pushed up connections
POSSIBLE SOLUTION
“ Check monitor LED all the way
“ Adjust monitor brightness
Error Error Error Error

code code code code
Yes Yes Yes Yes
message? message? message? message?
“ Record message No “ Record message No “ Record message No “ Record message No
“ Replace monitor cable “ Replace keyboard “ Replace mouse “ Replace system drive “ Replace CD–ROM drive
“ Replace monitor “ Replace system board “ Replace system board
“ Replace system board
NOTICE
RTC Battery Temporary Solution:
If the RTC cannot be gotten yet and a customer system shows a wrong date, first the set date
and time using Application Shutdown > Date Setting. Then start up the system.
For this temporary recovered system, the OC main switch MUST not be powered OFF after
shutdown. To use the system again, only click on Restart button.
This mean that the date and time will be back to the wrong indication if the power is removed
from the system.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
3-2 DIAGNOSTIC TESTS

There are three types of software diagnostics tests provided on the O2 workstation. Each is described below:
D Power–On Tests
D IDE Tests
Power–On Test
These run automatically on the major hardware components of the workstation each time it is turned on. If the tests
find a faulty part, the LED on the front of the system will be red and there will probably be an error message. See also
Problem Diagnosis (Section 3-1).
IDE Tests
The Interactive Diagnostic Environment (IDE) tests are more comprehensive than the Confidence Tests, and take
longer (as long as 30–45 minutes) to run. See Integrated Diagnostic Environment (IDE) Tests on the SBC (O2) (Sec-
tion 3-5).

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
3-3 RECOVERING FROM SYSTEM CRASH

In most cases, your system will recover from a system crash automatically if you reboot the system.
If, however, you have lost data on your system disk, and you cannot communicate with your system using the mouse
or keyboard, or over the network, follow these instructions. The instructions assume you have a backup tape of your
system that has been made using the System Manager backup tool, or with the /usr/sbin/Backup script. You also need
a CD with your current IRIX operating system level. If you are recovering data from a tape on a remote tape device,
you need to know the hostname, tape device name, and IP address of the remote system.
1. Use a pen tip or an unwound paper clip to press the RESET button located on the front panel (Illustration 3–3).
Illustration 3–3 Pressing the Reset Button
Silicon-
Graphics
2. When you see the System Startup notifier (Illustration 3–4), click STOP FOR MAINTENANCE or press ESC.
Illustration 3–4 System Startup Notifier

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
3-3 RECOVERING FROM SYSTEM CRASH (continued)

3. From the System Maintenance menu, choose RECOVER SYSTEM, or type 4 on the keyboard. The System
Recovery Menu appears (Illustration 3–5).
Illustration 3–5 System Recovery Menu
4. If you have a CD–ROM drive connected to your system and the IRIX CD, click LOCAL CD–ROM. Then click
ACCEPT to start. Insert the CD when prompted. The system takes five minutes or more to copy the information.
If you don -
MOTE DIRECTORY.
5. When a notifier appears asking you for the remote hostname, type the system’s name, a colon (:), and the full
pathname of the CD–ROM drive, followed by /dist. For example, to access a CD–ROM drive. On the system
mars, you would type: mars:/CDROM/dist
After everything is copied from the CD to the system disk, you can restore your data from a recent full backup
tape. The backup must be one that has been made using the System Manager backup tool, or with the /usr/sbin/
Backup script.
Tip: If you need to check something on your system during the restore process, you can get a
shell prompt by typing sh at most question prompts.
6. If you have a local tape device, you see this message:
Restore will be from <tapename> OK? ([Y]es, [N]o): [Y]
tapename is the name of the local tape device.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
3-3 RECOVERING FROM SYSTEM CRASH (continued)

7. If you have a remote (network) tape device, when no tape device is found, or when you answered ‘No’ to the
question in the previous step, you see this message:
Remote or local restore ([r]emote, [l]ocal):
– If you answer ‘remote,’ you have chosen to restore from the network, and you must know the hostname, tape
device name, and IP address of the remote system. You also need to know the IP address of your system. The
IP address, such as 192.0.2.1, always has four components separated by periods.
– If you answer ‘local,’ you have chosen a tape device that is connected to your system, and you are prompted
to enter the name of the tape device.
8. When you see the following message, remove the CD–ROM, insert your most recent full backup tape, then press
ENTER.
Insert the first backup tape in the drive, then press <Enter>,
[q]uit (from recovery), [r]estart:
There is a pause while the program retrieves several files from the tape describing the system state at the time
the backup was made. Then you see this message:
Erase /x filesystem and make new one (y,n)? [n]
It prompts you for every file system that was known at the time of the backup. Read the following to decide wheth-
er to answer y or n.
– If you answer n for no, the system tries to salvage as many files as possible. Then it uses your backup tape
to replace the files it could not salvage. Usually you should answer no, especially if your backup tape is not very
recent. If the file systems were badly damaged, or the backup was from a different level operating system, you
may need to answer yes.
– – If you answer y for yes, the system erases the file system and copies everything from your backup tape to
the disk. The system loses any information on that file system that you created between now and when you made
your backup tape.
9. You see this message:
Starting recovery from tape.
After two or three minutes, the names of the files that the system is copying to the disk start scrolling. When the
recovery is complete, you see this message:
Recovery complete, restarting system.
Note
If your backup tapes were old, or you were changing your operating system level, you should reinstall
the operating system from the IRIX CD that came with your system after system recovery is com-
plete. When you see the Startup System notifier, press ESC, or click STOP FOR MAINTENANCE.
Then click Install System Software.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
3-4 DISABLING THE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE PASSWORD

If you are in the System Maintenance menu, and you choose INSTALL SYSTEM SOFTWARE, RUN DIAGNOSTICS,
RECOVER SYSTEM, or ENTER COMMAND MONITOR, you may be prompted for a password.
If you do not know the password, you can disable it by installing a jumper (a small cap that connects two pins) on the
system board inside the workstation. The system board is located in the system module. To install the jumper, you
must first remove the system module and the PCI tray. Follow these steps:
1. Turn off the workstation by pressing the power button on the front.
2. Remove the system module by releasing the lever on the extreme left as you face the rear of the workstation
and sliding the module out. See Section 1–6 System Module, of OC Tabl of the Component Replacement manual.
3. Release and remove the PCI tray. See Section 1–8 PCI Tray, of OC Tabl of the Component Replacement manual.
NOTICE
Before touching any of the components, attach the wrist strap to your wrist and to a metal
part of the chassis.
4. Remove the jumper from the system board in the location shown in Illustration 3–6.
You must remove the jumper if you choose to reset the PROM password.
Illustration 3–6 Removing the Jumper
Jumper

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
3-4 DISABLING THE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE PASSWORD (continued)

5. Reinstall the jumper in the location shown in Illustration 3–7.
Illustration 3–7 Installing the Jumper
6. Remove the wrist strap.
7. Reinstall the PCI tray in the system module.
8. Reinstall the system module by sliding it into the chassis.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
3-5 INTEGRATED DIAGNOSTIC ENVIRONMENT (IDE) TESTS ON THE SBC (O2)

The IDE tests on the O2 are stand alone tests that must be run at the boot PROM level.
To run the O2 IDE tests from the OC, the user must first shut down applications. Next, cu into the SBC by opening
a UNIX shell and typing: cu sbc. Once a serial connection has been established, the O2 must be shut down and re–
started. Do this by logging into the SBC as root and typing the ‘halt’ command. Press ENTER when prompted to restart
the SBC. When the system begins start–up, a message appears giving the user the option of performing system main-
tenance. Press ESC at this prompt to get to the System Maintenance Menu. Choose Option 3, Run Diagnostics.
A hardware probe will be conducted and a default set of test scripts will be run automatically. This set takes approxi-
mately 10 minutes to execute. Pass and failure information is updated to the screen.
When you run the tests, the following error message may appear. However, ignore this message.
I2C register test HARDWARE FAILURE

DMA test error.
INITIATION OF THE O2 IDE TESTS

{ctuser@baya_oc}[2] su –
Password:
You have mail.
baya_oc 1# cu sbc
Connected
login: root
Password:
IRIX Release 6.5IP32 baya_sbc
Copyright 1987–1998 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Last login: Wed Jun 17 08:49:49 CDT 1998 on ttyd1
You have mail.
TERM = (vt100)
baya_sbc 1# halt
Shutdown started. Wed Jun 17 08:52:17 CDT 1998
Broadcast Message from root (ttyd1) on baya_sbc Wed Jun 17 08:52:17
1998
THE SYSTEM IS BEING SHUT DOWN! Log off now.
INIT: New run level: 0

The system is shutting down.
Please wait.
Jun 17 08:52:45 automount[217]: exiting

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
3-5 INTEGRATED DIAGNOSTIC ENVIRONMENT (IDE) TESTS ON THE O2 (continued)

Running power–on diagnostics...
Okay to power off the system now.
Press any key to restart.
Starting up the system...
To perform system maintenance instead, press <Esc>
System Maintenance Menu
1) Start System
2) Install System Software
3) Run Diagnostics
4) Recover System
5) Enter Command Monitor
Option? 3
Starting diagnostic program...
Press <Esc> to return to the menu.
SGI Version 6.5 IP32 IDE field April 30, 1998
System: IP32
Processor: 200 or 250 Mhz R5000, with FPU
Primary I–cache size: 32 Kbytes
Primary D–cache size: 32 Kbytes
Memory size: 128 Mbytes
Graphics: CRM, Rev C
Network: DP83840–0
PCI Bus: MACE–PCI(0)
SCSI Disk: scsi(0)disk(1)
SCSI Disk: scsi(1)disk(1)
Ide included scripts are ’ip32 cpu graphics fast_mem memory

•

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 17 2202119
3-5 INTEGRATED DIAGNOSTIC ENVIRONMENT (IDE) TESTS ON THE O2 (continued)
Other Error Message

If the following error occurs, it indicates that the diagnostics start–up disk is set to disk(2).
pci(0)scsi(0)disk(2)rdisk(0)partition(X) /stand/ide:no such device
In this case, enter the following in the Enter Command Monitor (command input screen):
>resetenv <Enter>
Enter the following to confirm this response:OSloadPartition=pci(0)scsi(0)disk(1)rdisk(0)par-

tion(0).
>printenv <Enter>
Then, run the tests again.

CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
SECTION 4 – NPR (RECON ENGINE) TROUBLESHOOTING
4-1 OVERVIEW
The Service menu contains the diagnostics for the recon system (NPRIF, NPRM, NPRS boards, and its related circuit-
ry, such as DBPCI board, etc.) This section describes how to use the diagnostics. The descriptions in this section are
more detailed ones than those in Section 2-3, Off–line Test.
Illustration 4–1 Troubleshooting Recon System
Trouble occurs in
the recon system.
Y
Error occurred
in Power–on
Test.
If you fall into a loop N
The system
in this flowchart, call N normally
On–line Center. booted up?
N N Is there NPRS
Error occurred Board whose F0
Y in Offline Test. LED is not
blinking?
Error oc- The system did not
curred in Auto Y boot up, due to other
Post Recon causes than the recon
Test. system. Y
N Perform the diag-
nostics described Replace the NPRS
in this section. whose F0 LED is
not blinking.
The trouble may be attributed to other than
the recon system. If bad images are the
problem, these units might be defective:
DASIFN, DBPCI, DTRF, DAS.
Trouble
(If more than one NPRS board are de- fixed?
fective, you may follow this way.) N
Illustration 4–1 shows a flowchart for troubleshooting the recon system.
Following the flowchart, if you find that an NPRS board seems to be malfunctioning, exchange the board with some
other NPRS board which is installed on another slot. And then, repeat the test, and you may be able to judge more
correctly whether the exchanged board is defective or not. In this case, if the exchanged board seems to be operating
normally, or an other board seems to be malfunctioning, the NPRM board might be defective.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
4-2 DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND NPRS

Select [Service] → [Diagnostics & analysis] → [H/W Diagnostics] → [Offline Test], to display the Off Line Test Menu.
Illustration 4–2 H/W Diag Main Menu and Off Line Test Menu
Select Offline Test.
Select STOP,
QUICK, NPR,
INTERNAL TEST,
and click RUN.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
4-2 DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND NPRS (continued)

Illustration 4–3 shows an example of a test result display after clicking the [RUN] button.
For each program description, refer to Section 2-3-4, ‘Editing Off–line Test Program.’
Illustration 4–3 Test Result Display
Program1 : MemoryFill DSP : mst

Line List : 1 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 0 0 : PASS

Line List : 2 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff 0 : PASS


Line List : 4 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff 2 : PASS

Line List : 5 1 mst pm – – MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 0 : PASS

Line List : 6 1 mst pm – – MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 0 : PASS
.
.
.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119

Table 4–1 shows that, for each test program, a board (NPRIF, NPRM, NPRS, or DBPCI) which is considered to be
defective is indicated by ‘O’ if the test program failed.
Table 4–1 NPR – Internal Test
NPRIF NPRM NPRS DBPCI Remarks

f The
Master
Line List : 2 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff 0 : PASS f checks
the me-
mories
Line List : 3 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 0 1 : PASS f (gm, pm,
and cm).
Line List : 4 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff 2 : PASS f
Line List : 5 1 mst pm – – MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 0 : PASS f
Line List : 6 1 mst pm – – MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 0 : PASS f
Line List : 7 1 mst pm – – MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 1 : PASS f
Line List : 8 1 mst pm – – MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 2 : PASS f
Line List : 9 1 mst cm – – MemoryFill 00 4000 C000 0 0 : PASS f
Line List : 10 1 mst cm – – MemoryFill 00 4000 C000 ffffffff 0 : PASS f
Line List : 11 1 mst cm – – MemoryFill 00 4000 C000 0 1 : PASS f
Line List : 12 1 mst cm – – MemoryFill 00 4000 C000 ffffffff 2 : PASS f
Line List : 13 1 mst spm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 0 : PASS f The
Master
Line List : 14 1 mst spm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 0 : PASS f checks
the me-
mories
Line List : 15 1 mst spm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 1 : PASS f on the
Slave.
Line List : 16 1 mst spm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 2 : PASS f
Line List : 17 1 mst sim 1 16 MemoryFill 00 A0000 20000 0 0 : PASS f
Line List : 18 1 mst sim 1 16 MemoryFill 00 A0000 20000 ffffffff 0 : PASS f
Line List : 19 1 mst sim 1 16 MemoryFill 00 A0000 20000 0 1 : PASS f
Line List : 20 1 mst sim 1 16 MemoryFill 00 A0000 20000 ffffffff 2 : PASS f

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–1 NPR – Internal Test (continued)

Program21 : MemoryBitWalk DSP : mst
Line List : 21 1 mst gm – – MemoryBitWalk 00 0 2000000 0 0 : PASS f The
Master
Line List : 22 1 mst gm – – MemoryBitWalk 00 0 2000000 0 1 : PASS f checks
the me-
mories
Line List : 23 1 mst gm – – MemoryBitWalk 00 0 2000000 31 0 : PASS f (gm, pm,
and cm)
Line List : 24 1 mst gm – – MemoryBitWalk 00 0 2000000 31 1 : PASS f with data
pattern
Line List : 25 1 mst pm – – MemoryBitWalk 00 0 100000 0 0 : PASS f different
from
Line List : 26 1 mst pm – – MemoryBitWalk 00 0 100000 0 1 : PASS f No.1 –12
tests.
Line List : 27 1 mst pm – – MemoryBitWalk 00 0 100000 31 0 : PASS f
Line List : 28 1 mst pm – – MemoryBitWalk 00 0 100000 31 1 : PASS f
Line List : 29 1 mst cm – – MemoryBitWalk 00 4000 C000 0 0 : PASS f
Line List : 33 1 mst spm 1 16 MemoryBitWalk 00 0 100000 0 0 : PASS f The
Master
Line List : 34 1 mst spm 1 16 MemoryBitWalk 00 0 100000 0 1 : PASS f checks
the me-
mories
Line List : 35 1 mst spm 1 16 MemoryBitWalk 00 0 100000 31 0 : PASS f on the
Slave
Line List : 36 1 mst spm 1 16 MemoryBitWalk 00 0 100000 31 1 : PASS f with data
pattern
Line List : 37 1 mst sim 1 16 MemoryBitWalk 00 A0000 20000 0 0 : f different
PASS from
No.13–2
Line List : 38 1 mst sim 1 16 MemoryBitWalk 00 A0000 20000 0 1 : f 0 tests.
PASS

Line List : 39 1 mst sim 1 16 MemoryBitWalk 00 A0000 20000 31 0 : f
PASS

Line List : 40 1 mst sim 1 16 MemoryBitWalk 00 A0000 20000 31 1 : f
PASS

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–1 NPR – Internal Test (continued)

Program41 : MemoryFill DSP : slv
Line List : 41 1 slv gm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 0 0 : PASS f f The
Slave
Line List : 42 1 slv gm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff 0 : PASS f f checks
the me-
mories
Line List : 43 1 slv gm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 0 1 : PASS f f (gm and
pm).
Line List : 44 1 slv gm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff 2 : PASS f f
Line List : 45 1 slv pm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 0 : PASS f
Line List : 46 1 slv pm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 0 : PASS f
Line List : 47 1 slv pm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 1 : PASS f
Line List : 48 1 slv pm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 2 : PASS f
Line List : 49 1 mst cm – – MemoryFill 00 10008 FFF8 0 0 : PASS f The
Master
Line List : 50 1 mst cm – – MemoryFill 00 10008 FFF8 ffffffff 0 : PASS f checks
the
memory
Line List : 51 1 mst cm – – MemoryFill 00 10008 FFF8 0 1 : PASS f (cm).
Line List : 52 1 mst cm – – MemoryFill 00 10008 FFF8 ffffffff 2 : PASS f
Line List : 53 1 mst cm – – MemoryBitWalk 00 10008 FFF8 0 0 : PASS f
Program57 : LpTest DSP : mst
Line List : 57 1 mst lp 10 – LpTest 00 – – – – : PASS f f Link Port
test
Note: When the Program 57 failed:
Replace the NPRS board, then perform program 57 again. Repeat this procedure (a maximum of eight times) until Program 57 test succeed. If
the error occurs, replace the NPRM board.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
How to Identify Defective NPRS – Phase 1

Run the NPR–Internal Test (Programs 1 to 57) to identify a defective NPRS board.
Several tests in NPR–internal test performs a test for each DSP (Digital Signal Processor–two DSPs are equipped
on one NPRS board) and indicates the result of each test by ‘PASS’ or ‘ERROR’. Therefore, by reading when ‘ERROR’
appears, a defective NPRS board can be identified. See Illustration 4–4.
In the test result example shown in Illustration 4–4, in Program 17, all the (four) tests passed. However, in Program
18, the fourth test failed (as shown by an arrow); this indicates that the #2 NPRS board is defective, since one NPRS
board has two DSPs, and a test is executed on each DSP. (This test example is for a recon system where two NPRS
boards are installed.)
If defective NPRS board can not be identified using this method, to the Phase 2 method discribed in next page.
Illustration 4–4 Test Result Example

Line List : 17 1 mst sim 1 4 MemoryFill 00 A0000 20000 0 0 : PASS
PASS
PASS
PASS

Line List : 18 1 mst sim 1 4 MemoryFill 00 A0000 20000 ffffffff 0 : PASS
PASS (The first and second tests are executed on #1 NPRS,

and the third and fourth are on #2 NPRS.)
PASS
ERROR
DSP No : 0x0, ERR FLAG: 0x1

address0: 0x20A28000, rd_data0: 0xFFFFFF00, orgdata0: 0xFFFFFFFF

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
How to Identify Defective NPRS – Phase 2

When a defective NPRS can not be identified, perform the following: Phase 2 method.
Table 4–2 lists a collection of the slave test programs checked for memories. The way to identify a defective NPRS
board, if any of these test programs failed, is explained in the following.
Table 4–2 Test Programs – Phase 2

Line List : 41 1 slv gm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 0 0 : PASS f f The
Slave
Line List : 42 1 slv gm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff 0 : PASS f f checks
the me-
mories
Line List : 43 1 slv gm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 0 1 : PASS f f (gm and
pm).
Line List : 44 1 slv gm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff 2 : PASS f f
Line List : 45 1 slv pm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 0 : PASS f f
Line List : 46 1 slv pm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 0 : PASS f f
Line List : 47 1 slv pm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 1 : PASS f f
Line List : 48 1 slv pm 1 16 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 2 : PASS f f

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Illustration 4–5 Editing Test
As shown in Illustration 4–5, click [DETAIL] in the Off Line Test menu. Then, the menu appears as shown in Illustration
4–6.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119

Assume that the recon system has two NPRS boards, and that No. 41 test program failed.
Illustration 4–6 Test Edit Window
Select the test program

No. which failed, by
[PRIOR] or [NEXT].
(Sliding switch can be
used also to select the
test program.)
The number of DSPs equipped on NPRS boards. In

this example, the number is 4. (NPRS boards: 2,
and 2 DSPs per NPRS)
The test program starts from this DSP. In this
example, the test starts from #1 DSP.
(#1 DSP and #2 DSP are on #1 NPRS, and
#3 DSP and #4 DSP are on #2 NPRS.)
For example, by setting ‘Start Slv No’ to 3, and setting ‘Slv Count’ to 2, the program only tests the two DSPs on the
#2 NPRS board; the program does not test the #1 NPRS. Thus, by changing the ‘Start Slv No’ and ‘Slv Count’, a defec-
tive NPRS board can be identified.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
4-3 DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND DBPCI
NPRM Diagnostics
Illustration 4–7 Running NPR – PCI Test
Select STOP,
QUICK, NPR,
PCI TEST,
and click RUN.
Table 4–3 shows an example of a test result display after clicking the [RUN] button.
Table 4–3 Test Result Display
Program1 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr

Line List : 1 1 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 0 0 clear : PASS

Line List : 2 1 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff 0 fill : PASS

Line List : 3 1 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 0 1 incr : PASS

Line List : 4 1 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff –1 decr : PASS

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
4-3 DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND DBPCI (continued)

As shown in this table, the NPRM board may be defective if any of the NPR – PCI test programs failed.
Table 4–4 NPR – PCI Test


f The
NPRIF
accesses

f the
memory
on the

f NPRM.

f
Line List : 5 1 MemoryBitWalk 00 0 2000000 0 0 0 : PASS

f

f

f

f
Program9 : MemoryDMA Board : npr
Line List : 9 1 MemoryDMA 00 0 2000000 0 0 0 : PASS

f
Line List : 10 1 MemoryDMA 00 0 2000000 0 ffffffff 0 : PASS

f

f
Line List : 12 1 MemoryDMA 00 0 2000000 0 ffffffff –1 : PASS

f

f

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–4 NPR – PCI Test (continued)


f The
NPRIF
accesses

f the
memory
on the

f NPRM.

f

f

f

f

f

f

f

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
DBPCI Diagnostics
Illustration 4–8 Running DBPCI#0 – PCI Test
Select STOP,
QUICK, DBPCI#0,
PCI TEST, and
click RUN.
Table 4–5 shows an example of a test result display after clicking the [RUN] button.
Table 4–5 Test Result Display
Program1 : MemoryPIOdb Board : dbpci#0





CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119

As shown in this table, the DBPCI board may be defective if any of the DBPCI#0 – PCI test programs failed.
Table 4–6 DBPCI#0 – PCI Test
NPRIF NPRM NPRS DBPCI


f

f

f

f

f

f

f

f
Program9 : MemoryDMA Board : dbpci#0

f
Line List : 10 1 MemoryDMA 10 0 400000 0 ffffffff 0 : PASS

f

f
Line List : 12 1 MemoryDMA 10 0 400000 0 ffffffff –1 : PASS

f

f

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–6 DBPCI#0 – PCI Test (continued)
NPRIF NPRM NPRS DBPCI


f

f
Program16 : RegTestdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 16 1 RegTest 10 0 /usr/g/diag/data/bitwalk.dat 3fffffc 0 0 : PASS

f

f

f

f

f
Line List : 21 1 RegTest 10 20 /usr/g/diag/data/onoff.dat 1 0 0 : PASS

f

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
4-4 AUTO POST RECON TEST

If no error occurs in the power–up test or in Off Line Test described in Section 4-2 or 4-3, perform this Auto Post Recon
Test.
Select [Service] → [Diagnostics & analysis] → [Auto Post Recon Test], to display the Auto Post Recon Test menu.
Illustration 4–9 Auto Post Recon Test Menu
Click [Select Image ID], and [Image

Browser], to display the image browser.
In the image browser, select an image to
be test–reconstructed, and then, click
Accept.
The image should have been recon-
structed by the STND mode.
Enter 1000. The recon operation

will be repeated 1000 times.
The recon test will be continued until

an error occurs this setting times (or
until the number of tests reaches the
‘No. of Test’ setting).
After setting the parameters above, click OK (displayed below the above menu screen), and then, the Scan & Recon
Parameters check display as in Illustration 4–10 appears.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
4-4 AUTO POST RECON TEST (continued)
Illustration 4–10 Recon Mode Check
Check that the ‘Recon

Mode’ is STND, other-
wise, select an other
image whose recon
mode is STND, since an
error will occur depending
on the parameters such
are STND+, Shoulder Arti
= On, DFOV values.
After checking the parameters above, click Confirm (displayed below the above check screen), and then, the recon
test is executed and the result is displayed as in Illustration 4–11.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
4-4 AUTO POST RECON TEST (continued)
Illustration 4–11 Test Result Display
Each time if an error occurs,

this number increases by 1.
Error image information

is displayed.
If an error occurs in this recon test, the recon system is considered to be defective. In this case, however, since this
recon test can not identify which unit is defective, you will have to execute the Off Line Test described in Section 4-2
or 4-3 again.
If you can not identify a defective unit with the Off Line Test, you may have to troubleshoot other cause than the recon
system. Check the raw data, for example.

CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
TABLE/GANTRY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
SECTION 2 – POWER–ON TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1

2-1 TGP BOARD POWER–ON TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1
2-1-1 Gantry Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–2
2-1-2 Table Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–3
2-1-3 Management Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–4
2-2 OGP BOARD POWER–ON TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–5
SECTION 3 – OFF–LINE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1

3-1 TGP BOARD OFF–LINE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1
3-1-1 Gantry Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–2
3-1-2 Table Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–3
3-1-3 Management Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–6
SECTION 4 – ERROR MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–1

4-1 ERROR MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–1
4-2 ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 5.5) .
4–3
4-3 ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 5.5 OR LATER) 4–18
4-4 ERRORS DETECTED BY OGP BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–35
4-5 ERRORS DETECTED BY DAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–48
i TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119
ii TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Table 1–1 DTRF or DTRF2 LED Description
LED Description
(B)CONERR Lights when an FPGA Configuration error occurs.
(B)DSON Lights when ‘_DSON’ is active.
(B)DSIN Lights when ‘_DSIN’ is active.
+5V Lights while +5 VDC is supplied.
(B)DXFER Lights when ‘DXFER’ is active.
ACK Lights when ‘ACK’ is active. (DTRF and 2233745 DTRF2)
Always OFF. (2233745–2 DTRF2)
(B)CSTRB Lights when a Taxi command (START, ENDOK, or ENDNG) is
issued.
(B)FECERR Lights when an FEC encode error occurs.
1–1 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Table 1–2 TGP LED Description
LED Description
CHANGE Lights when adjustment data is not stored during the gantry or table adjust-
ment.
SVALM Lights when the servo amplifier (for gantry rotation) is in an alarm state. The
type of the alarm is indicated on the LED on the amplifier; or, lights also when
AC 200 V power is not supplied to the amplifier.
ERRM Lights when detecting an error concerning processor communication or scan
operations. Goes off when the TGP board is powered off or reset.
ERRG Lights when detecting an error concerning gantry rotation operations. Goes off
when the TGP board is powered off or reset.
ERRT Lights when detecting an error concerning table or tilt operations. Goes off
when the TGP board is powered off or reset.
XGRAY Lights when the safety loop is closed on the TGP board, which indicates that
the TGP board grants the power supply to the x–ray generator.
LPM Blinks in a one–second cycle, indicating the interval timer operation for commu-
nication and scan operations.
RQM Lights when the TGP board receives commands from the operator console and
is executing them.
MNM (Not used)
GSF Lights when the rotation safety switches for gantry covers are set and the TGP
board grants gantry rotation.
LPG Blinks in a one–second cycle, indicating the interval timer operation for gantry
rotation operations.
RQG Lights when the TGP board receives commands on gantry rotation from the
operator console and is executing them.
TRG Indicates trigger pulses sent to the OGP board.
LPT Blinks in a one–second cycle, indicating the interval timer operation for table
and gantry tilt operations.
RQT Lights when the TGP board receives commands on table or gantry tilt opera-
tions from the operator console and is executing them.
MNT Lights when the table or gantry (tilt) is operated by the gantry panel switches.
1–2 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Table 1–3 OGP LED Description
LED Description
DS1 (TEST) Lights when an error occurs.
DS2 (RINGS) MP–SP communication error.
(MP: Management Processor on TGP board; SP: Scan Processor on OGP
board)
DS3 (DENTG) DENTG monitor.
DS4 (EXPCMD) EXPCMD monitor.
DS5(REQS) Lights during a task request.
DS6 (LOOPS) Blinks at intervals of 0.5 sec.
DS7 (ERRS) Lights when an error occurs.
See also the following table showing which LED’s light when an error occurs.
Table 1–4 Error and LED on OGP Board
Error LED
(The following LED’s light when the error written
to the left occurs)
RAM check error ERRS, LOOPS
ROM check error ERRS
Hang up (detected by the watchdog timer) ERRS, LOOPS, REQS, RINGS, TEST
Hardware error while OGP receives data ERRS, RINGS
ACK, NACK timeout ERRS, RINGS
NACK detected for three times ERRS
NACK transmitted ERRS
Aperture error ERRS
OGP event error ERRS
Scan error ERRS
XG processor communication error ERRS
The ERRS LED goes off when the x–ray tube rotor starts to rotate.
The RINGS LED will not go off until the OGP board is reset.
1–3 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Table 1–5 RF XMT LED Description
LED Description
LED1 Lights while power is supplied.
The light color becomes red, when the RF XMT is not receiving data from the
DTRF board.
The light color becomes green, when the RF XMT is receiving data from the
DTRF board (where, data is either das data during scans or sync pattern data
during standby).
Illustration 1–1 RF XMT
LED1
Table 1–6 XMT LED Description
LED Description
POWER Lights while power is supplied.
(green)
SIGNAL Lights when data is prerent. (Transitin detector)
Illustration 1–2 XMT
SIGNAL POWER
TRANSMITTER
1–4 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Table 1–7 RF RCV LED Description
LED Description
Power LED Lights (in green) while power is supplied to the RF shoe.
(Power is supplied from the RF RCV to the RF shoe via a coaxial cable. The LED does not
light if the cable is not correctly connected to the RF shoe, or if power is not supplied to the
RF RCV itself.)
AGC Center LED Lights (in green) when the level of the RF output power from the RF shoe is in the middle
within the proper range.
RF Output LEDs These LEDs are the indicator for the RF output power from the RF shoe.
D Any one of the ten LEDs lights, normally according to gantry rotation.
D LED colors:
Right and left ends: red
Middle two: green
Others: yellow
D When any LED on ‘Normal’ positions lights, it indicates that the RF output power is normal.
D When any LED on ‘Service’ positions lights, it indicates that the RF output power is too
weak or too strong.
(In this case, inspect the RF shoe positioning, the power supply for the rotational gantry,
or RF slip ring parts on the rotative side, etc.)
Illustration 1–3 RF RCV
Power LED
AGC Center LED
Power
Low High
RF Output LEDs
Service Normal Service
1–5 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Table 1–8 RCV LED Description
LED Description
POWER Lights while power is supplied.
(green)
SIGNAL Lights when data is prerent. (Transitin detector)
Illustration 1–4 RCV
SIGNAL POWER
RECEIVER
1–6 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Table 1–9 TEMP CONT LED Description
LED Description
±0.5° C Lights when the detector temperature is now ±0.5° C from the set temperature.
(LED1)
±2.0° C Lights when the detector temperature is now ±2.0° C from the set temperature.
(LED2)
HIGH ERR Lights when the detector temperature exceeds 40° C (error).
(LED3)
LOW ERR Lights when the thermistor is not connected.
(LED4)
SET ERR Lights when the set temperature is not normal in the variable set temperature
(LED5) mode.
HEATER Lights when the heater is turned on.

(LED6)
LOOP Normally blinks. Goes off when the microprocessor is hung–up.
(LED7)
Illustration 1–5 TEMP CONT
±0.5° C
LED1
CN1
±2.0° C
LED2
HIGH ERR
LED3
CN2
LOW ERR
LED4
SET ERR
LED5
HEATER
7 LEDs LED6
LOOP
LED7
1–7 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Table 1–10 Servo Amp LED Description
7–segment LED Description

– Servo Off
0 Servo On
1 Overcurrent
2 Overload
3 Overspeed
5 Abnormal driver temperature
6 Abnormal encoder
7 Abnormal driving power
9 Abnormal EEPROM
Illustration 1–6 Servo Amp
7–segment LED
CN1 CN2
CN3
TB2
1–8 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 10 2202119
Table 1–11 Step Motor Driver LED Description
LED Description
Power LED Lights while power is supplied.
Illustration 1–7 Step Motor Driver
CN3 CN2 CN1
Power LED
Table 1–12 IMS Motor Driver LED Description
LED Description
Ready (green) Lights when servo operation is enabled.
Alarm (red) Lights in an alarm state.
Illustration 1–8 IMS Motor Driver
READY LED
CN5 ALARM LED
CN1
CN2
CN3
CN4
1–9 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119
1–10 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 1 2202119
SECTION 2 – POWER–ON TEST
2-1 TGP BOARD POWER–ON TEST

The TGP board includes the following three microprocessors.
Processor Main Function

Gantry Processor Controls gantry rotation.
Table Processor Controls table and cradle operations and gantry tilt operation.
Controls the gantry display, and interfaces the gantry panel
switches.
Management Processor Communicates with the operator console and the OGP board
on the gantry rotative frame.
Controls the IMS (Intermediate Support).
After powering on or resetting the TGP board, each processor performs ROM based power–on tests in parallel, as
described in Table 2–1.
Table 2–1 TGP Power–on Test
Gantry Processor Table Processor Management Processor

RAM Check RAM Check RAM Check
↓ ↓ ↓
ROM Check ROM Check ROM Check
↓ ↓
Gantry Rotation Check and Azimuth Gantry Display and Switch LED –
Counter Initialization Check
↓
– Gantry Tilt and Table Up/down Relay –
Check
(See Section 2-1-1 for details.) (See Section 2-1-2 for details.) (See Section 2-1-3 for details.)
2–1 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 1 2202119
2-1-1 Gantry Processor
RAM Check
1. The gantry processor (U87) performs read/write checks of its internal RAM, the external RAM (U92), and the
dual port RAM (U77).
2. If a RAM check error occurs, the processor will stay in a hang up state, with the ERRG, LPG, RQG LED’s lighting
on the TGP board.
If no error occurs, the processor proceeds to the following step.
ROM Check
3. The processor performs a data sum check on addresses 0 ∼ BFFF of the external ROM (U112).
4. If a ROM check error occurs, the processor will stay in a hang up state, with the ERRG, LPG, RQG LED’s lighting.
If no error occurs, the LPG LED blinks, and the processor proceeds to the following step.
Gantry Rotation Check and Azimuth Counter Initialization

5. The gantry processor starts rotating the gantry to check that the operation can be normally performed.
a. If the SYS–OFF–MNL service switch (SW1) on the TGP board is set to OFF, the system waits until the switch
is set to SYS or MNL, with the RQG and LPG LED’s alternately blinking.
b. If power is not supplied to the servo amplifier, the rotation check is terminated, with the ERRG LED lighting.
If any other abnormal conditions/operations are found, the rotation check is terminated.
To start the rotation check anew, resolve the problems, and power on or reset the TGP board.
6. The gantry rotates at 15 sec/Rev, and the processor initializes the gantry azimuth counter with the GPLS1 signal.
a. If the initialization of the counter is not performed within 25 sec, the rotation is terminated, with the ERRG LED
lighting.
2–2 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 1 2202119
2-1-2 Table Processor
RAM Check
1. The table processor (U42) performs read/write checks of its internal RAM, the external RAM (U64), and the dual
port RAM (U48).
2. If a RAM check error occurs, the processor will stay in a hang up state, with the ERRT, LPT, RQT, MNT LED’s
lighting on the TGP board.
ROM Check
3. The processor performs a data sum check on addresses 0 ∼ DFFF of the external ROM (U68).
4. If a ROM check error occurs, the processor will stay in a hang up state, with the ERRT, RQT, MNT LED’s lighting.
If no error occurs, the LPT LED blinks, and the processor proceeds to the following step.
Gantry Display and Switch LED Check

5. The processor sequentially displays test characters (numbers) on the gantry display, and at the same time, se-
quentially lights gantry panel switch LED’s.
Refer to the Rotational Operation section of Gantry, of the Functional Check / Adjustment manual.
Gantry Tilt and Table Up/down Relay Check

The gantry tilt or table up/down operation is performed by a pump/valve mechanism which is powered by AC 115 V.
This power is conveyed through two relays connected in series on SUB BD. Refer to Illustration 2–1. With these
connections, if one relay of the two failed (that is, always closed), the power flow can be cut off by the other relay.
This check verifies these relay operations.
6. The processor closes one relay which is controlled by the enable lines, and verifies that the gantry tilt or table
up/down does not take place.
If the operation takes place, the other relay (direct) is considered to be failed (closed), since any key on the gantry
switch panel is not pressed while the relay (enable) is activated; and an error message is displayed on the opera-
tor console (OC).
7. An LED blinks on the gantry switch panel, and then press the key with the LED blinking.
If the corresponding operation takes place, the other relay (enable) is considered to be failed (closed), since the
processor does not activate the relay (enable) while the key is pressed; and an error message is displayed on
the OC.
2–3 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 1 2202119
2-1-2 Table Processor (continued)
Illustration 2–1 Safety by Double Relays
SUB Board
AC 115 V Gantry Tilt or
Table Up/Down
Direct Enable
Gantry
Panel
Switch Table
Processor
TGP Board
2-1-3 Management Processor
RAM Check
1. The management processor (U88) performs read/write checks of its internal RAM, the external RAM (U62), and
the dual port RAM (U48, U77).
2. If a RAM check error occurs, the processor will stay in a hang up state, with one of ERRM, LPM, RQM, MNM
LED’s lighting on the TGP board.
ROM Check
3. The processor performs a data sum check on addresses 0 ∼ BFFF of the external ROM (U111).
4. If a ROM check error occurs, the processor will stay in a hang up state, with the ERRM, RQM, MNM LED’s light-
ing.
If no error occurs, the LPM LED blinks.
2–4 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 1 2202119
2-2 OGP BOARD POWER–ON TEST

The OGP board is equipped on the gantry rotative frame and includes a microprocessor called Scan Processor, and
mainly performs the following controls in scan sequence, according to commands from the Management processor
on the TGP board.
D Scan control
D DAS control
D X–ray generator (JEDI) control
D Aperture control
D Positioning light control
After powering on or resetting the OGP board, the scan processor performs ROM based power–on tests (RAM check
→ ROM check), as described below.
RAM Check
1. The scan processor performs read/write checks of the external RAM and its internal RAM.
2. If a RAM check error occurs, the processor will stay in a hang up state, with the ERRS, LOOPS LED’s lighting
on the OGP board.
ROM Check
3. The processor performs a data sum check of the external ROM.
4. If a ROM check error occurs, the processor will stay in a hang up state, with the ERRS LED lighting.
If no error occurs, the LOOPS LED blinks.
2–5 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119
2–6 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 12 2202119
SECTION 3 – OFF–LINE TEST
3-1 TGP BOARD OFF–LINE TEST

Each of the TGP board processors (Gantry processor, Table processor, and Management processor) has its own
off–line tests. These off–line tests are mainly used for adjustments or checks of the gantry or table subsystems.
1. To perform the off–line tests, set one of the following dip switch to ON for the corresponding processor. Refer
to the Gantry/Table section of Switch/Jumper Setting of Boards/Devices, of the Functional Check / Adjustment
manual.
Dip Switch Processor

G6 Gantry Processor
T6 Table Processor
M6 Management Processor
CAUTION
Do not perform off–line tests of two or three processors simultaneously.
2. Each off–line test consists of test programs as described in Table 3–1. The test program Nos. are displayed on
the gantry Height display. Press the TEST1 switch on the TGP board to select a test program, as the test program
No. increases every time the switch is pressed.
Test program Nos. other than described in Table 3–1 are not defined or should not be used.
On the Position display, data is displayed according to each test.
3. To restore the normal operations of the processors, set the corresponding dip switch to OFF.
Table 3–1 TGP Off–line Test
Test Program No.

Gantry Processor Table Processor Management Processor
400, 401 000 ∼ 013 700
014 ∼ 020
022 ∼ 024
035 ∼ 037
(See Section 3-1-1 for (See Section 3-1-2 for (See Section 3-1-3 for
each test program.) each test program.) each test program.)
3–1 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 12 2202119
3-1-1 Gantry Processor
Table 3–2 Gantry Processor Off–line Tests
Test Program No. Description

400 Displays gantry azimuth in 0.1 deg. The x–ray tube home position (at 12 o’clock posi-
tion) is defined as 180 deg., i.e., 1800.
This test is used when ‘gantry rotation velocity offset’ is adjusted.
401 Displays gantry rotation speed in 1 msec/Rev.
Used when ‘gantry rotation speed’ is adjusted.
3–2 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 12 2202119
3-1-2 Table Processor
Table 3–3 Table Processor Off–line Tests (No. 000 ∼ 013)

000 Used when FWD 30 deg. tilt angle is adjusted.
001 Used when BWD 30 deg. tilt angle is adjusted.
002 Displays output values of the analog–to–digital converter for the tilt angle potentiome-
ter.
By pressing the Range key, displays the tilt angle in 0.1 deg. The FWD 30.5 deg. posi-
tion is defined as 0.
003 Used when the cradle Out limit position is adjusted.
004 Used when the cradle In limit position is adjusted.
005 Displays output values of the analog–to–digital converter for the cradle position poten-
tiometer.
By pressing the Range key, displays the cradle position in 0.5 mm. The Out mechani-
cal limit position is defined as 0.
006 Used when the IMS (Intermediate Support) Out limit position is adjusted.
007 Used when the IMS In limit position is adjusted.
008 Displays output values of the analog–to–digital converter for the IMS position poten-
tiometer.
By pressing the Range key, displays the IMS position in 0.5 mm. The Out mechanical
limit position is defined as 0.
009 Used when the table Down limit position is adjusted.
010 Used when the table Up limit position is adjusted.
011 Displays output values of the analog–to–digital converter for the table height position
potentiometer.
By pressing the Range key, displays the table height position in 0.5 mm. The Down
mechanical limit position is defined as 1.
012 Used when ‘cradle compensation’ is adjusted.
013 (For TGP board of 2284399–*, or, 2156510–5 or later only)
Used when compensating the incorrect interlock operation of table up/down and gantry
tilt due to the incorrect height alignment of the gantry and table.
3–3 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 12 2202119

014 Sets the cradle travel speed to 2 ∼ 150 mm/sec in increments of 2 mm/sec.
Cradle Drive: Half–step drive.
Operation: Press the In and Fast keys simultaneously to set faster speeds; or press
the Out and Fast keys simultaneously to set slower speeds.
Press the In or Out key to move the cradle in the In or Out direction.
015 Sets the cradle travel speed to 2 ∼ 44 mm/sec in increments of 2 mm/sec.
Cradle Drive: Micro–step drive.
Operation: Same as for Test Program No. 014.
016 Sets the cradle travel speed to 0.715 ∼ 42.86 mm/sec in increments of 0.715 mm/sec
for helical scans (Scan Time: 0.7 sec).
Cradle Drive, Operation: Same as for Test Program No. 015.
017 Sets the cradle travel speed to 0.625 ∼ 37.5 mm/sec in increments of 0.625 mm/sec
for helical scans (Scan Time: 0.8 sec).
018 Sets the cradle travel speed to 0.5 ∼ 30 mm/sec in increments of 0.5 mm/sec for heli-
cal scans (Scan Time: 1 sec).
019 Sets the cradle travel speed to 0.33 ∼ 20 mm/sec in increments of 0.33 mm/sec for
helical scans (Scan Time: 1.5 sec).
020 Sets the cradle travel speed to 0.25 ∼ 15 mm/sec in increments of 0.25 mm/sec for
helical scans (Scan Time: 2 sec).
021 Not defined.
3–4 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 12 2202119

022 Displays counts of the cradle position encoder pulses while the gantry rotates from the
home position to the home position during helical scans (Helical interval check). (1
pulse: 0.1 mm)
023 Displays outputs of the up/down counter for the cradle position encoder pulses. (1
pulse: 0.1 mm)
024 Displays outputs of the up/down counter for the IMS (Intermediate Support) position
encoder pulses. (1 pulse: 0.1 mm)
025 ∼ 034 Not defined.
Used when setting the lowest table height allowed.
Used when setting the most extended cradle In–position allowed.
Used when adjusting the cradle position control according to the positioning light posi-
tion.
3–5 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 12 2202119
3-1-3 Management Processor
Table 3–6 Management Processor Off–line Test

700 Displays operation status of the management processor while the processor receives
commands from the operator console and is executing them; as defined below:
bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1 bit0
0 Com. Tilt Cradle Gantry Apt XG Scan
req. mode mode mode mode mode mode
The above is displayed as a tetra–number (increases like 0, 1, 2, 3, 11, 12, 13, 21, ...).
Example: If Gantry Mode, Aperture Mode, and XG Mode are requested, the following
will be displayed:
Height: 700 Pos.: 0032
3–6 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
SECTION 4 – ERROR MESSAGE
4-1 ERROR MESSAGE

The errors described in Table 4–1 through 4–53 are detected by the TGP, OGP, or CIF board. When an error occurs,
the error information is sent to the operator console (OC) using the Status communication.
Error with no Error Message

If either of the following errors occur, the microprocessor on the TGP or OGP board are forced to run in an infinite
loop, and no error message is sent to the OC.
D RAM, ROM check error:

These checks are performed during a power–up sequence.
D Processor hang up:

This is detected by the watchdog timer at intervals of 10.9 msec.
4–1 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
4-1 ERROR MESSAGE (continued)
Error Class
The errors detected by the TGP, OGP, or CIF board are either classified as Error Class, or Information Class, accord-
ing to below:
D Error:
If an error of this ‘Error’ class occurs during a scan, the scan is aborted, and an error message is displayed
on the OC monitor.
D Information (written as ‘Infor.’ in Table 4–1 ∼ 4–53):

If an error of this ‘Information’ class occurs during a scan, the scan will be continued, and an error message
is not displayed on the OC monitor.
Communication via Slip Rings (RS422)

The scan processor on the OGP board communicates with the management processor on the TGP board via slip
rings.
Normally, when one of the two processors receives communication data from the other processor, the receiving proc-
essor checks a checksum data, and sends back an ACK message to the sender, if the data is OK; otherwise, sends
back a NACK message. When the sender receives this NACK message, it resends the data. If this repeats three
times (three NACK’s), the communication is regarded as an error. If the receiver does not send ACK nor NACK within
a specified time, this also is regarded as an error communication.
4–2 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
4-2 ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 5.5)
Note
For systems with system software version 6 or later, see Section 4-3, Errors Detected by TGP Board
(for System Version 5.5 or Later).
Table 4–1 Scan Error
Error Code Name Class Description Potential Cause / FRU

Code
0D 11–1001–0D Interlock X–ray. Error TGP received SCAN CMD while relay(RL1) in 1. Other equipment connected with relay(RL1)
Gantry Rear Switch Box is energized. is unexpectedly active(H).; 2. Cable connec-
tion between RL1 and other equipment(M).
Table 4–2 Helical Scan Error

Code
11 12–1001–11 Cradle Out of Limit. Error Cradle position out of limit on Helical SCAN 1. Cradle Potentiometer; 2. IMS potentiometer
(TP) CMD.
12 12–1001–12 Cradle Unlatch. (TP) Error Cradle unlatch was detected on Helical SCAN 1. Accidental push on Latch Switch.; 2. Cab-
CMD. ling between Latch Switch and TGP including
TBLCON BD and TBL BD.
13 12–1001–13 Cradle Slip. (TP) Error Cradle slip was detected during Helical Scan. 1. Patient movement during Helical Scan or
some obstacles on bottom of cradle or cradle
roller.; 2. Cradle Encoder
14 10–0001–14 Undefined Infor. – –
15 12–1001–15 Cradle Start Position Error Cradle start position is out of specification on Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or Cradle Stepping
Error. (TP) Helical Scan. Motor
16 12–1001–16 Interval Position Error. Error Cradle Interval is out of specification on Helical 1. Patient movement during Helical Scan or
(TP) Scan. some obstacles on bottom of cradle or cradle
(continued)
4–3 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
4-2 ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 5.5) (continued)
Table 4–2 Helical Scan Error (continued)

Code
17 12–1001–17 Cradle Move Time Error Cradle acceleration/deceleration time out. Or 1. Patient movement at the beginning of Heli-
Out. (TP) total cradle movement time out on Helical cal Scan.; 2. Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or
Scan. Cradle Stepping Motor
18 12–1001–18 OC Command Error. Error TGP(MP) received unspecified Helical SCAN Take a best guess and good luck.
(TP) CMD from OC.
19 11–1001–19 SCINITREQ Time Error TGP(MP) did not receive SCINTREQ from Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or Cradle Stepping
Out. (MP) TGP(TP) on Helical Scan. Motor
1A 11–1001–1A OGP Com Not Ready Error Communication with OGP is not ready after TGP
in 1 sec. (MP) 1sec during Helical SCAN CMD.
1B 11–1001–1B TP Com Not Ready in Error Communication with TGP(TP) is not ready af- TGP
1 sec. (MP) ter 1sec during Helical SCAN CMD.
1C 10–0001–1C Undefined Infor. – –
1D 10–0001–1D Undefined Infor. – –
1E 10–0001–1E Undefined Infor. – –
1F 12–1001–1F Cradle Potentio Error. Error Unexpected input from Cradle Potentiometer Cradle Potentiometer or Cabling between TGP
(TP) during Helical Scan. and Cradle Potentiometer.
4–4 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–3 Scout Scan Error

Code
41 12–1001–41 Cradle Out of Limit. Error Cradle position out of limit on Scout SCAN 1. Cradle Potentiometer; 2. IMS potentiometer
(TP) CMD.
42 12–1001–42 Cradle Unlatch. (TP) Error Cradle unlatch was detected on Scout SCAN 1. Accidental push on Latch Switch.; 2. Cab-
43 12–1001–43 Cradle Slip. (TP) Error Cradle slip was detected during Scout Scan. 1. Patient movement during Scout Scan or
Error. (TP) Scout Scan. Motor
47 12–1001–47 Cradle Move Time Error Cradle acceleration/deceleration time out. Or Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or Cradle Stepping
Out. (TP) total cradle movement time out on Scout Scan. Motor
49 11–1001–49 SCINITREQ Time Error TGP(MP) did not receive SCINTREQ from TGP
Out. (MP) TGP(TP) on Scout Scan.
in 1 sec. (MP) 1sec during Scout SCAN CMD.
4B 11–1001–4B TP Com Not Ready in Error Communication with TP is not ready after 1sec TGP
1 sec. (MP) during Scout SCAN CMD.
4C 11–1001–4C Offset Scan Time Out. Error TGP did not receive OFFSET END from OGP OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
(MP) on Scout Scan. Slip Ring.
(continued)
4–5 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–3 Scout Scan Error (continued)

Code
4E 11–1001–4E Scout Scan Time Out. Error TGP did not receive SCAN END from OGP on OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
(MP) Scout Scan. Slip Ring.
(TP) during Scout Scan. and Cradle Potentiometer.
4–6 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–4 Fluoro Scan Error

Code
58 11–1001–58 XRAY–on timeout. Error mA/kV status was not received from OGP in JEDI(kV control or CT–IF), or interface be-
(MP) response to Fluoro SCAN CMD. tween JEDI and OGP.
59 11–1001–59 XRAY–off timeout. Error mA/kV status from OGP did not stop when JEDI(kV control)
(MP) X–ray Foot SW is off during Fluoro Scan.
5A 11–1001–5A OGP Com is not Error Communication with OGP is not ready after TGP
ready in 1sec. (MP) 1sec during Fluoro SCAN CMD.
5B 10–0001–5B Undefined Infor. – –
5C 11–1001–5C Fluoro scan command Error Fluoro SCAN CMD is received from OC when NFIX or TGP/NFIX interface
in normal mode. (MP) NFIX is not in Fluoro mode.
5D 11–1001–5D X–SW is not on for Error Fluoro SCAN CMD is received from OC after NFIX or Cabling between TGP and NFIX
1sec before scan X–ray Foot SW is off.
command. (MP)
5E 11–1001–5E Scan command has Error Fluoro SCAN CMD is received while Gantry Take a best guess and good luck.
come while GNTRY button is pushed.
button is pushed .
(MP)
5F 10–0001–5F Undefined Infor. – –
4–7 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–5 Gantry Req Error

Code
1 13–1002–01 Gantry Request Com- Error Unspecified GNTRY CMD was received from Mismatched version between TGP firmware
mand Error. (GP) OC. and OC software.
2 13–1002–02 Gantry Set Time Out Error Gantry position or rotation speed is not ready 1. Servo Amp; 2. Axial Motor
in 20 sec. (GP) in 20sec after GNTRY CMD from OC.
3 13–1002–03 Axial Motor Over Error Axial Motor over heat is detected. 1. Axial Motor; 2. SUB BD
Heat. (GP)
4 13–1002–04 Servo Amp Alarm. Error Servo Amp alarm is detected. 1. Too many acceleration/deceleration in short
(GP) duration.; 2. Servo Amp; 3. Axial Motor
5 13–1002–05 Gantry Not System Error Switch of TGP is not set as system mode. Switch of TGP is not set as system mode.
Mode. (GP)
6 13–1002–06 Gantry Rotate Not Error No feedback from Axial motor encoder was 1. Service Switch on SUB BD is set.; 2. 24V
Response. (GP) detected after Gantry rotation request. Power Supply; 3. Servo Amp; 4. Axial Motor;
5. Cabling between Axial Motor and TGP
7 13–1002–07 Gantry Rotate Over Error Gantry rotation speed is over specification. 1. Rotation Speed Adjustment; 2. Servo Amp;
Speed. (GP) 3. TGP
8 13–1002–08 Gantry Rotate Under Error Gantry rotation speed is under specification. 1. Rotation Speed Adjustment; 2. Servo Amp;
Speed. (GP) 3. TGP
9 13–1002–09 Cover Safty SW Error Gantry Cover Switch is open and Axial Motor 1. Alignment between Gantry cover and
Open. (GP) is not powered. Gantry Cover Switch; 2. Gantry Cover Switch
and its cabling to TGP
A 13–1002–0A Dynamic Break On. Error GNTRY CMD was received while Axial Motor Take a best guess and good luck.
(GP) dynamic break working.
B 13–1002–0B Gantry Init Error or Error Gantry was not initialized correctly. Or azi- 1. G–Pulse1(M); 2. TGP; 3. Cabling between
Position Error. (GP) muth counter on TGP is overflow. G–Pulse1 and TGP
(continued)
4–8 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–5 Gantry Req Error (continued)

Code
C 10–0002–0C Undefined Infor. – –
D 10–0002–0D Undefined Infor. – –
E 11–1002–0E Gantry 130sec(180s Error Gantry continues to rotate over 130sec without 1. Cabling between TGP and OC; 2. OC could
at Smartview) timer is GNTRY CMD nor SCAN CMD from OC. not send GNTRY CMD nor SCAN CMD to
timeout on TGP. (MP) TGP.
F 11–1002–0F Gantry init timeout Error TGP did not receive reply from OGP in re- 1. G–Pulse2; 2. OGP or TGP/OGP interface
ack=100ms rdy=7sec. sponse to Gantry initialize request. which includes Slip Ring.
(MP)
4–9 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–6 Gantry Req Error Code2

Code
1 13–1002–11 Over Current. Over Current Error was detected on Servo 1. Servo AMP; 2. Axial Motor
Amp.
2 13–1002–12 Over Load. Over Load Error was detected on Servo Amp. 1. Gantry acceleration/deceleration too fre-
quent.; 2. Servo AMP; 3. Axial Motor
3 13–1002–13 Over Speed. Over Speed Error was detected on Servo Servo AMP
Amp.
5 13–1002–15 Abnormal Servo Amp Servo Amp. Temperature is out of specifica- Servo AMP
Temparature. tion.
6 13–1002–16 Abnormal Encorder Output from Axial Motor Encoder is out of 1. Axial Motor; 2. Servo Amp
specification.
7 13–1002–17 Abnormal Driving Driving Power of Servo Amp is out of specifi- 1. Servo AMP; 2. Axial Motor
Power. cation.
9 13–1002–19 Abnormal EEPROM. Abnormal EEPROM error was detected on 1. Servo AMP
Servo Amp.
A 10–0002–1A Undefined Infor. – –
B 10–0002–1B Undefined Infor. – –
E 10–0002–1E Undefined Infor. – –
F 10–0002–1F Undefined Infor. – –
4–10 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–7 Cradle Req Error

Code
1 12–1030–01 Cradle Out of Limit. Cradle position out of limit on CRADLE CMD. 1. Cradle Potentiometer; 2. IMS Potentiometer
2 12–1030–02 Cradle Unlatch. Cradle unlatch was detected on CRADLE 1. Accidental push on Latch Switch.; 2. Cab-
3 12–1003–03 Cradle Slip. Cradle slip was detected in response to 1. Patient movement during cradle movement
CRADLE CMD. or some obstacles on bottom of cradle or
cradle roller.; 2. Cradle Encoder
5 12–1003–05 Out of Scannable Scannable range is zero because table posi- 1. Table position is too low. Raise table to
Range. tion is too low. higher position.; 2. Table Height Potentiometer
7 12–1003–07 Cradle Move Time Cradle acceleration/deceleration time out. Or Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or Cradle Stepping
Out. total cradle movement time out in response to Motor
CRADLE CMD.
F 12–1003–0F Cradle Potentio Error. Unexpected input from Cradle Potentiometer Cradle Potentiometer or Cabling between TGP
in response to CRADLE CMD. and Cradle Potentiometer.
4–11 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–8 Tilt Req Error

Code
1 12–1004–01 Out of Tilt Range. Error Out of Tilt range on TILT CMD. Tilt Potentiometer or IMS Potentiometer
2 12–1004–02 Touch Sensor On. Error Gantry Touch Sensor ON was detected during 1. Gantry Touch Sensor; 2. FCV BD or RCV
remote tilt. Bring tilt position back by a few BD
angle to recover.
3 12–1004–03 Already Home Key On Error TILT CMD was received from OC during –
or FWD/BWD Key Home/FWD/BWD is ON.
On.
4 12–0004–04 Home Key On or Error Home/FWD/BWD is pushed during remote–tilt- –
FWD/BWD(COUNT- ing. And Home/FWD/BWD was prioritized as
ER DIRECTION) Key the result.
On.
5 12–0004–05 FWD/BWD(SAME DI- Error Home/FWD/BWD is released during remote– –
RECTION) Key Off. tilting and Home/FWD/BWD was prioritized as
the result.
6 12–1004–06 Interlock or Movement Error Interlock was detected during remote–tilting. Tilt Potentiometer or IMS Potentiometer
Error.
7 12–1004–07 OCTILT Line Off. Error OCTILT line from OC was detected OFF but 1. OC could not send Tilt Stop CMD to TGP in
TILT STOP CMD from OC was not received. time.; 2. OC Keyboard.
8 12–1004–08 Tilt Req TimeOut 68 Error Total tilting time from start tilting to end was Tilt Valve or Tilt Pump
sec. over specified duration.
(continued)
4–12 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–8 Tilt Req Error (continued)

Code
F 10–0004–0F Undefined Infor. – –
Table 4–9 Manual Table Error

Code
1 12–1005–01 Single fault in T/G Error Tilt BWD/FWD movement or Table UP/DWN 1. KEY SW L or R on Gantry Cover may have
movement, Please movement is detected during key switch test the falure and stay ON.; 2. SUB BD
call service. on Gantry initialization.
6 12–1005–06 IMS POTENTIO error. Error Unexpected input from IMS Potentiometer dur- IMS Potentiometer or Cabling between TGP
ing manual IMS movement. and IMS Potentiometer.
7 12–1005–07 CRADLE POTENTIO Error Unexpected input from Cradle Potentiometer Cradle Potentiometer or Cabling between TGP
error. during manual cradle movement. and Cradle Potentiometer.
4–13 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–10 Scan Processor Communication Error

Code
1 11–1010–01 Nack Detected 3 Error TGP(MP) received the message ’Not Acknowl- TGP or OGP
Times. edged’ from OGP more than 3 times.
2 11–1010–02 Ack/Nack Time Out. Error TGP(MP) did not receive neither ACK nor OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
NACK from OGP. Slip Ring.
3 11–1010–03 SP is not wake up. Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
in response to SysConfig CMD. Slip Ring.
4–14 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–11 Gantry Processor Communication Error

Code
1 11–1013–01 Nack Detected 3 Error TGP(MP) received the message ’Not Acknowl- TGP
Times. edged’ from TGP(GP) more than 3 times.
2 11–1013–02 Ack/Nack Time Out. Error TGP(MP) did not receive neither ACK nor TGP
NACK from TGP(GP).
3 11–1013–03 GP is not wake up. Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from Gantry Initialization did not complete correctly.;
TGP(GP) in response to SysConfig CMD. 1. TGP; 2. G–Pulse1; 3. Cabling between TGP
and G–Pluse1; 4. Servo Amp or Axial Motor
4–15 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–12 Table Processor Communication Error

Code
Times. edged’ from TGP(TP) more than 3 times.
NACK from TGP(TP).
3 11–1012–03 TP is not wakeup. Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from TGP
Table 4–13 TGP Task Time Out Error

Code
1 11–10F0–01 Scan Mode Time Out. Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
in response to SCAN CMD. Slip Ring.
2 11–10F0–02 XG Mode Time Out. Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
in response to XG CMD. Slip Ring.
3 11–10F0–03 Aperture Mode Time Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
Out. in response to APERTURE CMD. Slip Ring.
(continued)
4–16 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119

Code
4 11–10F0–04 Gantry Mode Time Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from TGP
Out. TGP(GP) in response to GNTRY CMD.
5 11–10F0–05 Cradle Mode Time Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from TGP
Out. TGP(TP) in response to CRADLE CMD.
6 11–10F0–06 Tilt Mode Time Out. Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from TGP
TGP(TP) in response to TILT CMD.
7 11–10F0–07 Test Mode Time Out. Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
in response to TEST MODE CMD. Slip Ring.
Table 4–15 TGP not System

Code
1 11–10F1–01 TGP Not System. Error TGP is not set as System Mode. Set TGP switch(SW1) correctly.
Table 4–16 Safety Loop Open

Code
1 11–10F2–01 SAFETY LOOP Error mA/kV status was not received from OGP dur- JEDI(kV control or CT–IF) or interface be-
OPEN. ing X–ray ON. Or X–ray OFF Status was not tween JEDI and TGP including OGP and Slip
received correctly from OGP. Safety Loop Ring.
was opened by TGP as the result.
4–17 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
4-3 ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 5.5 OR LATER)
Table 4–17 Scan Error

Code
01 11–1001–01 Gantry–Transporter Error TGP received SCAN CMD before initializing Scan operation before gantry position initializ-
position is not initial- gantry transporter. Bring gantry transporter ing.
ized. back to out end position.
02 11–1001–02 Table is not CT mode. Error ”TABLE READY” signal from Table is open on Table system is powered off. Angles of Table–
SCAN CMD rotations are not directed to CT. Lateral posi-
tion of Table top is not in center of Gantry–ap-
erture.
03 11–1001–03 Table is moving during Error ”TABLE MOVE” signal from Table is open on Table movement button is pushed or Table
scan. SCAN CMD movement is not locked during CT scanning.
04 11–1001–04 ”STOP CT” signal Error ”STOP CT” signal from the table is open on STOP button of the Table is pushed.
comes from Table on SCAN CMD. Reset the table from Emergen-
scan process. cy Stop status.
05 11–1001–05 Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
0A 11–1001–0A Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
0B 11–1001–0B Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
0C 11–1001–0C Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
0D 11–1001–0D Interlock X–ray. Error TGP received SCAN CMD while relay(RL1) in 1. Other equipment connected with relay(RL1)
Gantry Rear Switch Box is energized. Unex- is unexpectedly active(H).; 2. Cable connec-
pected door interlock may cause this. tion between RL1 and other equipment(M).
0E 11–1001–0E Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
0F 11–1001–0F Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
4–18 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
4-3 ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 5.5 OR LATER) (continued)

Code
11 12–1001–11 Cradle Out of Limit. Error Cradle position out of limit on Helical SCAN 1. Cradle Potentiometer; 2. IMS potentiometer
(TP) CMD.
12 12–1001–12 Cradle Unlatch. (TP) Error Cradle unlatch was detected on Helical SCAN 1. Accidental push on Latch Switch.; 2. Cab-
13 12–1001–13 Cradle Slip. (TP) Error Cradle slip was detected during Helical Scan. 1. Patient movement during Helical Scan or
Error. (TP) Helical Scan. Motor
16 12–1001–16 Interval Position Error. Error Cradle Interval is out of specification on Helical 1. Patient movement during Helical Scan or
(TP) Scan. some obstacles on bottom of cradle or cradle
17 12–1001–17 Cradle Move Time Error Cradle acceleration/deceleration time out. Or 1. Patient movement at the beginning of Heli-
Out. (TP) total cradle movement time out on Helical cal Scan.; 2. Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or
Scan. Cradle Stepping Motor
18 12–1001–18 OC Command Error. Error TGP(TP) received unspecified Helical SCAN Take a best guess and good luck.
(TP) CMD from OC.
19 11–1001–19 SCINITREQ Time Error TGP(MP) did not receive SCINTREQ from Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or Cradle Stepping
Out. (MP) TGP(TP) on Helical Scan. Motor
in 1 sec. (MP) 1sec during Helical SCAN CMD.
1B 11–1001–1B TP Com Not Ready in Error Communication with TGP(TP) is not ready af- TGP
1 sec. (MP) ter 1sec during Helical SCAN CMD.
(continued)
4–19 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119

Code
1D 12–1001–1D Transporter Servo Error Servo Amp alarm is detected at the transport- Any foreign objects on rails or linear guide,
Alarm detected er. Servo Amp & Motor wiring, Brake is held.
1E 12–1001–1E Over Run Switch or Error Over run limit switch of transporter or Gantry Anything touches on touch sensor during Heli-
Touch Sensor de- Touch Sensor ON was detected during Helical cal scan. Gantry was located to overrun posi-
tected scan. Bring transporter position back by a few tion manually. Any foreign objects on Overrun
distance to recover. sensor.
(TP) during Helical Scan. and Cradle Potentiometer.
4–20 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–19 Axial Scan Error

Code
21 11–1001–21 OC Command Error. Error TGP(MP) received unspecified Respiratory Mismatched version between TGP firmware
(MP) SCAN CMD from OC. and OC software.
22 11–1001–22 Gate Pulse Timeout. Error Respiratory Signal Timeout. (Continue H–LEV- TGP,NFIX,CONNECTION BOX, (Respiratory
(MP) EL) Monitor)
23 11–1001–23 Gate Pulse Timeout. Error Respiratory Signal Timeout. (not detect rising TGP,NFIX,CONNECTION BOX, (Respiratory
(MP) edge) Monitor)
in 1 sec. (MP) 1sec during Respiratory SCAN CMD.
2D 11–1001–2D Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
2E 11–1001–2E Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
24 11–1001–2F Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
4–21 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119

Code
41 12–1001–41 Cradle Out of Limit. Error Cradle position out of limit on Scout SCAN 1. Cradle Potentiometer; 2. IMS potentiometer
(TP) CMD.
42 12–1001–42 Cradle Unlatch. (TP) Error Cradle unlatch was detected on Scout SCAN 1. Accidental push on Latch Switch.; 2. Cab-
43 12–1001–43 Cradle Slip. (TP) Error Cradle slip was detected during Scout Scan. 1. Patient movement during Scout Scan or
Error. (TP) Scout Scan. Motor
46 12–1001–46 Over Run Switch or Error Over run limit switch of transporter or Gantry Anything touches on touch sensor during
Touch Sensor de- Touch Sensor ON was detected during Scout Scout scan. Gantry was located to overrun
tected scan. Bring transporter position back by a few position manualy. Any foreign objects on Over-
distance to recover. run sensor._-__-_
Out. (TP) total cradle movement time out on Scout Scan. Motor
48 12–1001–48 Transporter Servo Error Servo Amp alarm is detected at the transport- Any foreign objects on rails or linear guide,
Alarm er. Servo Amp & Motor wireing, Brake is held._-_
49 11–1001–49 SCINITREQ Time Error TGP(MP) did not receive SCINTREQ from TGP
Out. (MP) TGP(TP) on Scout Scan.
in 1 sec. (MP) 1sec during Scout SCAN CMD.
4B 11–1001–4B TP Com Not Ready in Error Communication with TP is not ready after 1sec TGP
1 sec. (MP) during Scout SCAN CMD.
(continued)
4–22 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119

Code
4C 11–1001–4C Offset Scan Time Out. Error TGP did not receive OFFSET END from OGP OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
(MP) on Scout Scan. Slip Ring.
4D 10–0001–4D Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
4E 11–1001–4E Scout Scan Time Out. Error TGP did not receive SCAN END from OGP on OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
(MP) Scout Scan. Slip Ring.
(TP) during Scout Scan. and Cradle Potentiometer.
4–23 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119

Code
58 11–1001–58 XRAY–on timeout. Error mA/kV status was not received from OGP in JEDI(kV control or CT–IF), or interface be-
(MP) response to Fluoro SCAN CMD. tween JEDI and OGP.
59 11–1001–59 XRAY–off timeout. Error mA/kV status from OGP did not stop when JEDI(kV control)
(MP) X–ray Foot SW is off during Fluoro Scan.
5A 11–1001–5A OGP Com is not Error Communication with OGP is not ready after TGP
ready in 1sec. (MP) 1sec during Fluoro SCAN CMD.
5C 11–1001–5C Fluoro scan command Error Fluoro SCAN CMD is received from OC when NFIX or TGP/NFIX interface
in normal mode. (MP) NFIX is not in Fluoro mode.
5D 11–1001–5D X–SW is not on for Error Fluoro SCAN CMD is received from OC after NFIX or Cabling between TGP and NFIX
1sec before scan X–ray Foot SW is off.
command. (MP)
5E 11–1001–5E Scan command has Error Fluoro SCAN CMD is received while Gantry Take a best guess and good luck.
come while GNTRY button is pushed.
button is pushed .
(MP)
5F 10–0001–5F Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
4–24 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–22 Gantry Req Error

Code
1 13–1002–01 Gantry Request Com- Error Unspecified GNTRY CMD was received from Mismatched version between TGP firmware
mand Error. (GP) OC. and OC software.
2 13–1002–02 Gantry Set Time Out Error Gantry position or rotation speed is not ready 1. Servo Amp; 2. Axial Motor
in 20 sec. (GP) in 20sec after GNTRY CMD from OC.
3 13–1002–03 Axial Motor Over Error Axial Motor over heat is detected. 1. Axial Motor; 2. SUB BD
Heat. (GP)
4 13–1002–04 Servo Amp Alarm. Error Servo Amp alarm is detected. 1. Too many acceleration/deceleration in short
(GP) duration.; 2. Servo Amp; 3. Axial Motor
5 13–1002–05 Gantry Not System Error Switch of TGP is not set as system mode. Switch of TGP is not set as system mode.
Mode. (GP)
6 13–1002–06 Gantry Rotate Not Error No feedback from Axial motor encoder was 1. Service Switch on SUB BD is set.; 2. 24V
Response. (GP) detected after Gantry rotation request. Power Supply; 3. Servo Amp; 4. Axial Motor;
5. Cabling between Axial Motor and TGP
7 13–1002–07 Gantry Rotate Over Error Gantry rotation speed is over specification. 1. Rotation Speed Adjustment; 2. Servo Amp;
Speed. (GP) 3. TGP
8 13–1002–08 Gantry Rotate Under Error Gantry rotation speed is under specification. 1. Rotation Speed Adjustment; 2. Servo Amp;
Speed. (GP) 3. TGP
9 13–1002–09 Cover Safty SW Error Gantry Cover Switch is open and Axial Motor 1. Alignment between Gantry cover and
Open. (GP) is not powered. Gantry Cover Switch; 2. Gantry Cover Switch
and its cabling to TGP
A 13–1002–0A Dynamic Break On. Error GNTRY CMD was received while Axial Motor Take a best guess and good luck.
(GP) dynamic break working.
B 13–1002–0B Gantry Init Error or Error Gantry was not initialized correctly. Or azi- 1. G–Pulse1(M); 2. TGP; 3. Cabling between
Position Error. (GP) muth counter on TGP is overflow. G–Pulse1 and TGP
C 10–0002–0C Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
(continued)
4–25 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–5 Gantry Req Error (continued)

Code
D 10–0002–0D Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
E 11–1002–0E Gantry 130sec(180s Error Gantry continues to rotate over 130sec without 1. Cabling between TGP and OC; 2. OC could
at Smartview) timer is GNTRY CMD nor SCAN CMD from OC. not send GNTRY CMD nor SCAN CMD to
timeout on TGP. (MP) TGP.
F 11–1002–0F Gantry init timeout Error TGP did not receive reply from OGP in re- 1. G–Pulse2; 2. OGP or TGP/OGP interface
ack=100ms rdy=7sec. sponse to Gantry initialize request. which includes Slip Ring.
(MP)
4–26 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–23 Gantry Req Error Code2

Code
1 13–1002–11 Over Current. Error Over Current Error was detected on Servo 1. Servo AMP; 2. Axial Motor
Amp.
2 13–1002–12 Over Load. Error Over Load Error was detected on Servo Amp. 1. Gantry acceleration/deceleration too fre-
quent.; 2. Servo AMP; 3. Axial Motor
3 13–1002–13 Over Speed. Error Over Speed Error was detected on Servo Servo AMP
Amp.
4 10–0002–14 Undefined Infor- Undefined Error
mai-
ton
5 13–1002–15 Abnormal Servo Amp Error Servo Amp. Temperature is out of specifica- Servo AMP
Temparature. tion.
6 13–1002–16 Abnormal Encorder Error Output from Axial Motor Encoder is out of 1. Axial Motor; 2. Servo Amp
specification.
7 13–1002–17 Abnormal Driving Error Driving Power of Servo Amp is out of specifi- 1. Servo AMP; 2. Axial Motor
Power. cation.
9 13–1002–19 Abnormal EEPROM. Error Abnormal EEPROM error was detected on 1. Servo AMP
Servo Amp.
A 10–0002–1A Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
B 10–0002–1B Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
E 10–0002–1E Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
F 10–0002–1F Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
4–27 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–24 Cradle Req Error

Code
1 12–1030–01 Cradle Out of Limit. Error Cradle position out of limit on CRADLE CMD. 1. Cradle Potentiometer; 2. IMS Potentiometer
2 12–1030–02 Cradle Unlatch. Error Cradle unlatch was detected on CRADLE 1. Accidental push on Latch Switch.; 2. Cab-
3 12–1003–03 Cradle Slip. Error Cradle slip was detected in response to 1. Patient movement during cradle movement
CRADLE CMD. or some obstacles on bottom of cradle or
cradle roller.; 2. Cradle Encoder
5 12–1003–05 Out of Scannable Error Scannable range is zero because table posi- 1. Table position is too low. Raise table to
Range. tion is too low. higher position.; 2. Table Height Potentiometer
Out. total cradle movement time out in response to Motor
CRADLE CMD.
9 12–1003–09 ”STOP CT” signal Error ”STOP CT” signal from the table is opening on STOP button of the Table is pushed.
comes from Table dur- Transport–CMD. / Reset the table from
ing transport process Emergency Stop status.
A 12–1003–0A Gantry–Transporter Error TGP received Transport–CMD before initializ- Gantry movement operation from Operator’s
position is not initial- ing gantry transporter. Bring gantry transporter console before gantry position initializating.
ized. back to out end position.
B 12–1003–0B Touch Sensor de- Error Gantry Touch Sensor ON was detected on Touch sensor on gantry or transporter. Any-
tected transport–CMD. Bring transporter position thing touches on touch sensor during Gantry
back by a few distance to recover. moving operation from Operator’s console.
(continued)
4–28 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–24 Cradle Req Error (continued)

Code
C 12–1003–0C Transporter Servo Error Servo Amp alarm is detected at the transport- Any foreign objects on rails or linear guide,
D 12–1003–0D Over Run Switch Error Over run limit switch of transporter was de- Gantry was located to overrun position manu-
tected on transport. ally. Any foreign objects on the overrun limit
switch.
F 12–1003–0F Cradle Potentio Error. Error Unexpected input from Cradle Potentiometer Cradle Potentiometer or Cabling between TGP
in response to CRADLE CMD. and Cradle Potentiometer.
4–29 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–25 Tilt Req Error

Code
1 12–1004–01 Out of Tilt Range. Error Out of Tilt range on TILT CMD. Tilt Potentiometer or IMS Potentiometer
2 12–1004–02 Touch Sensor On. Error Gantry Touch Sensor ON was detected during 1. Gantry Touch Sensor; 2. FCV BD or RCV
remote tilt. Bring tilt position back by a few BD
angle to recover.
3 12–1004–03 Already Home Key On Error TILT CMD was received from OC during Home/FWD/BWD is ON.
or FWD/BWD Key
On.
4 12–0004–04 Home Key On or Infor. Home/FWD/BWD is pushed during remote–tilting. And Home/FWD/BWD was prioritized as the
FWD/BWD(COUNT- result.
ER DIRECTION) Key
On.
5 12–0004–05 FWD/BWD(SAME DI- Infor. Home/FWD/BWD is released during remote–tilting and Home/FWD/BWD was prioritized as the
RECTION) Key Off. result.
6 12–1004–06 Interlock or Movement Error Interlock was detected during remote–tilting. Tilt Potentiometer or IMS Potentiometer
Error.
7 12–1004–07 OCTILT Line Off. Error OCTILT line from OC was detected OFF but 1. OC could not send Tilt Stop CMD to TGP in
TILT STOP CMD from OC was not received. time.; 2. OC Keyboard.
8 12–1004–08 Tilt Req TimeOut 68 Error Total tilting time from start tilting to end was Tilt Valve or Tilt Pump
sec. over specified duration.
A 10–0004–0A Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
B 10–0004–0B Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
F 10–0004–0F Undefined Infor. Undefined Error
4–30 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–26 Manual Table Error

Code
1 12–1005–01 Single fault in T/G Error Tilt BWD/FWD movement or Table UP/DWN 1. KEY SW L or R on Gantry Cover may have
movement, Please movement is detected during key switch test the falure and stay ON.; 2. SUB BD
call service. on Gantry initialization.
2 12–1005–02 Reference position er- Error Reference position detection is out of order. Obstacles on Out Limit Switch or Reference
ror position Limit Switch. Adjustment of reference
position is not done correctly . Adjustment
should be done in slow speed.
3 12–1005–03 Table does not reset Error CT does not receive ”Table all zero” after re- Table does not send the signal of ”Table All
relative position. setting the reference position of CT Zero”. Jumper switch is not correct.
4 12–1005–04 Transporter Servo Error Servo Amp alarm is detected at the transport- Any foreign objects on rails or linear guide,
5 12–1005–05 Over Run Switch or Error Over run limit switch of transporter or Gantry Anything touches on touch sensor during
Touch Sensor de- Touch Sensor ON was detected during manual manual movement. Gantry was located to
tected movement. Bring transporter position back by overrun position manually. Any foreign objects
a few distance to recover. on Overrun sensor.
6 12–1005–06 IMS POTENTIO error. Error Unexpected input from IMS Potentiometer dur- IMS Potentiometer or Cabling between TGP
ing manual IMS movement. and IMS Potentiometer.
7 12–1005–07 CRADLE POTENTIO Error Unexpected input from Cradle Potentiometer Cradle Potentiometer or Cabling between TGP
error. during manual cradle movement. and Cradle Potentiometer.
4–31 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–27 Scan Processor Communication Error

Code
1 11–1010–01 Nack Detected 3 Error TGP(MP) received the message ’Not Acknowl- TGP or OGP
Times. edged’ from OGP more than 3 times.
2 11–1010–02 Ack/Nack Time Out. Error TGP(MP) did not receive neither ACK nor OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
NACK from OGP. Slip Ring.
3 11–1010–03 SP is not wake up. Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
in response to SysConfig CMD. Slip Ring.
Table 4–28 Gantry Processor Communication Error

Code
Times. edged’ from TGP(GP) more than 3 times.
NACK from TGP(GP).
3 11–1013–03 GP is not wake up. Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from Gantry Initialization did not complete correctly.;
TGP(GP) in response to SysConfig CMD. 1. TGP; 2. G–Pulse1; 3. Cabling between TGP
and G–Pluse1; 4. Servo Amp or Axial Motor
4–32 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–29 Table Processor Communication Error

Code
Times. edged’ from TGP(TP) more than 3 times.
NACK from TGP(TP).
3 11–1012–03 TP is not wakeup. Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from TGP
4–33 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119

Code
1 11–10F0–01 Scan Mode Time Out. Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
in response to SCAN CMD. Slip Ring.
2 11–10F0–02 XG Mode Time Out. Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
in response to XG CMD. Slip Ring.
3 11–10F0–03 Aperture Mode Time Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
Out. in response to APERTURE CMD. Slip Ring.
4 11–10F0–04 Gantry Mode Time Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from TGP
Out. TGP(GP) in response to GNTRY CMD.
5 11–10F0–05 Cradle Mode Time Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from TGP
Out. TGP(TP) in response to CRADLE CMD.
6 11–10F0–06 Tilt Mode Time Out. Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from TGP
TGP(TP) in response to TILT CMD.
7 11–10F0–07 Test Mode Time Out. Error TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
in response to TEST MODE CMD. Slip Ring.
Table 4–31 TGP not System

Code
1 11–10F1–01 TGP Not System. Error TGP is not set as System Mode. Set TGP switch(SW1) correctly.
Table 4–32 Safety Loop Open

Code
1 11–10F2–01 SAFETY LOOP Error mA/kV status was not received from OGP dur- JEDI(kV control or CT–IF) or interface be-
OPEN. ing X–ray ON. Or X–ray OFF Status was not tween JEDI and TGP including OGP and Slip
received correctly from OGP. Safety Loop Ring.
was opened by TGP as the result.
4–34 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
4-4 ERRORS DETECTED BY OGP BOARD
Table 4–33 XG Processor Communication Error

Code
1 20–1014–01 XG Command Error Error XG CMD, sent from OGP, was rejected by Mismatched firmware version between
JEDI because of unspecified mA/kV/focus/ JEDI(kV control) and OGP.
scan time request.
2 20–0014–02 JEDI Wakeup time Infor. OGP did not receive any reply from JEDI in JEDI(kV control or CT–IF), or interface be-
out. response to SysConfig CMD nor JEDI Capabil- tween JEDI and OGP.
ity Request CMD.
3 20–1014–03 No answer of mAkV. Error OGP did not receive reply from JEDI in re- JEDI(kV control or CT–IF), or interface be-
sponse to mA/kV setup request. tween JEDI and OGP.
4 20–0014–04 Received message Infor. OGP received unspecified message from Mismatched firmware version between
with unknown ID. JEDI. JEDI(kV control) and OGP.
5 20–1014–05 CAN BUS OFF Sta- Error CAN bus between JEDI and OGP becomes JEDI(kV control or CT–IF), or interface be-
tus. OFF Status because of too many communica- tween JEDI and OGP.
tion Errors.
6 20–0014–06 CAN BUS Warning Infor. Some retries happened on CAN bus between JEDI(kV control or CT–IF), or interface be-
status. JEDI and OGP and CAN bus becomes tween JEDI and OGP.
WARNING Status as the result.
7 20–0014–07 Return to normal from Infor. CAN bus between JEDI and OGP successfully –
bus warning moved to NORMAL Status from OFF Status.
4–35 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
4-4 ERRORS DETECTED BY OGP BOARD (continued)
Table 4–34 Aperture Error

Code
1 20–1020–01 Aperture Request Error OGP received unspecified Aperture width from 1. DIPSW3 Setting of OGP; 2. Mismatched
Command Error. TGP(MP). version between OGP firmware and OC soft-
ware.
2 20–1020–02 Aperture Reset Error. Error OGP could not detect Aperture reset position. 1. Aperture Assy; 2. Aperture Motor Driver; 3.
Cabling between OGP and Aperture Photo
Sensor or between OGP and Motor Driver
3 20–1020–03 Encorder Pulse Out of Error Encoder pulse input from Aperture is out of 1. Aperture Assy; 2. Aperture Motor Driver; 3.
Range. specification while setting Aperture width. Cabling between OGP and Aperture Photo
4 20–1020–04 Z–AXIS control failed Error OGP did not receive READY status from CIF 1. CIF or interface between CIF and OGP.; 2.
for z–axis collimator control or OGP detected Motor Driver for z–axis control; 3. Photo Sen-
Aperture is not ready. sor for z–axis control; 4. Firmware version of
OGP and CIF.
2D 20–0020–05 Undefined Infor. – –
4–36 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–35 OGP Event Error

Code
1 20–1030–01 Rotor On/Off Time Error OGP did not receive any reply from JEDI in 1. Cabling between JEDI(kV control; CT–IF)
Out. response to Rotor ON/OFF request. and OGP; 2. Fuse on AC/DC; 3. AC/DC,
LVPS, Rotor board or Heater Board
2 20–1030–02 DAS Trigger Error. Error DAS Trigger was out of specification during 1. Rotation Speed Adjustment.; 2. Cabling for
scan. Or no DAS Trigger was detected after DAS Trigger including Slip Ring.
GANTINTREQ.
3 20–1030–03 G–Pulse2 Error Error DAS Trigger in one rotation was out of specifi- G–Pulse2
cation during scan. Or no G–Pulse2 was de-
tected.
4 20–1030–04 Mismatch Error DIPSW3 on OGP is mismatched with SysCon- DIPSW3 setting on OGP
DIPSW(SW3) and fig CMD which was sent from TGP.
system config.
5 20–1030–05 3 times NACK De- Error OGP received the message ’Not Acknowl- 1. TGP or CIF; 2. OGP
tected. edged’ from TGP or CIF more than 3 times.
6 20–1030–06 System Config Error Error OGP received unspecified SysConfig from Mismatched version between OGP firmware
TGP. and OC software
7 20–0030–07 DAS Wakeup Time Infor. OGP did not receive any reply from CIF in re- CIF or interface between CIF and OGP.
Out. sponse to SysConfig.
4–37 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–36 Axial Scan Error

Code
21 20–1001–21 Scan Request Com- Error OGP received unspecified Axial Scan CMD Mismatched version between OGP firmware
mamd Error. from TGP. and OC software.
22 20–1001–22 Offset Scan Time Out. Error DAS trigger for Offset Scan, generated by Ax- 1. G–Pulse2; 2. Axial Motor Encoder or inter-
ial Motor Encoder and measured in reference face between this encoder and OGP including
to G–Pulse2,. is out of specification or Offset Slip Ring.
Scan did not start or end in time on Axial
Scan.
23 20–1001–23 X–ray On Response Error HV ON was not activated by JEDI on Axial High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
Time Out Scan after EXPCMD was activated by OGP. In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
CT–IF) and interface between JEDI and OGP
24 20–1001–24 X–ray Off Response Error HV ON was not inactivated by JEDI on Axial High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
Time Out Scan after EXPCMD was inactivated by OGP. In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
25 20–1001–25 XG Ready Response Error OGP did not receive XG Ready from JEDI on High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
Time Out. Axial Scan. In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
26 20–1001–26 DAS Trigger Less. Error DAS trigger of one rotation, between G– 1. G–Pulse2; 2. Axial Motor Encoder or inter-
Pulse2, is under specification on Axial Scan. face between this encoder and OGP including
Slip Ring.
27 20–1001–27 DAS Trigger Many Error DAS trigger of one rotation, between G– 1. G–Pulse2; 2. Axial Motor Encoder or inter-
Pulse2, is over specification on Axial Scan. face between this encoder and OGP including
Slip Ring.
28 20–1001–28 Aperture Error. Error Aperture width is out of specification on Axial 1. Aperture Assy; 2. Aperture Motor Driver; 3.
Scan. Cabling between OGP and Aperture Photo
(continued)
4–38 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–36 Axial Scan Error (continued)

Code
29 20–1001–29 Not Gantry Initialized. Error OGP received Axial SCAN CMD from TGP G–Pulse2
before DAS Trigger initialization by G–Pulse2.
2A 20–1001–2A EXPCMD On Backup Error The active time of EXPCMD is over Axial Scan 1. Rotation Speed Adjustment; 2. G–Pulse2; 3.
Timer Error. time. JEDI
2B 20–1001–2B EXPCMD Unstable Error HV ON was activated by JEDI on Axial Scan 1. OGP; 2. JEDI; 3. Cabling between JEDI(kV
when EXPCMD is not activated by OGP. control; CT–IF) and OGP
2C 20–1001–2C Scan Start Time Out. Error OGP could not detect count–up of DAS Trig- 1. OGP; 2. Axial Motor Encoder or interface
ger after received Axial SCAN CMD from TGP. between this encoder and OGP including Slip
Ring.
2F 20–1001–2F FPGA Counter Error Error DAS Trigger read out error on Axial Scan. OGP
4–39 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–37 Stationary Scan Error

Code
31 20–1001–31 Scan Request Com- Error OGP received unspecified Stationary Scan Mismatched version between OGP firmware
mamd Error. CMD from TGP. and OC software.
32 20–1001–32 Offset Scan Time Out. Error Offset Scan did not start or end in specified OGP
duration on Stationary Scan. This is mea-
sured by internal timer of OGP.
33 20–1001–33 X–ray On Response Error HV ON was not activated by JEDI on Station- High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
Time Out ary Scan after EXPCMD was activated by In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
OGP. CT–IF) and interface between JEDI and OGP
34 20–1001–34 X–ray Off Response Error HV ON was not inactivated by JEDI on Sta- High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
Time Out tionary Scan after EXPCMD was inactivated In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
by OGP. CT–IF) and interface between JEDI and OGP
Time Out. Stationary Scan. In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
36 20–1001–36 DAS Trigger Less. Error DAS trigger, generated and measured by inter- OGP
nal timer of OGP, is under specification on Sta-
tionary Scan.
37 20–1001–37 DAS Trigger Many Error DAS trigger, generated and measured by inter- OGP
nal timer of OGP is over specification on Sta-
tionary Scan.
38 20–1001–38 Aperture Error. Error Aperture width is out of specification on Sta- 1. Aperture Assy; 2. Aperture Motor Driver; 3.
tionary Scan. Cabling between OGP and Aperture Photo
(continued)
4–40 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–38 Stationary Scan Error (continued)

Code
3A 20–1001–3A EXPCMD On Backup Error The active time of EXPCMD is over Stationary 1. OGP; 2. JEDI
Timer Error. Scan time.
3B 20–1001–3B EXPCMD Unstable Error HV ON was activated by JEDI on Stationary 1. OGP; 2. JEDI; 3. Cabling between JEDI(kV
Scan when EXPCMD is not activated by OGP. control; CT–IF) and OGP
3C 20–1001–3C Scan Start Time Out. Error OGP could not detect count–up of DAS Trig- OGP
ger after received Stationary SCAN CMD from
TGP. DAS Trigger is generated by OGP inter-
nally.
3F 20–1001–3F FPGA Counter Error Error DAS Trigger read out error on Stationary OGP
Scan.
4–41 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119

Code
11 20–1001–11 Scan Request Com- Error OGP received unspecified Helical Scan CMD Mismatched version between OGP firmware
mamd Error. from TGP. and OC software.
duration on Helical Scan.
13 20–1001–13 X–ray On Response Error HV ON was not activated by JEDI on Helical High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
Time Out Scan after EXPCMD was activated by OGP. In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
14 20–1001–14 X–ray Off Response Error HV ON was not inactivated by JEDI on Helical High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
Time Out Scan after EXPCMD was inactivated by OGP. In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
Time Out. Helical Scan. In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
Pulse2, is under specification on Helical Scan. face between this encoder and OGP including
Slip Ring.
17 20–1001–17 DAS Trigger Many Error DAS trigger of one rotation, between G– 1. G–Pulse2; 2. Axial Motor Encoder or inter-
Pulse2, is over specification on Helical Scan. face between this encoder and OGP including
Slip Ring.
18 20–1001–18 Aperture Error. Error Aperture width is out of specification on Helical 1. Aperture Assy; 2. Aperture Motor Driver; 3.
19 20–1001–19 Not Gantry Initialized. Error OGP received Helical SCAN CMD from TGP G–Pulse2
before DAS Trigger initialization by G–Pulse2.
(continued)
4–42 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119

Code
1A 20–1001–1A EXPCMD On Backup Error The active time of EXPCMD is over Helical 1. Rotation Speed Adjustment; 2. G–Pulse2; 3.
Timer Error. Scan time. JEDI
1B 20–1001–1B EXPCMD Unstable Error HV ON was activated by JEDI on Helical Scan 1. OGP; 2. JEDI; 3. Cabling between JEDI(kV
1C 20–1001–1C Scan Start Time Out. Error OGP did not receive SCINTREQ from TGP in TGP or interface between OGP and TGP in-
specified duration. OGP could not start scan- cluding Slip Ring.
ning as the result.
1F 20–1001–1F FPGA Counter Error Error DAS Trigger read out error on Helical Scan. OGP
4–43 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119

Code
41 20–1001–41 Scan Request Com- Error OGP received unspecified command from Take a best guess and good luck.
mamd Error. TGP on Scout Scan.
duration on Scout Scan, This is measured by
internal timer of OGP.
43 20–1001–43 X–ray On Response Error HV ON was not activated by JEDI on Scout High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
Time Out. Scan after EXPCMD was activated by OGP. In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
44 20–1001–44 X–ray Off Response Error HV ON was not inactivated by JEDI on Scout High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
Time Out. Scan after EXPCMD was inactivated by OGP. In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
Time Out. Scout Scan. In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
46 20–1001–46 DAS Trigger Less. Error DAS trigger, generated by cradle encoder and 1. Cradle Encoder; 2. Cradle Speed Adjust-
measured by internal timer of OGP, is under ment; 3. Interface between OGP and Cradle
specification on Scout Scan. Encoder including Slip Ring and TGP.
47 20–1001–47 DAS Trigger Many. Error DAS trigger, generated by cradle encoder and 1. Cradle Encoder; 2. Cradle Speed Adjust-
measured by internal timer of OGP is over ment; 3. Interface between OGP and Cradle
specification on Scout Scan. Encoder including Slip Ring and TGP.
48 20–1001–48 Aperture Error. Error Aperture width is out of specification on Scout 1. Aperture Assy; 2. Aperture Motor Driver; 3.
(continued)
4–44 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119

Code
49 20–1001–49 Not gantry Initialized Error OGP received Scout SCAN CMD from TGP G–Pulse2
before DAS Trigger initialization.
4A 20–1001–4A EXPCMD On Backup Error The active time of EXPCMD is over Scout 1. Cradle Speed Adjustment; 2. JEDI
Timer Error Scan time.
4B 20–1001–4B EXPCMD Unstable Error HV ON was activated by JEDI on Scout Scan 1. OGP; 2. JEDI; 3. Cabling between JEDI(kV
4C 20–1001–4C Scan start Time Out. Error OGP did not detect count–up of DAS Trigger 1. Cradle Encoder; 2. Interface between OGP
after received Scout SCAN CMD from TGP. and Cradle Encoder including Slip Ring and
DAS Trigger is generated by Cradle Encoder. TGP.
2D 20–0001–4E Undefined Infor. – –
2D 20–0001–4F Undefined Infor. – –
4–45 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119

Code
51 20–1001–51 Scan Request Com- Error OGP received unspecified command from Take a best guess and good luck.
mamd Error. TGP on Fluoro Scan.
duration on Fluoro Scan.
53 20–1001–53 X–ray On Response Error HV ON was not activated by JEDI on Fluoro High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
Time Out. Scan after EXPCMD was activated by OGP. In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
54 20–1001–54 X–ray Off Response Error HV ON was not inactivated by JEDI on Fluoro High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
Time Out. Scan after EXPCMD was inactivated by OGP. In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
Time Out. Fluoro Scan. In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
Pulse2, is under specification on Fluoro Scan. face between this encoder and OGP including
Slip Ring.
57 20–1001–57 DAS Trigger Many. Error DAS trigger of one rotation, between G– 1. G–Pulse2; 2. Axial Motor Encoder or inter-
Pulse2, is over specification on Fluoro Scan. face between this encoder and OGP including
Slip Ring.
58 20–1001–58 Aperture Error. Error Aperture width is out of specification on Fluoro 1. Aperture Assy; 2. Aperture Motor Driver; 3.
(continued)
4–46 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–41 Fluoro Scan Error (continued)

Code
59 20–1001–59 NOT Gantry Initial- Error OGP received Fluoro SCAN CMD from TGP G–Pulse2
ized. before DAS Trigger initialization by G–Pulse2.
5A 20–1001–5A EXPCMD On Backup Error The active time of EXPCMD is over Fluoro 1. Rotation Speed Adjustment; 2. G–Pulse2; 3.
Timer Error. Scan time. JEDI
5B 20–1001–5B EXPCMD Unstable Error HV ON was activated by JEDI on Fluoro Scan 1. OGP; 2. JEDI; 3. Cabling between JEDI(kV
5C 20–1001–5C Scan Start Time Out. Error OGP could not detect count–up of DAS Trig- 1. OGP; 2. Axial Motor Encoder or interface
ger after received Fluoro SCAN CMD from between this encoder and OGP including Slip
TGP. Ring.
5D 20–1001–5D HV ON command Error X–ray Foot SW was inactivated on Fluoro 1. TGP or interface between TGP and OGP
time out. Scan before receiving X–ray Foot SW OFF including Slip Ring
Status from TGP.
5E 20–1001–5E Fluoro Scan Backup Error OGP detected HV ON time out during Tap High possibility on JEDI or Rotation Speed Ad-
Timer _-_Time Out. Mode or Continuous Mode. justment in case with XG error.; In case with-
out XG Error, JEDI(kV control or CT–IF) and
interface between JEDI and OGP.
5F 20–1001–5F FPGA Counter Error Error DAS Trigger read out error on Fluoro Scan. OGP
4–47 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
4-5 ERRORS DETECTED BY DAS
Table 4–42 DAS Error

Code
1 30–1010–01 Zero Detect. Error Zero DAS data was detected. 1. CAM; 2. CIF; 2. DDP
2 30–0010–02 Over Range Infor. DAS data Over Range was detected. 1. Reduce scan technic.; 2. CAM, CIF or DDP
7 30–1010–07 Communication error Error Unexpected length or checksum of command 1. Cable connection between OGP and DAS;
was detected during communication between 2. OGP or CIF
CIF and OGP.
Table 4–43 Z CH CAL Error (Z–axis Collimator)

Code
0101 30–0101–01 – Infor. CIF received unspecified Qcal Ratio Data from Mismatched version between CIF and OC
OC on SysConfig. software.
0102 30–0101–02 – Infor. CIF could not receive all Qcal Ratio Data from Interface between CIF and OC including Slip
OC on SysConfig. Ring.
4–48 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
4-5 ERRORS DETECTED BY DAS (continued)
Table 4–44 Beam Tracking Para Error (Z–axis Collimator)

Code
0201 30–1102–01 – Error CIF received unspecified Aperture width from Mismatched version between CIF and OC
OC on XG CMD. software.
0202 30–1102–02 – Error CIF could not find Qcal Ratio Data for current Failed to receive all Qcal Ratio Data from OC
Aperture on XG CMD. during SysConfig.; Or mismatched version be-
tween CIF and OC software.
0301 30–1103–01 – Error CIF received unspecified Scan Time from OC Mismatched version between CIF and OC
on Scan CMD. software.
Table 4–45 Home Positioning Error (Z–axis Collimator)

Code
1101 30–1111–01 – Error BWD and FWD Limit–Photo–Sensors were 1. BWD or FWD Limit–Photo–Sensor(H); 2.
interrupted at the same time during Home Cabling between Limit–Photo–Sensor and CIF.
Positioning.
1102 30–1111–02 – Error BWD Limit–Photo–Sensor was unexpectedly 1. BWD and FWD Limit–Photo–Sensor is con-
interrupted during Home Positioning. nected conversely with CIF.; 2. Z–Axis Motor
movement is reversed.
1103 30–1111–03 – Error On Home Positioning, FWD Limit–Photo–Sen- 1. Z–Axis Motor Driver; 2. Z–Axis Motor; 3.
sor remains interrupted when CIF drives Z– Cabling between Z–Axis Motor and CIF; 4.
Axis Motor to BWD direction. BWD and FWD Limit–Photo–Sensor is con-
nected conversely with CIF.
(continued)
4–49 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–45 Home Positioning Error (Z–axis Collimator) (continued)

Code
1104 30–1111–04 – Error On Home Positioning, CIF cannot detect FWD 1. Z–Axis Motor Driver; 2. Z–Axis Motor; 3.
Limit–Photo–Sensor interruption even after it Cabling between Z–Axis Motor and CIF; 4.
drives Z–Axis Motor to FWD limit. BWD and FWD Limit–Photo–Sensor is con-
nected conversely with CIF.
1105 30–1111–05 – Error On Home Positioning, CIF cannot detect BWD 1. Z–Axis Motor Driver; 2. Z–Axis Motor; 3.
Limit–Photo–Sensor interruption when it drives BWD Limit–Photo–Sensor; 4. Ball Screw
Z–Axis Motor from FWD limit to BWD limit.
1106 30–1111–06 – Error The number of pulses for Z–Axis Motor is over 1. Position of BWD or FWD Limit–Photo–Sen-
specification when moving from FWD limit to sor; 2. Jumper Setting of Z–Axis Motor Driver;
BWD limit on Home Positioning. 3. Ball Screw
1107 30–1111–07 – Error The number of pulses for Z–Axis Motor is un- 1. Position of BWD or FWD Limit–Photo–Sen-
der specification when moving from FWD limit sor; 2. Jumper Setting of Z–Axis Motor Driver
to BWD limit on Home Positioning.
1108 30–1111–08 – Error During Home Positioning, FWD Limit–Photo– Take a best guess and good luck.
Sensor was interrupted when moving from
BWD limit to Home Position.
4–50 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–46 Preset Positioning Error (Z–axis Collimator)

Code
1201 30–1112–01 – Error FWD Limit–Photo–Sensor was interrupted dur- In case with error on Home Positioning, FWD
ing Preset Positioning. Limit–Photo–Sensor or Cabling between Sen-
sor and CIF.; In case without error on Home
Positioning, Preset CMD from OC may be
incorrect.
1202 30–1112–02 – Error BWD Limit–Photo–Sensor was interrupted dur- In case with error on Home Positioning, BWD
ing Preset Positioning. Limit–Photo–Sensor or Cabling between Sen-
Positioning, Preset CMD from OC may be
incorrect.
Table 4–47 Beam Tracking Out of Limit (Z–axis Collimator)

Code
2101 30–0121–01 – Infor. FWD Limit–Photo–Sensor was interrupted dur- In case with error on Home Positioning, FWD
ing Beam Tracking. Limit–Photo–Sensor or Cabling between Sen-
Positioning, Qcal CH data from DDP may not
be normal by Qcal Obs or z–axis miss–align-
ment of Tube or Detector..
2102 30–0121–02 – Infor. BWD Limit–Photo–Sensor was interrupted dur- In case with error on Home Positioning, BWD
ing Beam Tracking. Limit–Photo–Sensor or Cabling between Sen-
Positioning, Qcal CH data from DDP may not
be normal by Qcal Obs or z–axis miss–align-
ment of Tube or Detector..
4–51 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–48 Offset View Error (Z–axis Collimator)

Code
2201 30–1122–01 – Error The number of Offset View is out of specifica- In case with raw data correction error detected
tion. by OC, Cabling for DAS Trigger including Slip
Ring.; In case without this error, CIF may be
failed.
Table 4–49 FIFO Overview Error (Z–axis Collimator)

Code
2301 30–1123–01 – Error CIF detected DDP FIFO Overflow during Qcal –
CH data collection(Offset view).
2302 30–0123–02 – Infor. CIF detected DDP FIFO Overflow during Qcal –
CH data collection(Active view).
Table 4–50 Beam Tracking Calc Error (Z–axis Collimator)

Code
3101 30–1131–01 – Error Unexpected result of Beam Tracking calcula- –
tion.
3102 30–1131–02 – Error Unexpected result of Beam Tracking calcula- –
tion.
4–52 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 15 2202119
Table 4–51 Internal Error (Z–axis Collimator)

Code
3201 30–1132–01 – Error CIF Internal Error. –
3202 30–1132–02 – Error CIF Internal Error. –
Table 4–52 Z CH Count (Z–axis Collimator)

Code
4101 30–0141–01 – Infor. Beam Tracking was paused because CIF de- Qcal CH Obstruction or tube spits.
tected Qcal CH Data is under specification.
Table 4–53 Beam Tracking Hold/Resume (Z–axis Collimator)

Code
4201 30–0142–01 – Infor. Beam Tracking was paused because CIF de- Qcal CH Obstruction
tected Qcal CH obstruction.
4202 30–0142–02 – Infor. Beam Tracking was resumed because Qcal –
CH returned to normal from obstruction.
4–53 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119
4–54 TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 9 2202119
DAS / DETECTOR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
SECTION 1 – CHANNEL – RING RADIUS TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–1

1-1 DETECTOR/DAS CHANNEL – RING RADIUS CROSS REFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . . 1–1
i DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119
ii DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
SECTION 1 – CHANNEL – RING RADIUS TABLE
1-1 DETECTOR/DAS CHANNEL – RING RADIUS CROSS REFERENCE

Table 1–2 through 1–17 are Detector/DAS Channel – Ring Radius Cross Reference.
In these tables:
D CH#: Detector/DAS Channel No.
D FC#: Flex Cable No.
D CB#: CAM Board No.
– Single: for the dectecor of NP, NP+, NP++ systems
– Twin – A: for the A side detector of Twin systems
– Twin – B: for the B side detector of Twin systems
D PN#: Pin No. of the flex cable connector: Actually in Table 1–2 through 1–17, Channel Nos. are shown.
See Illustration 1–1 or 1–2.
D R (mm): Radius of image artifact in mm
1–1 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
1-1 DETECTOR/DAS CHANNEL – RING RADIUS CROSS REFERENCE (Continued)
Illustration 1–1 DAS/Detector Connector Pin Assignment (NP, NP+, and NP++)
Cable #1
ËËËËËËËËËËËËËË Detector
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË 24 Pins
Flex Cables
Cable #51
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË Flex
CAM Boards Cable
#1~#9
CAM Boards CAM Boards
#19~#27 #10~#18
d c b a
1 a b c d
2
3 1 CH 7 CH 8 CH 9 CH10
4
5 2 CH 5 CH 6 CH11 CH12
6
3 CH 3 CH 4 CH13 CH14
4 CH 1 CH 2 CH15 CH16
5 FG FG SG SG
6 FG FG SG SG
1–2 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Illustration 1–2 DAS/Detector Connector Pin Assignment (Twin)
Cable #1
Detector
Flex Cables Flex
Cable
Cable #51
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË 48 Pins
CAM Boards
#1~#18
CAM Boards CAM Boards
#37~#54 #19~#36
D C B A
1 A B C D
2
3 1 2SG 2SG 2SG 2SG
4
5 2 2SG 2SG 2SG 2SG
6
7 3 A–1ch B–1ch A–16ch B–16ch
8
10
12
6 A–4ch B–4ch A–13ch B–13ch
11 FG FG FG FG
12 FG FG FG FG
1–3 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Table 1–1 Channel Number Difference between System Channnels and GSA Channel Report
(Twin)
IMPORTANT NOTE:
Focus attention on QCAL 1–3, REF 1–16, and REF 17–32 of System channel. They are re-
ported as different readout when using GSA.
CAM Board # System Chan- GSA Channel CAM Board # System Chan- GSA Channel
nels Report nels Report
1 QCAL 1–3 826 – 828 15 404–419 404–419
1 REF 1–16 794 – 809 15 420–435 420–435
2 1–3 1–3 16 436–451 436–451
2 4–19 4–19 16 452–467 452–467
3 20–35 20–35 17 468–483 468–483
3 36–51 36–51 17 484–499 484–499
4 52–67 52–67 18 500–515 500–515
4 68–83 68–83 18 516–531 516–531
5 84–99 84–99 19 532–547 532–547
5 100–115 100–115 19 548–563 548–563
6 116–131 116–131 20 564–579 564–579
6 132–147 132–147 20 580–595 580–595
7 148–163 148–163 21 596–611 596–611
7 164–179 164–179 21 612–627 612–627
8 180–195 180–195 22 628–643 628–643
8 196–211 196–211 22 644–659 644–659
9 212–227 212–227 23 660–675 660–675
9 228–243 288–243 23 676–691 676–691
10 244–259 244–259 24 692–707 692–707
10 260–275 260–275 24 708–723 708–723
11 276–291 276–291 25 724–739 724–739
11 292–307 292–307 25 740–755 740–755
12 308–323 308–323 26 756–771 756–771
12 324–339 324–339 26 772–787 772–787
13 340–355 340–355 27 788–793 788–793
13 356–371 356–371 27 REF 17–32 810–825
14 372–387 372–387
14 388–403 388–403
Note: The center of the DAS is CAM board #14.
1–4 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Table 1–2 Channel – Ring Radius (#1 ~#50)
CH# FC# CB# PN# R (mm)
Single Twin – A Twin – B

1 1 2 3 4 14 249.7
2 1 2 3 4 15 249.1
3 1 2 3 4 16 248.5
4 2 2 3 4 1 248.0
5 2 2 3 4 2 247.4
6 2 2 3 4 3 246.8
7 2 2 3 4 4 246.2
8 2 2 3 4 5 245.6
9 2 2 3 4 6 245.0
10 2 2 3 4 7 244.5
11 2 2 3 4 8 243.9
12 2 2 3 4 9 243.3
13 2 2 3 4 10 242.7
14 2 2 3 4 11 242.1
15 2 2 3 4 12 241.5
16 2 2 3 4 13 240.9
17 2 2 3 4 14 240.4
18 2 2 3 4 15 239.8
19 2 2 3 4 16 239.2
20 3 3 5 6 1 238.6
21 3 3 5 6 2 238.0
22 3 3 5 6 3 237.4
23 3 3 5 6 4 236.8
24 3 3 5 6 5 236.2
25 3 3 5 6 6 235.6
26 3 3 5 6 7 235.1
27 3 3 5 6 8 234.5
28 3 3 5 6 9 233.9
29 3 3 5 6 10 233.3
30 3 3 5 6 11 232.7
31 3 3 5 6 12 232.1
32 3 3 5 6 13 231.5
33 3 3 5 6 14 230.9
34 3 3 5 6 15 230.3
35 3 3 5 6 16 229.7
36 4 3 5 6 1 229.1
37 4 3 5 6 2 228.5
38 4 3 5 6 3 227.9
39 4 3 5 6 4 227.3
40 4 3 5 6 5 226.8
41 4 3 5 6 6 226.2
42 4 3 5 6 7 225.6
43 4 3 5 6 8 225.0
44 4 3 5 6 9 224.4
45 4 3 5 6 10 223.8
46 4 3 5 6 11 223.2
47 4 3 5 6 12 222.6
48 4 3 5 6 13 222.0
49 4 3 5 6 14 221.4
50 4 3 5 6 15 220.8
1–5 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

51 4 3 5 8 16 220.2
52 5 4 7 8 1 219.6
53 5 4 7 8 2 219.0
54 5 4 7 8 3 218.4
55 5 4 7 8 4 217.8
56 5 4 7 8 5 217.2
57 5 4 7 8 6 216.6
58 5 4 7 8 7 216.0
59 5 4 7 8 8 215.4
60 5 4 7 8 9 214.8
61 5 4 7 8 10 214.2
62 5 4 7 8 11 213.6
63 5 4 7 8 12 213.0
64 5 4 7 8 13 212.4
65 5 4 7 8 14 211.8
66 5 4 7 8 15 211.2
67 5 4 7 8 16 210.6
68 6 4 7 8 1 210.0
69 6 4 7 8 2 209.3
70 6 4 7 8 3 208.7
71 6 4 7 8 4 208.1
72 6 4 7 8 5 207.5
73 6 4 7 8 6 206.9
74 6 4 7 8 7 206.3
75 6 4 7 8 8 205.7
76 6 4 7 8 9 205.1
77 6 4 7 8 10 204.5
78 6 4 7 8 11 203.9
79 6 4 7 8 12 203.3
80 6 4 7 8 13 202.7
81 6 4 7 8 14 202.1
82 6 4 7 8 15 201.5
83 6 4 7 8 16 200.8
84 7 5 9 10 1 200.2
85 7 5 9 10 2 199.6
86 7 5 9 10 3 199.0
87 7 5 9 10 4 198.4
88 7 5 9 10 5 197.8
89 7 5 9 10 6 197.2
90 7 5 9 10 7 196.6
91 7 5 9 10 8 196.0
92 7 5 9 10 9 195.4
93 7 5 9 10 10 194.7
94 7 5 9 10 11 194.1
95 7 5 9 10 12 193.5
96 7 5 9 10 13 192.9
97 7 5 9 10 14 192.3
98 7 5 9 10 15 191.7
99 7 5 9 10 16 191.1
100 8 5 9 10 1 190.5
1–6 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

101 8 5 9 10 2 189.8
102 8 5 9 10 3 189.2
103 8 5 9 10 4 188.6
104 8 5 9 10 5 188.0
105 8 5 9 10 6 187.4
106 8 5 9 10 7 186.8
107 8 5 9 10 8 186.2
108 8 5 9 10 9 185.5
109 8 5 9 10 10 184.9
110 8 5 9 10 11 184.3
111 8 5 9 10 12 183.7
112 8 5 9 10 13 183.1
113 8 5 9 10 14 182.5
114 8 5 9 10 15 181.8
115 8 5 9 10 16 181.2
116 9 6 11 12 1 180.6
117 9 6 11 12 2 180.0
118 9 6 11 12 3 179.4
119 9 6 11 12 4 178.7
120 9 6 11 12 5 178.1
121 9 6 11 12 6 177.5
122 9 6 11 12 7 176.9
123 9 6 11 12 8 176.3
124 9 6 11 12 9 175.6
125 9 6 11 12 10 175.0
126 9 6 11 12 11 174.4
127 9 6 11 12 12 173.8
128 9 6 11 12 13 173.2
129 9 6 11 12 14 172.5
130 9 6 11 12 15 171.9
131 9 6 11 12 16 171.3
132 10 6 11 12 1 170.7
133 10 6 11 12 2 170.1
134 10 6 11 12 3 169.4
135 10 6 11 12 4 168.8
136 10 6 11 12 5 168.2
137 10 6 11 12 6 167.6
138 10 6 11 12 7 166.9
139 10 6 11 12 8 166.3
140 10 6 11 12 9 165.7
141 10 6 11 12 10 165.1
142 10 6 11 12 11 164.4
143 10 6 11 12 12 163.8
144 10 6 11 12 13 163.2
145 10 6 11 12 14 162.6
146 10 6 11 12 15 161.9
147 10 6 11 12 16 161.3
148 11 7 13 14 1 160.7
149 11 7 13 14 2 160.1
150 11 7 13 14 3 159.4
1–7 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

151 11 7 13 14 4 158.8
152 11 7 13 14 5 158.2
153 11 7 13 14 6 157.5
154 11 7 13 14 7 156.9
155 11 7 13 14 8 156.3
156 11 7 13 14 9 155.7
157 11 7 13 14 10 155.0
158 11 7 13 14 11 154.4
159 11 7 13 14 12 153.8
160 11 7 13 14 13 153.2
161 11 7 13 14 14 152.5
162 11 7 13 14 15 151.9
163 11 7 13 14 16 151.3
164 12 7 13 14 1 150.6
165 12 7 13 14 2 150.0
166 12 7 13 14 3 149.4
167 12 7 13 14 4 148.7
168 12 7 13 14 5 148.1
169 12 7 13 14 6 147.5
170 12 7 13 14 7 146.9
171 12 7 13 14 8 146.2
172 12 7 13 14 9 145.6
173 12 7 13 14 10 145.0
174 12 7 13 14 11 144.3
175 12 7 13 14 12 143.7
176 12 7 13 14 13 143.1
177 12 7 13 14 14 142.4
178 12 7 13 14 15 141.8
179 12 7 13 14 16 141.2
180 13 8 15 16 1 140.5
181 13 8 15 16 2 139.9
182 13 8 15 16 3 139.3
183 13 8 15 16 4 138.6
184 13 8 15 16 5 138.0
185 13 8 15 16 6 137.4
186 13 8 15 16 7 136.7
187 13 8 15 16 8 136.1
188 13 8 15 16 9 135.5
189 13 8 15 16 10 134.8
190 13 8 15 16 11 134.2
191 13 8 15 16 12 133.5
192 13 8 15 16 13 132.9
193 13 8 15 16 14 132.3
194 13 8 15 16 15 131.6
195 13 8 15 16 16 131.0
196 14 8 15 16 1 130.4
197 14 8 15 16 2 129.7
198 14 8 15 16 3 129.1
199 14 8 15 16 4 128.5
200 14 8 15 16 5 127.8
1–8 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

201 14 8 15 16 6 127.2
202 14 8 15 16 7 126.5
203 14 8 15 16 8 125.9
204 14 8 15 16 9 125.3
205 14 8 15 16 10 124.6
206 14 8 15 16 11 124.0
207 14 8 15 16 12 123.4
208 14 8 15 16 13 122.7
209 14 8 15 16 14 122.1
210 14 8 15 16 15 121.4
211 14 8 15 16 16 120.8
212 15 9 17 18 1 120.2
213 15 9 17 18 2 119.5
214 15 9 17 18 3 118.9
215 15 9 17 18 4 118.2
216 15 9 17 18 5 117.6
217 15 9 17 18 6 117.0
218 15 9 17 18 7 116.3
219 15 9 17 18 8 115.7
220 15 9 17 18 9 115.0
221 15 9 17 18 10 114.4
222 15 9 17 18 11 113.8
223 15 9 17 18 12 113.1
224 15 9 17 18 13 112.5
225 15 9 17 18 14 111.8
226 15 9 17 18 15 111.2
227 15 9 17 18 16 110.5
228 16 9 17 18 1 109.9
229 16 9 17 18 2 109.3
230 16 9 17 18 3 108.6
231 16 9 17 18 4 108.0
232 16 9 17 18 5 107.3
233 16 9 17 18 6 106.7
234 16 9 17 18 7 106.0
235 16 9 17 18 8 105.4
236 16 9 17 18 9 104.8
237 16 9 17 18 10 104.1
238 16 9 17 18 11 103.5
239 16 9 17 18 12 102.8
240 16 9 17 18 13 102.2
241 16 9 17 18 14 101.5
242 16 9 17 18 15 100.9
243 16 9 17 18 16 100.3
244 17 10 19 20 1 99.6
245 17 10 19 20 2 99.0
246 17 10 19 20 3 98.3
247 17 10 19 20 4 97.7
248 17 10 19 20 5 97.0
249 17 10 19 20 6 96.4
250 17 10 19 20 7 95.7
1–9 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

251 17 10 19 20 8 95.1
252 17 10 19 20 9 94.4
253 17 10 19 20 10 93.8
254 17 10 19 20 11 93.2
255 17 10 19 20 12 92.5
256 17 10 19 20 13 91.9
257 17 10 19 20 14 91.2
258 17 10 19 20 15 90.6
259 17 10 19 20 16 89.9
260 18 10 19 20 1 89.3
261 18 10 19 20 2 88.6
262 18 10 19 20 3 88.0
263 18 10 19 20 4 87.3
264 18 10 19 20 5 86.7
265 18 10 19 20 6 86.0
266 18 10 19 20 7 85.4
267 18 10 19 20 8 84.7
268 18 10 19 20 9 84.1
269 18 10 19 20 10 83.5
270 18 10 19 20 11 82.8
271 18 10 19 20 12 82.2
272 18 10 19 20 13 81.5
273 18 10 19 20 14 80.9
274 18 10 19 20 15 80.2
275 18 10 19 20 16 79.6
276 19 11 21 22 1 78.9
277 19 11 21 22 2 78.3
278 19 11 21 22 3 77.6
279 19 11 21 22 4 77.0
280 19 11 21 22 5 76.3
281 19 11 21 22 6 75.7
282 19 11 21 22 7 75.0
283 19 11 21 22 8 74.4
284 19 11 21 22 9 73.7
285 19 11 21 22 10 73.1
286 19 11 21 22 11 72.4
287 19 11 21 22 12 71.8
288 19 11 21 22 13 71.1
289 19 11 21 22 14 70.5
290 19 11 21 22 15 69.8
291 19 11 21 22 16 69.2
292 20 11 21 22 1 68.5
293 20 11 21 22 2 67.9
294 20 11 21 22 3 67.2
295 20 11 21 22 4 66.6
296 20 11 21 22 5 65.9
297 20 11 21 22 6 65.3
298 20 11 21 22 7 64.6
299 20 11 21 22 8 64.0
300 20 11 21 22 9 63.3
1–10 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

301 20 11 21 22 10 62.7
302 20 11 21 22 11 62.0
303 20 11 21 22 12 61.4
304 20 11 21 22 13 60.7
305 20 11 21 22 14 60.1
306 20 11 21 22 15 59.4
307 20 11 21 22 16 58.7
308 21 12 23 24 1 58.1
309 21 12 23 24 2 57.4
310 21 12 23 24 3 56.8
311 21 12 23 24 4 56.1
312 21 12 23 24 5 55.5
313 21 12 23 24 6 54.8
314 21 12 23 24 7 54.2
315 21 12 23 24 8 53.5
316 21 12 23 24 9 52.9
317 21 12 23 24 10 52.2
318 21 12 23 24 11 51.6
319 21 12 23 24 12 50.9
320 21 12 23 24 13 50.3
321 21 12 23 24 14 49.6
322 21 12 23 24 15 49.0
323 21 12 23 24 16 48.3
324 22 12 23 24 1 47.7
325 22 12 23 24 2 47.0
326 22 12 23 24 3 46.3
327 22 12 23 24 4 45.7
328 22 12 23 24 5 45.0
329 22 12 23 24 6 44.4
330 22 12 23 24 7 43.7
331 22 12 23 24 8 43.1
332 22 12 23 24 9 42.4
333 22 12 23 24 10 41.8
334 22 12 23 24 11 41.1
335 22 12 23 24 12 40.5
336 22 12 23 24 13 39.8
337 22 12 23 24 14 39.2
338 22 12 23 24 15 38.5
339 22 12 23 24 16 37.8
340 23 13 25 26 1 37.2
341 23 13 25 26 2 36.5
342 23 13 25 26 3 35.9
343 23 13 25 26 4 35.2
344 23 13 25 26 5 34.6
345 23 13 25 26 6 33.9
346 23 13 25 26 7 33.3
347 23 13 25 26 8 32.6
348 23 13 25 26 9 32.0
349 23 13 25 26 10 31.3
350 23 13 25 26 11 30.6
1–11 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

351 23 13 25 26 12 30.0
352 23 13 25 26 13 29.3
353 23 13 25 26 14 28.7
354 23 13 25 26 15 28.0
355 23 13 25 26 16 27.4
356 24 13 25 26 1 26.7
357 24 13 25 26 2 26.1
358 24 13 25 26 3 25.4
359 24 13 25 26 4 24.8
360 24 13 25 26 5 24.1
361 24 13 25 26 6 23.4
362 24 13 25 26 7 22.8
363 24 13 25 26 8 22.1
364 24 13 25 26 9 21.5
365 24 13 25 26 10 20.8
366 24 13 25 26 11 20.2
367 24 13 25 26 12 19.5
368 24 13 25 26 13 18.9
369 24 13 25 26 14 18.2
370 24 13 25 26 15 17.5
371 24 13 25 26 16 16.9
372 25 14 27 28 1 16.2
373 25 14 27 28 2 15.6
374 25 14 27 28 3 14.9
375 25 14 27 28 4 14.3
376 25 14 27 28 5 13.6
377 25 14 27 28 6 13.0
378 25 14 27 28 7 12.3
379 25 14 27 28 8 11.6
380 25 14 27 28 9 11.0
381 25 14 27 28 10 10.3
382 25 14 27 28 11 9.7
383 25 14 27 28 12 9.0
384 25 14 27 28 13 8.4
385 25 14 27 28 14 7.7
386 25 14 27 28 15 7.1
387 25 14 27 28 16 6.4
388 26 14 27 28 1 5.7
389 26 14 27 28 2 5.1
390 26 14 27 28 3 4.4
391 26 14 27 28 4 3.8
392 26 14 27 28 5 3.1
393 26 14 27 28 6 2.5
394 26 14 27 28 7 1.8
395 26 14 27 28 8 1.1
396 26 14 27 28 9 0.5
397 26 14 27 28 10 0.2
398 26 14 27 28 11 0.8
399 26 14 27 28 12 1.5
400 26 14 27 28 13 2.1
1–12 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

401 26 14 27 28 14 2.8
402 26 14 27 28 15 3.4
403 26 14 27 28 16 4.1
404 27 15 29 30 1 4.8
405 27 15 29 30 2 5.4
406 27 15 29 30 3 6.1
407 27 15 29 30 4 6.7
408 27 15 29 30 5 7.4
409 27 15 29 30 6 8.0
410 27 15 29 30 7 8.7
411 27 15 29 30 8 9.3
412 27 15 29 30 9 10.0
413 27 15 29 30 10 10.7
414 27 15 29 30 11 11.3
415 27 15 29 30 12 12.0
416 27 15 29 30 13 12.6
417 27 15 29 30 14 13.3
418 27 15 29 30 15 13.9
419 27 15 29 30 16 14.6
420 28 15 29 30 1 15.2
421 28 15 29 30 2 15.9
422 28 15 29 30 3 16.6
423 28 15 29 30 4 17.2
424 28 15 29 30 5 17.9
425 28 15 29 30 6 18.5
426 28 15 29 30 7 19.2
427 28 15 29 30 8 19.8
428 28 15 29 30 9 20.5
429 28 15 29 30 10 21.1
430 28 15 29 30 11 21.8
431 28 15 29 30 12 22.5
432 28 15 29 30 13 23.1
433 28 15 29 30 14 23.8
434 28 15 29 30 15 24.4
435 28 15 29 30 16 25.1
436 29 16 31 32 1 25.7
437 29 16 31 32 2 26.4
438 29 16 31 32 3 27.0
439 29 16 31 32 4 27.7
440 29 16 31 32 5 28.4
441 29 16 31 32 6 29.0
442 29 16 31 32 7 29.7
443 29 16 31 32 8 30.3
444 29 16 31 32 9 31.0
445 29 16 31 32 10 31.6
446 29 16 31 32 11 32.3
447 29 16 31 32 12 32.9
448 29 16 31 32 13 33.6
449 29 16 31 32 14 34.2
450 29 16 31 32 15 34.9
1–13 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

451 29 16 31 32 16 35.6
452 30 16 31 32 1 36.2
453 30 16 31 32 2 36.9
454 30 16 31 32 3 37.5
455 30 16 31 32 4 38.2
456 30 16 31 32 5 38.8
457 30 16 31 32 6 39.5
458 30 16 31 32 7 40.1
459 30 16 31 32 8 40.8
460 30 16 31 32 9 41.4
461 30 16 31 32 10 42.1
462 30 16 31 32 11 42.8
463 30 16 31 32 12 43.4
464 30 16 31 32 13 44.1
465 30 16 31 32 14 44.7
466 30 16 31 32 15 45.4
467 30 16 31 32 16 46.0
468 31 17 33 34 1 46.7
469 31 17 33 34 2 47.3
470 31 17 33 34 3 48.0
471 31 17 33 34 4 48.6
472 31 17 33 34 5 49.3
473 31 17 33 34 6 49.9
474 31 17 33 34 7 50.6
475 31 17 33 34 8 51.2
476 31 17 33 34 9 51.9
477 31 17 33 34 10 52.5
478 31 17 33 34 11 53.2
479 31 17 33 34 12 53.9
480 31 17 33 34 13 54.5
481 31 17 33 34 14 55.2
482 31 17 33 34 15 55.8
483 31 17 33 34 16 56.5
484 32 17 33 34 1 57.1
485 32 17 33 34 2 57.8
486 32 17 33 34 3 58.4
487 32 17 33 34 4 59.1
488 32 17 33 34 5 59.7
489 32 17 33 34 6 60.4
490 32 17 33 34 7 61.0
491 32 17 33 34 8 61.7
492 32 17 33 34 9 62.3
493 32 17 33 34 10 63.0
494 32 17 33 34 11 63.6
495 32 17 33 34 12 64.3
496 32 17 33 34 13 64.9
497 32 17 33 34 14 65.6
498 32 17 33 34 15 66.2
499 32 17 33 34 16 66.9
500 33 18 35 36 1 67.5
1–14 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

501 33 18 35 36 2 68.2
502 33 18 35 36 3 68.8
503 33 18 35 36 4 69.5
504 33 18 35 36 5 70.1
505 33 18 35 36 6 70.8
506 33 18 35 36 7 71.4
507 33 18 35 36 8 72.1
508 33 18 35 36 9 72.7
509 33 18 35 36 10 73.4
510 33 18 35 36 11 74.0
511 33 18 35 36 12 74.7
512 33 18 35 36 13 75.3
513 33 18 35 36 14 76.0
514 33 18 35 36 15 76.6
515 33 18 35 36 16 77.3
516 34 18 35 36 1 77.9
517 34 18 35 36 2 78.6
518 34 18 35 36 3 79.2
519 34 18 35 36 4 79.9
520 34 18 35 36 5 80.5
521 34 18 35 36 6 81.2
522 34 18 35 36 7 81.8
523 34 18 35 36 8 82.5
524 34 18 35 36 9 83.1
525 34 18 35 36 10 83.8
526 34 18 35 36 11 84.4
527 34 18 35 36 12 85.1
528 34 18 35 36 13 85.7
529 34 18 35 36 14 86.4
530 34 18 35 36 15 87.0
531 34 18 35 36 16 87.7
532 35 19 37 38 1 88.3
533 35 19 37 38 2 89.0
534 35 19 37 38 3 89.6
535 35 19 37 38 4 90.2
536 35 19 37 38 5 90.9
537 35 19 37 38 6 91.5
538 35 19 37 38 7 92.2
539 35 19 37 38 8 92.8
540 35 19 37 38 9 93.5
541 35 19 37 38 10 94.1
542 35 19 37 38 11 94.8
543 35 19 37 38 12 95.4
544 35 19 37 38 13 96.1
545 35 19 37 38 14 96.7
546 35 19 37 38 15 97.4
547 35 19 37 38 16 98.0
548 36 19 37 38 1 98.6
549 36 19 37 38 2 99.3
550 36 19 37 38 3 99.9
1–15 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

551 36 19 37 38 4 100.6
552 36 19 37 38 5 101.2
553 36 19 37 38 6 101.9
554 36 19 37 38 7 102.5
555 36 19 37 38 8 103.2
556 36 19 37 38 9 103.8
557 36 19 37 38 10 104.4
558 36 19 37 38 11 105.1
559 36 19 37 38 12 105.7
560 36 19 37 38 13 106.4
561 36 19 37 38 14 107.0
562 36 19 37 38 15 107.7
563 36 19 37 38 16 108.3
564 37 20 39 40 1 108.9
565 37 20 39 40 2 109.6
566 37 20 39 40 3 110.2
567 37 20 39 40 4 110.9
568 37 20 39 40 5 111.5
569 37 20 39 40 6 112.2
570 37 20 39 40 7 112.8
571 37 20 39 40 8 113.4
572 37 20 39 40 9 114.1
573 37 20 39 40 10 114.7
574 37 20 39 40 11 115.4
575 37 20 39 40 12 116.0
576 37 20 39 40 13 116.6
577 37 20 39 40 14 117.3
578 37 20 39 40 15 117.9
579 37 20 39 40 16 118.6
580 38 20 39 40 1 119.2
581 38 20 39 40 2 119.8
582 38 20 39 40 3 120.5
583 38 20 39 40 4 121.1
584 38 20 39 40 5 121.8
585 38 20 39 40 6 122.4
586 38 20 39 40 7 123.0
587 38 20 39 40 8 123.7
588 38 20 39 40 9 124.3
589 38 20 39 40 10 125.0
590 38 20 39 40 11 125.6
591 38 20 39 40 12 126.2
592 38 20 39 40 13 126.9
593 38 20 39 40 14 127.5
594 38 20 39 40 15 128.1
595 38 20 39 40 16 128.8
596 39 21 41 42 1 129.4
597 39 21 41 42 2 130.0
598 39 21 41 42 3 130.7
599 39 21 41 42 4 131.3
600 39 21 41 42 5 132.0
1–16 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

601 39 21 41 42 6 123.6
602 39 21 41 42 7 133.2
603 39 21 41 42 8 133.9
604 39 21 41 42 9 134.5
605 39 21 41 42 10 135.1
606 39 21 41 42 11 135.8
607 39 21 41 42 12 136.4
608 39 21 41 42 13 137.0
609 39 21 41 42 14 137.7
610 39 21 41 42 15 138.3
611 39 21 41 42 16 138.9
612 40 21 41 42 1 139.6
613 40 21 41 42 2 140.2
614 40 21 41 42 3 140.8
615 40 21 41 42 4 141.5
616 40 21 41 42 5 142.1
617 40 21 41 42 6 142.7
618 40 21 41 42 7 143.4
619 40 21 41 42 8 144.0
620 40 21 41 42 9 144.6
621 40 21 41 42 10 145.3
622 40 21 41 42 11 145.9
623 40 21 41 42 12 146.5
624 40 21 41 42 13 147.2
625 40 21 41 42 14 147.8
626 40 21 41 42 15 148.4
627 40 21 41 42 16 149.1
628 41 22 43 44 1 149.7
629 41 22 43 44 2 150.3
630 41 22 43 44 3 150.9
631 41 22 43 44 4 151.6
632 41 22 43 44 5 152.2
633 41 22 43 44 6 152.8
634 41 22 43 44 7 153.5
635 41 22 43 44 8 154.1
636 41 22 43 44 9 154.7
637 41 22 43 44 10 155.4
638 41 22 43 44 11 156.0
639 41 22 43 44 12 156.6
640 41 22 43 44 13 157.2
641 41 22 43 44 14 157.9
642 41 22 43 44 15 158.5
643 41 22 43 44 16 159.1
644 42 22 43 44 1 159.7
645 42 22 43 44 2 160.4
646 42 22 43 44 3 161.0
647 42 22 43 44 4 161.6
648 42 22 43 44 5 162.2
649 42 22 43 44 6 162.9
650 42 22 43 44 7 163.5
1–17 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

651 42 22 43 44 8 164.1
652 42 22 43 44 9 164.7
653 42 22 43 44 10 165.4
654 42 22 43 44 11 166.0
655 42 22 43 44 12 166.6
656 42 22 43 44 13 167.2
657 42 22 43 44 14 167.9
658 42 22 43 44 15 168.5
659 42 22 43 44 16 169.1
660 43 23 45 46 1 169.7
661 43 23 45 46 2 170.4
662 43 23 45 46 3 171.0
663 43 23 45 46 4 171.6
664 43 23 45 46 5 172.2
665 43 23 45 46 6 172.8
666 43 23 45 46 7 173.5
667 43 23 45 46 8 174.1
668 43 23 45 46 9 174.7
669 43 23 45 46 10 175.3
670 43 23 45 46 11 176.0
671 43 23 45 46 12 176.6
672 43 23 45 46 13 177.2
673 43 23 45 46 14 177.8
674 43 23 45 46 15 178.4
675 43 23 45 46 16 179.1
676 44 23 45 46 1 179.7
677 44 23 45 46 2 180.3
678 44 23 45 46 3 180.9
679 44 23 45 46 4 181.5
680 44 23 45 46 5 182.1
681 44 23 45 46 6 182.8
682 44 23 45 46 7 183.4
683 44 23 45 46 8 184.0
684 44 23 45 46 9 184.6
685 44 23 45 46 10 185.2
686 44 23 45 46 11 185.8
687 44 23 45 46 12 186.5
688 44 23 45 46 13 187.1
689 44 23 45 46 14 187.7
690 44 23 45 46 15 188.3
691 44 23 45 46 16 188.9
692 45 24 47 48 1 189.5
693 45 24 47 48 2 190.1
694 45 24 47 48 3 190.8
695 45 24 47 48 4 191.4
696 45 24 47 48 5 192.0
697 45 24 47 48 6 192.6
698 45 24 47 48 7 193.2
699 45 24 47 48 8 193.8
700 45 24 47 48 9 194.4
1–18 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

701 45 24 47 48 10 195.1
702 45 24 47 48 11 195.7
703 45 24 47 48 12 196.3
704 45 24 47 48 13 196.9
705 45 24 47 48 14 197.5
706 45 24 47 48 15 198.1
707 45 24 47 48 16 198.7
708 46 24 47 48 1 199.3
709 46 24 47 48 2 199.9
710 46 24 47 48 3 200.5
711 46 24 47 48 4 201.2
712 46 24 47 48 5 201.8
713 46 24 47 48 6 202.4
714 46 24 47 48 7 203.0
715 46 24 47 48 8 203.6
716 46 24 47 48 9 204.2
717 46 24 47 48 10 204.8
718 46 24 47 48 11 205.4
719 46 24 47 48 12 206.0
720 46 24 47 48 13 206.6
721 46 24 47 48 14 207.2
722 46 24 47 48 15 207.8
723 46 24 47 48 16 208.4
724 47 25 49 50 1 209.0
725 47 25 49 50 2 209.6
726 47 25 49 50 3 210.3
727 47 25 49 50 4 210.9
728 47 25 49 50 5 211.5
729 47 25 49 50 6 212.1
730 47 25 49 50 7 212.7
731 47 25 49 50 8 213.3
732 47 25 49 50 9 213.9
733 47 25 49 50 10 214.5
734 47 25 49 50 11 215.1
735 47 25 49 50 12 215.7
736 47 25 49 50 13 216.3
737 47 25 49 50 14 216.9
738 47 25 49 50 15 217.5
739 47 25 49 50 16 218.1
740 48 25 49 50 1 218.7
741 48 25 49 50 2 219.3
742 48 25 49 50 3 219.9
743 48 25 49 50 4 220.5
744 48 25 49 50 5 221.1
745 48 25 49 50 6 221.7
746 48 25 49 50 7 222.3
747 48 25 49 50 8 222.9
748 48 25 49 50 9 223.5
749 48 25 49 50 10 224.1
750 48 25 49 50 11 224.7
1–19 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

751 48 25 49 50 12 225.3
752 48 25 49 50 13 225.9
753 48 25 49 50 14 226.5
754 48 25 49 50 15 227.0
755 48 25 49 50 16 227.6
756 49 26 51 52 1 228.2
757 49 26 51 52 2 228.8
758 49 26 51 52 3 229.4
759 49 26 51 52 4 230.0
760 49 26 51 52 5 230.6
761 49 26 51 52 6 231.2
762 49 26 51 52 7 231.8
763 49 26 51 52 8 232.4
764 49 26 51 52 9 233.0
765 49 26 51 52 10 233.6
766 49 26 51 52 11 234.2
767 49 26 51 52 12 234.8
768 49 26 51 52 13 235.4
769 49 26 51 52 14 235.9
770 49 26 51 52 15 236.5
771 49 26 51 52 16 237.1
772 50 26 51 52 1 237.7
773 50 26 51 52 2 238.3
774 50 26 51 52 3 238.9
775 50 26 51 52 4 239.5
776 50 26 51 52 5 240.1
777 50 26 51 52 6 240.7
778 50 26 51 52 7 241.2
779 50 26 51 52 8 241.8
780 50 26 51 52 9 242.4
781 50 26 51 52 10 243.0
782 50 26 51 52 11 243.6
783 50 26 51 52 12 244.2
784 50 26 51 52 13 244.8
785 50 26 51 52 14 245.3
786 50 26 51 52 15 245.9
787 50 26 51 52 16 246.5
788 51 27 53 54 1 247.1
789 51 27 53 54 2 247.7
790 51 27 53 54 3 248.3
791 51 27 53 54 4 248.8
792 51 27 53 54 5 249.4
793 51 27 53 54 6 250.0
1–20 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 5 2202119
Table 2–1 CIF Board LED Description
LED Description
DS1 – 8 Blinks while the microprocessor is normally operating (not hung–up).
(8 LEDs)
Illustration 2–1 CIF Board
DS1 – 8 (8 LEDs)
2–1 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119
2–2 DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
X–RAY GENERATOR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE

1-1 KV MEASURE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–1
1-1-1 Illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–1
1-2 FILAMENT BOARD 1 INV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–2
1-2-1 Illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–2
1-3 ROTATION BOARD HIGH SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–3
1-3-1 Illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–3
1-3-2 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–4
1-4 LV POWER SUPPLY 3 PH BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–5
1-4-1 Illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–5
1-5 GATE COMMAND BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–6
1-5-1 Illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–6
1-6 DUAL SNUB BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–7
1-6-1 Illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–7
1-7 IF BOARD NP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–8
1-8 KV CONTROL BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–9
1-8-1 Illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–9
1-8-2 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–10
1-9 AC/DC THREE PHASE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–11
1-9-1 Illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–11
SECTION 2 – ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING (NP, NP+, NP+ TWIN) 2–1
2-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1
2-2 POWER ON DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1
2-3 ERROR CODE LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–3
2-4 ERROR REPORTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–7
2-5 DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–8
2-5-1 Detailed Error Description & Troubleshooting Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–8
2-6 WARNING ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–29
2-7 OTHER FAILURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–31
2-8 HEATING FUNCTION DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–33
2-9 ROTATION FUNCTION DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–34
2-10 INVERTER GATE COMMAND DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–35
2-11 INVERTER IN SHORT CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–37
2-12 NO LOAD HV DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–40
i X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
SECTION 3 – ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING (NP++, NP++ TWIN) 3–1

3-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1
3-3 ERROR CODE LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–3
3-4 ERROR REPORTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–8
3-4-1 NP Generator Error Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–8
3-4-2 Tiger Generator Error Reporting (not for NP++ and Ebisu systems) . . . . . . 3–8
3-5 DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–9
3-5-1-1 Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–10
3-6 WARNING ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–32
3-7 OTHER FAILURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–34
3-8 HEATING WITHOUT HV NOR ROTATION DIAGNOSTIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–35
3-9 ROTATION WITHOUT HV NOR FILAMENT DIAGNOSTIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–36
3-10 HV POWER DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–38
3-10-1 Inverter Gate Command Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–38
3-10-2 Inverter in Short Circuit Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–40
3-10-3 No Load HV Diagnostic without Anode Rotation nor Filament Heating . . . . 3–43
3-11 TROUBLESHOOTING AIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–45
SECTION 4 – ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING

(FOR P5.4 OR LATER JEDI SOFTWARE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–1
4-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–1
4-3 ERROR CODE LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–3
4-4 ERROR REPORTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–8
4-4-1 NP Generator Error Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–8
4-4-2 Tiger Generator Error Reporting (not for NP++ and Ebisu systems) . . . . . . 4–8
4-5 DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–9
4-5-1-1 Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–10
4-6 WARNING ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–33
4-7 OTHER FAILURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–35
4-8 HEATING WITHOUT HV NOR ROTATION DIAGNOSTIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–36
4-9 ROTATION WITHOUT HV NOR FILAMENT DIAGNOSTIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–37
4-10 HV POWER DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–39
4-10-1 Inverter Gate Command Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–39
4-10-2 Inverter in Short Circuit Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–41
4-10-3 No Load HV Diagnostic without Anode Rotation nor Filament Heating . . . . 4–45
4-11 TROUBLESHOOTING AIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–47
ii X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
1-1 KV MEASURE BOARD
1-1-1 Illustration
CAUTION
This board forms part of the oil seal of the High Voltage Tank. It can only be
removed at the factory. The Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) is the complete HV
Tank.
LF
C
SF
1–1 X–RAY GENERATOR

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
1-2 FILAMENT BOARD 1 INV
1-2-1 Illustration
HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL INDICATOR DS3 GOES

DANGER
OUT.
DC
160v LF Common
SF
DS3 – Green – +160v

DC present
160v DS4 – Yellow – Inverter

DC Output Running
0
SF_LF – Yellow – Small ON – Yellow – Invert-

Focus / Large Focus er Command ON
Relay Feedback
RST – Red – Board being
reset or powered up
DS2 – Yellow – Status

LED
DS1 – Yellow – Status

LED

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
1-3 ROTATION BOARD HIGH SPEED
1-3-1 Illustration
HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL INDICATOR DS6 AND

DANGER
DS7 (NEON–ORANGE) GO OUT.
Auxiliary
DC bus Common
Main
DS6
DC bus

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
1-3-2 Indicators
INDICATOR COLOR INDICATES:

RESET Red BOARD BEING RESET OR POWERED UP
INV_ON Yellow THE INVERTER IS RUNNING
DS1 Green PRESENCE OF +15 V SUPPLY
DS2 Green PRESENCE OF –15 V SUPPLY
DS3 Green PRESENCE OF +5 V SUPPLY
DS4–DS5 Yellow BOARD STATUS
DS6 Neon (orange) FAN VAC POWER SUPPLY PRESENT
DS7 Neon (orange) DC BUS PRESENT

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
1-4 LV POWER SUPPLY 3 PH BOARD
1-4-1 Illustration
HIGH VOLTAGE AND HOT SURFACE: DO NOT TOUCH BOARD UNTIL

DANGER
INDICATOR NE1 (NEON – ORANGE) GOES OUT.
NE1 – Orange – indicates presence of DC Bus

+ 400
DC bus
– 400
160V
DC
0
DS2 – Green – 160 VDC
DS1 – Red – Mains Drop

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
1-5 GATE COMMAND BOARD
1-5-1 Illustration
HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT TOUCH BOARD UNTIL DS300 ON THIS BOARD AND
DANGER
DS1 ON DUAL SNUB BOARD ARE OUT.
CAUTION
Hot surface on transformer T300 and heat sink.
DS300
DC bus DS300 – Neon (Orange) –
Presence of voltage on DC
bus for Flyback Converter to
create power supplies for
both Gate Commands
DS200 – Yellow – High

IGBT* (Q200) Gate Com-
DS200
mand running
DS201 – Green – Presence

DS201
DS202
of +20 V Supply on high

IGBT* Gate Command DS202 – Green – Pres-
ence of –10 V Supply on
high IGBT* Gate Com-
mand
Inverter
ILP
current
feedback
ILR
DS100 –Yellow–Low IGBT*

(Q100) Gate Command run-
DS100
ning
DS102
DS101
DS101 – Green – Presence of DS102 – Green – Pres-

+20 V Supply on low IGBT* ence of –10 V Supply on
Gate Command low IGBT* Gate Command
* Insulated Gate
Bipolar Transistor

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
1-6 DUAL SNUB BOARD
1-6-1 Illustration
HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL INDICATOR DS1 (NEON

DANGER
– ORANGE) GOES OUT.
DS1 – Neon (Orange) – Indicates presence of voltage on DC Bus

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
1-7 IF BOARD NP
Service
Laptop
System I/F
System I/F

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
1-8 KV CONTROL BOARD
1-8-1 Illustration

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
1-8-2 Indicators
INDICATOR COLOR INDICATES:

CONF Red FIELD PROGRAMMABLE GATE ARRAY (FPGA)
CONFIGURATION NOT ACCOMPLISHED
OK Yellow INVERTER GATE POWER SUPPLY OK
TX_TAV Yellow TRANSMIT TO SERVICE LAPTOP
RX_TAV Yellow RECEIVE FROM SERVICE LAPTOP
T_CAN_X Yellow SYSTEM CAN BUS TRANSMIT
R_CAN_X Yellow SYSTEM CAN BUS RECEIVE
HALT Red MICROPROCESSOR HALTED
RESET Red BOARD BEING RESET
S0 TO S7 Yellow STATUS LED
IN APPLICATION MODE THESE LEDS FLASH IN
SEQUENCE CONTINUOUSLY
DS1 Green –15V SUPPLY
DS2 Green +15V SUPPLY

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 11 2202119
1-9 AC/DC THREE PHASE BOARD
1-9-1 Illustration
HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL DS1 (NEON – ORANGE)
DANGER
GOES OUT.
CAUTION
Some components on this board can become very hot.
DC Bus to inverter DC Bus out
F1 – Fuse –
DS1 – Neon Protects (on DC Bus):
(Orange) – Indi- LV Power Supply 3 Phase Board
cates presence Rotor Board High Speed
of voltage on the Gate Command Board
DC Bus. Type: 15 A, 600 VDC

CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
SECTION 2 – ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS &

TROUBLESHOOTING (NP, NP+, NP+ Twin)
Note
This section is used for NP, NP+, and NP+ Twin systems. However, for the p5.4 or later JEDI soft-
ware, use Section 4 (ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING (for p5.4 or later JEDI
Software)).
For NP++ and NP++ Twin systems, use Section 3 (ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOT-
ING (NP++, NP++ Twin)).
2-1 INTRODUCTION
This diagnostics section is to introduce the JEDI generator with the following information:
Power–On diagnostics LED indication.
List all the potential error codes that can be issued by JEDI Generator.
Provide error code explanation, potential cause and recommended action.
List of diagnostics aids and explanation of diagnostics.
2-2 POWER ON DIAGNOSTICS

Refer to theory of operation for power–on sequence. This paragraph in this section is to provide
meaning of boards’ LED status. The LED display status is offering useful information at a glance to
proceed to error code based troubleshooting. Whenever in doubt, a simple step is to watch the LED
status display on the kV control board, than the Rotation and Heater.
kV control LED status:

– During Power On Diagnostics : kV control board
S0..................S7

S0.........................S7
⊗⊗⊗⊗⊗⊗⊗
The 8 LED’s (S0...S7) are lit successively in both directions (as indicated by the arrows): the power up
diagnostics are completed, kV control board is up and running.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
S0.....................S7
⊗⊗⊗⊗
One out of two is lit: Data base checksum problem. An error code is logged. Refer to error code
description.
S0.........................S7
⊗⊗
S7, S6, S5 are lit along with either S0 or S1 or S2 (depending of the type of FPGA down One out of
two is lit: Data base checksum problem. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.
– When an application error occurs (Not PRD)
⊗⊗⊗⊗k ⊗k ⊗
The simplified error code is displayed on the Leds. They blink; when the error is cleared ( by a return
to the standby mode for example ), the 8 LEDs are lit successively.
Heater board LED status: (See LED Description)

After the power on diagnostics, heater board LEDs DS1 and DS2 are lit successively. Any different
status correspond to an abnormal situation. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.
Rotation board LED status: (See LED Description)
After the power on diagnostics, rotation board LED DS5 is blinking. Any different status correspond to
an abnormal situation. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
2-3 ERROR CODE LIST
The error code list and associated short description is presented below.
simpli- Description Error Error Description

fied Class Code
error
code
30 Tube Spits 2 0301H Tube spit (kV+ and kV– dropped)
2 0302H Tube spit (kV+ has dropped)
2 0303H Tube spit (kV– has dropped)
2 0304H Tube spit (kV regulation error)
2 0305H FPGA problem (restarting safety signal)
40 Rotation Error 4 0101H No CAN message received within 5 secs

4 0102H Database not correct
4 0103H Rotation current overload
4 0104H Rotation Openload
4 0105H Rotation Phases unbalanced
4 0106H Rotation Phases error
4 0107H Rotation Inverter permanent overcurrent
4 0109H MAINS_DROP has failed
4 0110H PRD error (Z3Z4=bitmap)
4 0111H F0 main frequency problem
4 0149H Unknown Rotation error
50 Heater Error 4 0201H No CAN message received within 5 secs

4 0203H Inverter overcurrent (HW detected)
4 0204H Open circuit (HW detected)
4 0205H Inverter short circuit (HW detected)
4 0206H Filament too high for Pre–heat
4 0207H Filament current too high
4 0208H Filament too hot
4 0210H Current over estimated (short circuit)
4 0211H Current under estimated (open circuit)
4 0212H MAINS_DROP detected
4 0214H Stay too long in Boost
4 0215H Filament selection error
4 0216H current feedback not null when inverter off
4 0221H Filament database tube 1 error
0222H Filament database tube 2 error
4 0248H Unknown Heater LF error
0249H Unknown Heater SF error

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
fied Class
error
code
60 Exposure er- 3 0306H No kV Feedback on anode
rors
3 0307H No kV Feedback on cathode
3 0308H No kV Feedback on anode and cathode
3 0309H kV detected during kV diag
3 0310H kV max detected
3 0311H ILP current not OK
3 0312H ILR current not OK
3 0313H ILR max current detected
3 0314H ILR current timeout
3 0316H Spit Max error
3 0317H Spit Ratio error
3 0318H kV did not reach 75% after 20ms
3 0319H kV unbalanced detected
3 0320H FPGA problem (safety signal)
3 0323H ILP and ILR currents not OK
3 0401H No mA feedback
3 0402H mA scale error
2 0403H mA accuracy exceeded 5%
3 0504H Inverter Gate Power Supply failed
3 0801H Exposure backup mAs exceeded
3 0802H Exposure backup time exceeded
3 0803H Exp cmd while gene not ready
3 1406H time counter error
3 1407H mAs counter error
3 1408H AEC counter error
3 1409H mAs meter saturated
3 1410H FPGA Locked
70 Power Supply 4 0501H DC bus out of range

errors
4 0503H Inverter Gate Power Supply error
4 0505H Mains power supply has dropped during exposure
4 0506H DC bus 1 phase precharge error
4 0507H DC bus 1 phase discharge error
4 0549H Unknown LVPS error
4 0553H Detected +160V too high
4 0557H Detected +160V too low
4 0573H Detected –15V too strong
4 0577H Detected –15V too weak

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
fied error Class
code
80 Hardware error 4 0180H Rotor board communication problem
4 0181H Rotor board has reset
4 0280H Heater board communication problem
4 0281H Heater board has reset
4 0322H kV ref ADC / DAC failed
4 0601H RTL error
4 0602H External CAN bus off
4 0902H tube Fan supply error
4 1402H Internal CAN bus off
4 1403H Connectic Fault
4 1404H FPGA configuration problem
4 1405H Tank sensor problem
90 Application er- 4 0701H Saved RAM checksum pb

rors
4 0702H Software problem
4 0704H Rotor/Heater hold too long
100 Com errors 4 0603H Debug screen com error

4 0604H Database download error
4 0605H TAV com error
4 0606H MPC/Madrid com error
4 1301H ADC Board com error
110 Thermal error 5 0804H Tank Thermal Error

5 0903H Tube exceeded 70degC
3 1454H Jedi inverter temperature too high
10 Rotor Warning 1 0151H CAN Domain command number error

1 0152H CAN Domain request with no transfer init
1 0153H CAN Domain Toggle bit error
1 0154H CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
1 0155H CAN Domain Abort received & applied
1 0156H Bad index in config upload
1 0157H Tube switch while rotor not off
1 0158H Acceleration cmd while no tube selected
1 0159H Acceleration cmd while database not OK
1 0160H Database download while rotor speeding
1 0161H Acceleration command not OK
1 0162H Rotor acceleration while in error
1 0163H No CAN message received within 4 secs
1 0164H Rotation Inverter overcurrent (< 3 times)
1 0199H Unknown rotation warning

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

fied error Class
code
20 Heater Warn- 1 0251H Received command is not OK
ing
1 0252H Heater command not OK
1 0254H Heater inverter overcurrent (inverter1) (<3 times)
1 0255H Filament open circuit (inverter1) (<3 times)
1 0256H Heater Inverter short circuit (inverter1) (<3times)
1 0257H Tube switch while filaments not OFF
1 0258H CAN Domain command number error
1 0263H Database download while heater not cut
1 0299H Unknown Heater warning
25 Low Voltage 1 0550H No more warn +160V too low or too high
Power supply
Warnings
1 0560H No more warn +15V too low or too high
1 0570H No more warn –15V too low or too high
1 0599H Unknown LVPS warning
27 Application 1 1401H Saved RAM power supply limit reached

warnings
1 0703H Watchdog reset has just occurred

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
2-4 ERROR REPORTING

Np system only gets the simplified error code from the Jedi generator.
The Np system errorlog adds to the simplified error code the following information :
D error message (refer to the Np system documentation)
D system phase : state of the system when the error occurred. Take care, the system state may be
different to the generator phase (refer to the Np system documentation)
D system time : date and time when the error occurred. Take care, the system time may be different
to the generator time
Whenever a generator error is logged in the system errorlog file and displayed on the operator
console, the Jedi errorlog upload functionality is available to get more detailed information about the
error.
This function must be performed from the operator console.
The simplified error code must be used to find the Jedi error code in the Jedi errorlog file.
Having these two information, look at the Jedi trouble shooting table to find the FRU to replace.
Error codes can also be read by connecting the laptop

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
2-5 DIAGNOSTICS
This chapter describes diagnostics tools based on error codes and specific diagnostics.
Before any manual intervention, ensure the main power is off. Apply lock
WARNING
out–tag out procedure for your own safety when manipulating inside the
equipment is required.
2-5-1 Detailed Error Description & Troubleshooting Guide

The table below provides guidelines to troubleshoot Generator problems based on error code.
For each code, there is :
– Associated message and additional explanation related to the error occurrence.
– List potential cause, in the order of expected probability.
– Recommended action, with, in some cases, link to some more information as indicated where
cases apply, such as to run some specific diagnostics.
Codes are sorted by ascending order both for simplified code and error code.
Refer to the theory of operation for error code structure.
Information about associated data structure is located at the end of each error code subset whenever
it applies.
Whenever wiring, cabling, LED check is mentioned in the recommended actions, refer to the LED
Description or to Illustration 2–1.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Errors
Tube spits detection Errors (Code 30)
Class 2 Message/explanation Potential cause Recommended action/ Trouble-

Error code shooting guide
30– Tube spit (kV+ and kV– x–ray tube spit. –If too frequent, and varies with HV,
0301H dropped) replace x–ray tube.
kV drop/spit detected Run Open load kV test. (See diag-
nostic section)
30– Tube spit (kV+ has 1. Anode side Tube spit. –Check HV cables and contacts
0302H dropped) 2. Anode HV cable –Tube problem. (Anode side)
kV drop/spit detected on 3. HV tank –Check cable by interchanging
Anode side them.
–Run Open load kV test. (See diag-
nostic section)
–Otherwise, HV tank.
30– Tube spit (kV– has 1. Cathode side Tube –Check HV cables and contacts
0303H dropped) spit. –Tube problem. (Cathode side)
kV drop/spit detected on 2. Cathode HV cable –Check cable by interchanging
cathode side 3. HV tank them.
nostic section)
–Otherwise, HV tank
30– kV regulation error 1 smooth HV tube spits –Run inverter diagnostics (See
0304H This is a slow speed safe- 2 kV control board (HV diagnostic section)
ty circuit in case of regulation problem) –Run Open load kV test. (See diag-
“smooth” spits. 3 too much line imped- nostic section)
ance –Troubleshoot tube and contacts of
4 half of AC/DC capaci- HV cable.
tors open –Check DC bus voltage.
5 Inverter (parallel induc-
tor or filtering capaci-
tors)
6 HV tank
30– Re–starting safety. (un- 1. External unknown –Do a power and Grounding Check.
0305H known reason) cause. Verify cabling and contacts.
Error occurring on safety 2. kV control board. –If permanent or too systematic,
line, while No root error replace kV control board. Report to
present at the error inputs engineering.
(Err 0301 to 0304). This is
probably due to transient
interference (Spikes).

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Anode Rotation errors (Code 40)

40– No CAN message re- 1. kV Control main soft- –Unlikely to happen. This is a debug
0101H ceived within 5 sec’s ware lost error.
The rotation board has not 2. kV control or Rotation –Retry
received any signal from board driver failure –Re initialise and retry
the kV control main soft- 3. Bad contact on one of
ware for the last 5 sec., in- the pin on the CAN bus
terpreted as a loss of line connector
communication
40– Data base not correct. 1. Wrong kV control data –Reload NVRam data base.
0102H The firmware of the rota- base. It can only happen –ultimate is to replace rotation
tion board has detected at power up. board.
that the data base re-
ceived from the kV control
board has wrong data.
40– Rotation current overload 1. Rotation board Check wiring from rotation board to
0103H Rotation board has de- 2. Rotation board capaci- tube.
tected Main or auxiliary tors If no cabling problem, run Rotation
rotation current too high 3. Wrong data base (im- diagnostic to differentiate between
compared to the max. probable) rotation board and phase shift ca-
Tube motor current. pacitors.(See diagnostic section).
40– Rotation current openload 1. Tube stator winding is Check wiring from rotation board to
0104H Rotation board detected open circuit: x–ray tube tube.
that no current is flowing 2. Incorrect wiring (Open) If no cabling problem, run Rotation
to the motor. 3. No DC bus on rotation diagnostic to differentiate between
board rotation board and phase shift ca-
4. Rotation board pacitors.(See diagnostic section).
5. Rotation board phase
capacitors
(improbable)
40– Rotation phases unbal- 1. One rotation wire – Check wiring from rotation board
0105H anced missing to tube.
The amplitude difference 2. Rotation board – If no cabling problem, run Rotation
of the current bwtween 3. Rotation board phase diagnostic to differentiate between
main and auxiliary is too capacitors inverted or rotation board and phase shift
large. wrong value capacitors. (See diagnostic section)
4. Wrong tube
configuration database
40– Rotation phase error 1. Rotation board – Check capacitors wiring.
0106H The rotation board has 2. Rotation board phase – Verify none is in short circuit. If no
detected that the current capacitors inverted or wiring problem, run Rotation
in the anode stator does wrong value diagnostic to differentiate between
not shyow the correct rotation board and phase shift
phase shift between main capacitors. (See diagnostic section)
and auxiliary.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Error code Message/explanation Potential cause Recommended action/ Trouble-

shooting guide
40– Rotation Inverter perma- 1. Rotation board –Check wiring from rotation board
0107H nent overcurrent 2. Tube stator winding in to tube.
An overcurrent has been short circuit –> x–ray –Troubleshoot tube windings
detected and 3 restart tube –Replace rotation board
have been tried unsuc- 3. Wiring incorrect
cessfully within a single (shorted)
rotation state
40– Rotation command error. No hardware failure None
0108H Rotation board has in-
formed kV control board
that the command was er-
roneous; this is a DEBUG
error.
40– MAINS_DROP has failed 1. Interference (spikes) –Do a power and grounding check.
0109H The firmware of the rota- 2. Mains drop –If systematic, replace rotation
tion board has detected 3. Cable or connector board
the mains_drop signal ac- contact in DC bus be-
tivation and transmitted tween power unit and
error to kV control auxiliary unit
4. Rotation board
40– PRD error Rotation board Replace rotation board.
0110H Firmware checksum, RAM
test and EPLD access are
performed at power up or
reset.
40– FO main frequency prob- Rotation board – Retry
0111H lem. – Replace rotation board
EPLD has not applied the
inverter start command.
40– Unknown Rotation error. Software problem – No action
0149H The main software re- – Report if too frequent.
ceived an error from rota-
tion board with no other
code assocxiated.
Associated data structure (refer to error code description section) :

PRD error :
component failure :
0001H=RAM
0002H=RAM stack
0200H=EPLD
8000H=program checksum
rotation database error :

2 bytes data, each value points to a specific parameter found as being erroneous

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
other errors :
rotation state :
0=inverter OFF
1=acceleration 0 to low speed
2=acceleration 0 to high speed
3=acceleration low speed to high
4=low speed run
5=high speed run
6=high speed to low speed brake
7=brake reverse
8=brake DC

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Filament Heater errors(Code 50)

50– No CAN message re- 1. kV Control main soft- –Unlikely to happen. This is a debug
0201H ceived within 5 sec’s ware lost error.
The Heater board has not 2. kV control or Heater –Retry
received any command board driver failure –Re initialise and retry.
from the kV control main 3. Bad contact on one of
software for the last 5 the pin on the CAN bus
sec., interpreted as a loss line connector
of communication
50– Heater inverter permanent 1. Heater board –Restart. If persistent, replace

0203H overcurrent. Heater board
Issued by the heater
board when an overcur-
rent has been detected
and 3 restarts have been
tried without success with-
in 100 ms
50– Filament permanent open 1. X–ray tube filament –Switch on the other filament:
0204H circuit. open if no error is reported, heater
Issued by the heater 2. Heater to HV tank board is working properly. Check
board when an open has cable heater board to HV Tank to tube
been detected and 3 re- 3. Cathode HV cable or connections. If OK, test with Ohm–
starts have been tried pin contacts meter HV Tank heater transformers
without success within 4. Open circuit in filament (primary and secondary) and fila-
100 ms transformer inside HV ment impedance. Order accordingly
Tank. If the same error is reported,
check the connections as above. If
all are right, replace heater board
50– Heater Inverter permanent 1. Heater board –Restart. If persistent, replace

0205H short circuit (HW limit) Heater board
board when a short circuit
has been detected and 3
restarts have been tried
without success within
100 ms
50– Filament current too high 1. Tube data base or cal- –It’s unlikely, but reload NVRam da-
0206H for “Pre–Heat” ibration tabase.
This is the result of an in- 2. Heater board –Replace heater board.
tegrated value of the RMS
current measurement on
Heater board comparison
with max. Tube value in
data base.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Error code Message/explanation Potential cause Recommended action/ Troubleshooting

guide
50– Filament current too high 1. Tube data base or cal- Same as above
0207H for “Boost” ibration
Same as above 2. Heater board
0208H for “Heat” ibration
50– Heater command error No hardware failure None
0209H Heater board has in-
formed kV control board
that the command was er-
roneous; this is a DEBUG
error.
50– Current over estimated Heater board Replace heater board
0210H fork
RMS filament current
measurement (every 0.5
msec.) on heater board is
too high
50– Current under estimated 1. Open circuit –Switch on the other filament:
0211H fork 2. Heater board if no error is reported, heater board is
RMS filament current working properly. Check heater board to
measurement (every 0.5 HV Tank to tube connections. If OK, test
m sec.) on heater board is with Ohm–meter HV Tank heater trans-
too low formers (primary and secondary) and fil-
ament impedance. Order accordingly
If the same error is reported, check
the connections as above. If all are
right, change heater board
50– MAINS_DROP detected. 1. Interference (spikes) –Do a power and grounding check.
0212H The firmware of the Heat- 2. Mains drop –If systematic, replace heater board
er board has detected the 3. Cable or connector
mains_drop signal activa- contact in DC bus be-
tion and has transmitted tween power unit and
error to kV control auxiliary unit
4. Heater board
50– PRD error 1. Heater board – Check presence of –15V : proceed to
0213H Firmware checksum, RAM 2. No –15v on Heater the recommended action discribed
test and EPLD access are board under error 70–0577H
performed at power up or – Replace heater board.
reset.
50– Boost too long on invert- May be a loss of commu- Retry.
0214H er1. nication during boost. It will probably be followed by another
Boost command stayed communication code.
longer than 400ms
50– Filament selection error. Heater board Replace heater board
0215H The relay on the Heater
board selecting the fila-
ment is in the wrong posi-
tion with respect to the
selection

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

shooting guide
50– Measured current while in- Heater board Replace heater board
0216H verter OFF
Inverter current has been
measured while the invert-
er was not commanded
50– Filament Database not 1. Wrong kV control data –Reload NVRam data base.
0221H correct base. It can only –ultimate is to replace Heater
0222H The firmware of the heater happen at power up. board.
0223H board has detected that
0224H the Received Data base
from kV control contains
erroneous data for Tube 1,
2, 3, or 4.
50– Unknown heater error Software problem. – No action

0248H The main software – Report if too frequent.
0249H received an error from
heater board with no error
code associated.
Associated data structure (refer to error code description section) :

PRD error :
component failure :
0001H=RAM
0002H=RAM stack
0200H=EPLD
Filament database error :

2 bytes bitmap ( LSByte=small focus, MSByte=large focus)
Each bit points to an erroneous parameter
other errors :
1 byte bitmap with the following structure :
bit7 (MSB) bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1 bit0 (LSB)
focus selected tube selected small focus state large focus state
0=small focus selected 1=tube 1 selected 0=inverter OFF 0=inverter OFF
1=large focus selected 2=tube 2 1=preheat 1=preheat
3=tube 3 2=boost 2=boost
4=tube 4 3=heat 3=heat

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Exposure errors (Code 60)

60– No kV feedback on anode 1. HV cable short circuit –Troubleshoot HV cables : run no
0306H side 2. HV tank load kV diagnostic along with invert-
kv measured <12kV 3. kV control board (less ing HV cables
0,5ms after start of expo- probable) If HV cables are right, replace HV
sure on anode side only Tank
60– No kV feedback on cath- 1. HV cable short circuit –Troubleshoot HV cables : run no
0307H ode side 2. HV tank load kV diagnostic along with invert-
sure on cathode side only Tank
60– No kV Feedback (on 1. HV tank –Verify flat cable connections and
0308H anode and cathode) 2. kV control board sitting between kV control and HV
kv measured <12kV tank.
0,5ms after start of expo- – Replace HV Tank
sure on both anode and
cathode.
60– kV detected during kV Improper setup before the See HV power diagnostic section.
0309H diagnostics. diagnostic is run.
KV measured during in-
verter diagnostics while no
kV must be generated.
60– kV MAX detected kV control Replace kV control board
0310H kV reached 160 kv during
exposure
60– ILP current not OK. 1. Inverter LC resonant run HV power diagnostics
0311H The current in the parallel circuit (Inverter coil
resonant circuit of the in- assy, capa inverter
verter did not rise at the assy.)
beginning of the exposure. 2. Inverter
3. kV control
60– ILR current not OK See above run HV power diagnostics
0312H The current in the serial
resonant circuit of the in-
verter did not rise at the
beginning of the exposure.
60– Inverter max. ILR current 1 Casing spit (Tube) – Check Tube
0313H detected. 2 HV tank – Check HV cable
This is a hardware detec- 3 kV control – run HV power diagnostics
tion of maximum current
in serial resonant circuit.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

60– ILR Current time out. 1. kV control run HV power diagnostics
0314H The current resonant fre- 2. Inverter
quency is lower than ex- 3. Current measurement
pected circuit.
60– Spit Max error. reasonably x–ray tube –Try again at various kV/mA to con-
0316H kV control has detected fine problem.
the number of tube spits –Troubleshoot HV section. (x–ray
during exposure has tube, cable, HV tank)
reached the limit (see –Diagnose based on tube history.
theory of operation, soft-
ware section)
60– Spit Ratio error. reasonably x–ray tube –Try again at various kV/mA to con-
0317H kV control has detected fine problem.
the rate of tube spits dur- –Troubleshoot HV section. (x–ray
ing exposure has reached tube, cable, HV tank)
the limit (see theory of op- –Diagnose based on tube history.
eration, software section)
60– kV did not reach 75% after 1. kV control Replace kV control.
0318H 20ms.
Indicates that there were
no HV ON signal gener-
ated for exposure time
count–up
60– kV unbalanced detected. 1. HV tank Replace HV tank

0319H Detects that there is more 2. KV control
than 12kV difference be-
tween kV+ and kV –
60– FPGA problem; Safety hit 1. This may be due to Do a power and Grounding Check.
0320H with unknown reason transient interference Verify cabling and contacts.
No error at the inputs (Spikes). If permanent or too systematic, re-
while checking for error 2. SW bug place kV control board.
source. Report to engineering
60– ILP and ILR current not 1. Inverter LC resonant run HV power diagnostics
0323H OK circuit. (Inverter coil
No inverter current mea- assy, capa inverter
sures at the beginning of assy.)
the exposure 2. Inverter
kV control board
60– No mA feedback 1. HV tank – Disconnect HV Tank to kV control

0401H mA measurement func- 2. kV control board flat cable and verify with an Ohm–
tion: 3. x–ray tube (filament meter the accuracy of the 5 Ohms
kV control has detected no open) resistor on the HV Tank mA mea-
mA feedback 20 ms after sure. If it is far out of range (4.9 –
the beginning of the expo- 5.1 ohm including DVM accuracy),
sure. replace HV Tank.
– Verify filament impedance
– Replace kV control board

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

shooting guide
60– mA scale error 1. kV control board – If the tube has just been replaced
0402H mA has been measured to 2. default filament cur- or installed, run following exposures
be either too low or too rents not correctly ad- until the filament correction adjusts
high with respect to mA justed the default filament drive values.
demand 20 ms after the 3. HV Tank (improbable)
* Stationary, 120 kV 30 mA,
beginning of the exposure
small focus, 1 mm x 20 times
1 sec scan 1sec ISD
small focus, 1 mm x 20 times
1 sec scan 1sec ISD
* Stationary, 80 kV 60 mA, small
focus, 1 mm x 20 times 1 sec
scan 1sec ISD
large focus, 10 mm x 20 times
1 sec scan 1sec ISD
large focus, 10 mm x 20 times
1 sec scan 1sec ISD
* Stationary, 80 kV 60 mA, large
focus, 10 mm x 20 times 1 sec
scan 1sec ISD
– If the error occurs after a while on

a system :
Disconnect HV Tank to kV control
flat cable and verify with an Ohm–
meter the accuracy of the 5 Ohms
resistor on the HV Tank mA mea-
sure. If it is out of range, replace HV
Tank else replace kV control board
60– mA accuracy exceeded 1. tube spit no action
0403H 5%
(Class 2 er- Measured mA every 50
ror) msec exceeded 5% of mA
demand.
This error is logged, but
does not stop the expo-
sure.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

shooting guide
60– Inverter Gate Power Sup- 1. Inverter (gate com- run HV power diagnostics
0504H ply error mand board)
gate supply voltage has 2. kV control board
dropped below the level 3. generator input voltage
required to drive the too low or line imped-
IGBTs properly ance too high
60– Exposure backup time ex- 1. System –Retry, changing parameters and
0802H ceeded. 2. System–generator duration
The exposure command cable – disconnect system–generator
last longer than the dura- 3. I/F board : exposure cable in different places and check
tion that was loaded by line stuck to the active exposure command line voltage
the system (Backup time + state
5%.)
60– Exp cmd while gene not 1. Inverter too hot, expo- If problem is persistent, check heat-
0803H ready. sure parameters not OK er, anode rotation and system to
generator received an ex- 2. Software problem generator preparation command to
posure command while 3. Cable / communication find the root cause for the generator
not in ready state problem not to be ready
4. External cause
(Spikes)
60– Time counter error. kV control board Replace kV control Board
1406H Error found in verifying the
counter normal operation.
60– FPGA locked. 1. Software problem If persistent, replace kV control
1410H FPGA detected an error 2 kV control
and did not allow start ex-
posure after exposure
command symbol was re-
ceived

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Power supply (Code 70)
Class 4 Message/explanation Potential cause Recommended action/ Troubleshooting

Error code guide
70– DC bus out if range (<400 1. mains problem (Too –Check mains line 3 phases incoming
0501H or >850) low or too high) voltage.
2. One phase missing at –Verify line impedance if mains is low.
generator input –Verify DC Bus Voltage with a meter, if
DC Bus is in range, replace KV Control
Board most probably.
70– Inverter Gate Power Sup- 1. Mains run HV power diagnostics
0503H ply error 2. Cable pb
3. Gate command board
(Inverter)
4. kV control
70– Mains power supply has unknown None

0505H dropped During exposure
70– Unknown LVPS error Software problem – No action

0549H The main software re- – Report if too frequent.
ceived an LVPS error
with no error code associ-
ated.
70– Detected +160V too high 1. LVPS Verify that the DC bus on LVPS board
0553H +160V is higher than 2. Heater board is in an acceptable range (CF1/CF2) If
225V (measured on heat- no, verify AC/DC fuse and AC input
er board) voltage.
Check 160V on CF2/1 on heater board.
If OK, replace heater board
Else, disconnect the CF2 cable and
measure again on the LVPS side. If
voltage is wrong, replace LVPS board.
70– Detected +160V too low 1. LVPS Verify that the DC bus on LVPS board
0557H +160V is lower than 110V 2. Heater board is in an acceptable range (CF1/CF2) If
(measured on heater no, verify AC/DC fuse and AC input
board) voltage.
Check 160V on CF2/1 on heater board.
If OK, replace heater board
voltage is wrong, replace LVPS board.
70– Detected +15V too high 1. LVPS open circuit Verify that the DC bus on LVPS board
0563H +15V is higher than 17.3V 2. Heater board is in an acceptable range (CF1/CF2) If
board) voltage.
Check 15V on heater board (J3, pin4).
If OK, replace heater board.
Else, disconnect the control bus cable
from the LVPS board and check the
pin2 of the connector : if voltage is
wrong replace LVPS board.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 4 Message/explanation Potential cause Recommended action/ Troubleshooting

Error code guide
70– Detected +15V too low 1. LVPS open circuit Verify that the DC bus on LVPS board
0567H +15V is lower than 13V 2. Heater board is in an acceptable range (CF1/CF2) If
(measured on heater 3. rotation (short circuit) no, verify AC/DC fuse and AC input
board) kV control (short circuit) voltage.
(improbable) Check 15V on heater board (J3, pin4).
If voltage=0, check the continuity on
heater board between (J3, pin4) and
(J1,pin2).If no continuity, replace heater
board
wrong replace LVPS board. Else,
check pin2 of the control bus cable
when disconnecting the cable from
each board successively to isolate the
board inducing a voltage drop
70– Detected –15V too high 1. LVPS open circuit Verify that the DC bus on LVPS board
0573H –15V is lower than –17.3V 2. Heater board is in an acceptable range (CF1/CF2) If
board) voltage.
Check –15V on heater board (J3, pin3).
wrong replace LVPS board.
70– Detected –15V too low 1. LVPS (open circuit) Verify that the DC bus on LVPS board
0577H –15V is higher than –13V 2. Heater board is in an acceptable range (CF1/CF2) If
(measured on heater 3. rotation (short circuit) no, verify AC/DC fuse and AC input
board) 4. kV control (short cir- voltage.
cuit) (improbable) Check –15V on heater board (J3, pin3).
(J1,pin3).If no continuity, replace heater
board
wrong replace LVPS board. Else,
each board successively to isolate the
board inducing a voltage drop

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Hardware errors (Code 80)

Class 4
shooting guide
80– Rotation board commu- 1. Rotation board A/Check that rotation firmware is
0180H nication problem. 2. Control bus cable running (DS5 Led is blinking).
kV control board commu- 3. kV control If no :
nication Watch Dog with 1/verify rotation board 5V : Led DS3
Rotation board popped up is lit. If no : verify DS1/DS2 Leds : if
because it did not get re- they are lit, replace rotation board,
ply from Rotation board. else go to +/–15V errors trouble-
shooting
2/ verify that RESET Led is not lit. If
it is lit, disconnect successively the
control bus cable from heater and
kV control to find the board which is
holding the reset line and replace it.
If after disconnecting all the boards,
the Led remains lit, replace rotation
board
3/ else replace rotation board
B/Verify the flat cable between kV
control and auxiliary module is cor-
rectly connected to the Rotation
board
C/else replace kV control
80– Rotation board has reset. 1. Rotation board –Reinitialize system, retry.
0181H kV control has detected 2. Interference (Spikes) –If persistent, replace Rotation
the Rotation board has re- board or check power and ground-
set. KV control will reload ing.
rotation data base.
80– Heater board communica- 1. Heater board A/Check that heater firmware is run-
0280H tion problem 2. Control bus cable ning (DS1/2 Led are lit succes-
kV control board commu- 3. kV control sively). If no :
nication Watch Dog with 1/verify heater board 5V : J3/pin2. If
Heater board popped up wrong : verify +15V/–15V (J3,
because it did not get re- pin3,4) : if they are right, change
ply from Heater board. rotation board, else go to +/–15V
errors troubleshooting
2/ verify that RST Led is not lit. If it
is lit, disconnect successively the
control bus cable from LVPS to rota-
tion and kV control to find the board
which is holding the reset line and
replace it. If after disconnecting all
the boards, the Led remains lit, re-
place heater board 3/ else replace
heater boardB/Verify the flat cable
between kV control and auxiliary
module is correctly connected until
the heater board
C/else replace kV control board

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Error code Message/explanation Potential cause Recommended action/ Troubleshooting

guide
80– Heater board has reset. 1. Heater board –Reinitialize system, retry.
0281H KV control has detected 2. Interference (Spikes) –If persistent, replace board or check
the heater board has re- power and grounding.
set. KV control will reload
rotation data base.
80– KV conversion error KV control board Replace KV control board

0321H KV feedback measured
while no KV generated
80– kV ref ADC / DAC failed KV control board Only if this error is repetitive and
0322H kV control DAC and ADC comes alone (Not following other er-
capability are permanently rors), replace kV control board.
tested for coherency.
80– RTL error (+ associated 1. system communication –Check communication cable

0601H data to check which of the power supply (for iso- –Check system communication power
4 RTL lines) lated communications) supply (if any)
Real Time Lines show a 2. system communication –Check system interface to kV control
wrong state. RTL’s are cable flat cable
tested on a regular basis 3. system interface board –replace system interface board
in stand by. 4. system interface to kV –replace kV control board
control flat cable
5. kV control board
80– External CAN bus off 1. system communication –Check communication cable
0602H power supply (for iso- –Check system communication power
lated communications) supply (if any)
2. system communication –Check system interface to kV control
cable flat cable
3. system interface board –replace system interface board
4. system interface to kV –replace kV control board
control flat cable
5. kV control board
80– Tube Fan supply error. 1. No 115V tube cooling –Check presence of the AC voltage
0902H Rotation board has de- supply (DS6 neon) at the input of the Rotation
tected that a wrong volt- 2. Rotation board board.
age is applied to the tube If ok, replace the rotation board
fan
80– Internal CAN bus off 3. kV control Check a short circuit on CAN pins of
1402H Can device on kV control 4. Control bus cable the control bus cable. Short circuit may
board detected abnormal 3. Heater, Rotation be either on boards or connector /
level on it’s 2 line and sent cable.
error to the CPU If no fault detected, replace kV control

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

shooting guide
80– Connection Fault Multiple, but likely improb- Check connection of the following
1403H One of the flat cable con- able. cables : kV control to system I/F
nector is not connected in board, kV control to HV tank, HV
Generator. tank to inverter.
80– FPGA configuration prob- kV control board. Replace kV control board.
1404H lem.
Detected during power up.
The kV control main soft-
ware cannot load the
FPGA.
80– Tank temperature sensor kV control Replace kV control
1405H problem. HV tank Replace HV Tank
Means that t° value of the
HV tank is < 10°C

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Application errors(Code 90)

90– NV RAM checksum pb. 1. Database problem If persistent :
0701H Generator kV control 2. External cause –Reload the Data base. If no im-
board has detected cor- (Spikes) provement :
ruption in the NV Ram 3. kV control –Replace kV control board and re-
verification (After power load the data base.
up)
90– Software problem. 1. Software or Data Base –Reload the Data base
0702H problem. –Reload the software and database
2. kV control board fail- If no improvement :
ure. –Replace kV control board
90– Watchdog reset has just 1. Software or Data Base –Reload the Data base
0703H occurred. problem. –Reload the software and database
This error is logged when 2. kV control board fail- If no improvement :
the CPU of the kV control ure. –Replace kV control board
board is reset by it’s
Watch Dog timer.
90– Rotation/Heater hold too Software problem. No action

0704H long.
Will pop up if preparation
command from the sys-
tem is maintained longer
than 3 minutes.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Communication errors(code 100)

100– Debug screen com. error Engineering use
0603H
100– Database download error 1. Database file incorrect Retry
0604H Generator has detected a 2. Transmission problem Check data base file
problem during data base Potential laptop incompatibility
download
100– TAV communication error. 1. Software / laptop prob- Retry
0605H Generator has detected a lem
communication problem 2. Cable problem
between the I/F and the
service laptop (When gen-
erator is controlled by the
laptop)

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Thermal errors(code 110)

110– Tank Thermal Error 1. HV tank too hot; normal –Wait for error clearance
0804H HV tank temperature error –If persistent while HV Tank is cool :
measurement has 2. HV tank 1/check flat cable connection be-
reached 60 degree C 3. kV control tween HV Tank and kV control
board
2/ Check presence of –15v (LED
DS1 on kV control board)
3/replace HV tank
4/replace kV control
110– 70 degree C thermal safe- 1. X–ray tube too hot; –Wait for error clearance
0903H ty error normal error –If persistent :
70° loop detected open 2. Cooling problem 1/Check tube cooling (Fan), trouble-
3. Wiring problem shoot 115 volts from PDU to Fans,
4. Sensor problem (Tube) through Rotation board; check tube
5. rotation board thermal sensor
2/ short circuit the sensor feedback
on rotation board connector and
verify that error disappears. If no,
replace rotation board

REV 16
* Neon’s
DC bus, 400 ... 800 V LEDs
Heater board
DC bus, 400 ... 800 V
*
DS 1 DS 3
Illustration 2–1
+M–
F1
INVERTER. & LLC.circuit –15v DC bus,
* +15v 160V (120
DS 1 to 200V
Gate command board
LVPS
*
DS 300
DS 2
AC/DC NE 1
*
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
2–28
OGP
DS 1, 2
12V
NP/IF –15v, +15v + – DS 3, 2, 1
Pin1, 9 –15v, +15v –15v Rotation +5, –15, +15
J2, 3 kV ctrl +15v board
JEDI Visual Power Supply Distribution
”VCC”: +5v DS 7 DS 6
* *
EMC Flt.
3ph, 380 – 480 VAC
C 115V
B AC
1
K1
PDU
Connection on Gantry base,

slip ring, Gantry rotate
CT HISPEED SERIES
X–RAY GENERATOR
2202119
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
2-6 WARNING ERRORS

Warning errors are the result of automated and regular background monitoring for either software
events or voltages threshold overtaking.
Those errors are merely for engineering usage and do not indicate any hardware error failure.
However, as they are logged into the Generator Err_log file, just as the previous list of error, they are
listed here to help error sorting out.
Should too many of them are seen when viewing error log, it is advised to report them via CQA, since
the equipment is still operating.
10 Rotation Warn- 0151H CAN Domain command number error

ing
0152H CAN Domain request with no transfer init
0153H CAN Domain Toggle bit error
0154H CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
0155H CAN Domain Abort received & applied
0156H Bad index in config upload
0157H Tube switch while rotor not off
0158H Acceleration cmd while no tube selected
0159H Acceleration cmd while database not OK
0160H Database download while rotor speeding
0161H Acceleration command not OK
0162H Rotor acceleration while in error
0163H No CAN message received within 4 secs
0164H Rotation Inverter overcurrent (< 3 times)
0199H Unknown rotation warning
20 Heater Warning 0251H Received command is not OK

0252H Heater command not OK
0254H Heater inverter overcurrent (inverter1) (<3 times)
0255H Filament open circuit (inverter1) (<3 times)
0256H Heater Inverter short circuit (inverter1) (<3times)
0257H Tube switch while filaments not OFF
0258H CAN Domain command number error
0263H Database download while heater not cut
0299H Unknown heater warning

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
25 Low Voltage 0550H No more warn +160V too low or too high
Power Supply
Warnings
0555H Detected +160V too low
0560H No more warn +15V too low or too high
0561H Detected +15V too high
0570H No more warn –15V too low or too high
0571H Detected –15V too strong
0575H Detected –15V too weak
0599H Unknown LVPS warning
27 Application 1401H Saved RAM power supply limit reached

warnings This message is the result of a computation that is
made by the software based on the Date for a peri-
od of approximately 7 years

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
2-7 OTHER FAILURES
Error Message / ex- Potential cause Recommended action Troubleshooting guide

code planation
System GENERATOR 1. No power on Generator Perform the troubleshooting in the following way :
does not reply 2. EMC filter 1/kV control Leds S0–S7 are lit successively : re-
to the system 3. AC/DC– Diode bridge fer to system communication errors (code 06xx H)
4. Cable between AC/DC 2/Leds S0–S7 show a specific pattern : refer to
and LVPS PRD errors section
5. LVPS down 3/Led RESET is lit : board is maintained in reset
6. CAN cable problem either by the system or by a system I/F failure or
7. kV control kV control failure
8. CT interface 4/Led HALT is lit : replace kV control
9. Rotation board 5/No Led is lit : verify that +5V on kV control board
10. Heater board (J6, pin2).is present. If yes, replace kV control. If
11. Inverter in short circuit no :
12. Generator to system 6/ verify if +15V/–15V is present (Leds DS1/DS2).
cable If yes :
verify that mains_drop line is not stopping the kV
control software (mains_drop active) :
6–1/ check if DS1 LED on LVPS board is lit. If yes,
replace LVPS board.
6–2/ disconnect Heater board control bus cable.
Check if kV control software starts. If yes, replace
Heater board.
6–3/ Disconnect Rotation board control bus cable
and connect it directly to LVPS board. Check if kV
control software starts. If yes, replace rotation
board.
6–4/ else, replace kV control board
if no :
7/ Verify if +15V/–15V is present on rotation board
(DS1/DS2) and the 160V is present on the heater
board (DS3). If yes : check the control bus cable
to the kV control board. If no error, change the kV
control board. If no :
8/ Verify if the LVPS DC input is right. If no, check
AC/DC fuse and input line
If yes :
9/disconnect all output cables from the LVPS
board. Verify the +15V/–15V/160V output. If right :
reconnect each board successively to find the one
stucking the 15V to ground. If wrong, replace
LVPS board

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
3 phases CB1 1. Short circuit on Genera- 1/ Disconnect DC bus cables between AC/DC and
breaker trips tor : inverter (on AC/DC side)
in PDU IGBT in short circuit 2/ Check if these cables are in short circuit. If yes,
ACDC or bridge rectifier in replace inverter
short circuit if no,
EMC filter in short circuit 3/ Disconnect AC line cables between EMC and
AC/DC (on EMC side)
4/ Check if these cables are in short circuit. If yes,
replace AC/DC FRU
if no :
5/ Disconnect AC line input from EMC board.
Check EMC for short circuit between phases. If
short circuit, replace EMC board.
Software or 1. After software download: Retry download
Data base cor- –Incorrect or uncompleted
rupt download
–Checksum problem

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
2-8 HEATING FUNCTION DIAGNOSTICS

Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to drive the heater inverter(s) on both filaments and all the tubes connected
to the generator in order to identify a faulty heater FRU or a wrong connection between heater board,
HV Tank and tube(s). HV function and Rotation function are disabled during this test.
Pre–requisites :
D kV control board alive and running : S0–S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them blink
D heater board alive and running : DS1 and DS2 Leds are lit successively
D heater DC supply present : DS3 Led is lit
Test type : No manual interaction
Sequence :
Once selected the tube the test is running on , start the diagnostic.
The following sequence runs on the small focus and then on the large focus :
D 5 seconds preheat
D 0,4s boost
D 5s heat ( focal spot max current – 1Amp )
There is 10s stop time between each focal spot run
During the test , the heater safeties are checked the same way than in application mode
Error codes reporting :

Refer to the troubleshooting table

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
2-9 ROTATION FUNCTION DIAGNOSTICS

Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to drive the rotation inverter(s) in high speed mode (for application
supporting high speed mode ) and low speed mode on all the tubes connected to the generator in
order to identify a faulty rotation FRU or a faulty dephasing capacitors FRU or a wrong connection
between rotation board and tube. HV function and Heater function are disabled during this test.
Pre–requisites :
D rotation board alive and running : DS5 Led blinking
D rotation DC supply present : DS7 neon is lit
D cabling between rotation board and tube checked
Test type : No manual interaction, no loop on
Sequence :
The following sequence runs in low speed mode and then in high speed mode (if high speed mode
allowed) :
D acceleration ( time depends on tube type )
D 2s run
D brake ( time depends on tube type )
There is 2s stop time between each speed mode.
During the test , the rotation safeties are checked the same way than in application mode

error code associated data conclusion
0103H associated data points only to high Power–off. Check if rotation board K2 relay is short
0104H speed mode circuiting the rotor capacitors. If yes replace the rota-
0105H tion board. If no replace the rotor capacitors
0106H
0103H associated data points to both high – Check presence of –15v (LED DS2 on rotation
0104H speed and low speed mode board). If not, proceed to the recommended action
0105H described under error 70–0577
0106H – replace the rotation board
For the other error codes, refer to the troubleshooting table

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
2-10 INVERTER GATE COMMAND DIAGNOSTICS

Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter drive is working properly. The IGBTs
gate drive supply and the IGBTs gate drive is verified. At the same time verification is made that no
inverter currents nor High voltage are measured. This test is performed without DC voltage applied to
the inverter so that no Xray is generated. Anode rotation and filament drive are not activated during
this test.
Pre–requisites :
D generator input line in an acceptable range ( 380V–10% to 480V+10% for 3–phase AC input )
D inverter gate_cmd board DC supply present : DS300 neon is lit
Test type : Manual operation is required.
Sequence :
1/ Disconnect the 2 DC bus cables from the AC/DC board ( see LED Description )
2/ Power on the generator
3/ Push the TGP board reset switch, or OGP board reset switch.
4/ Verify that the DS1 neon on inverter dual snubbers board is not lit
5/ Start the diagnostic and verify :
D error reported on the operator console
D inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS101, DS 102, DS201, DS202 are lit : IGBTs gate drive supply is
working properly
6/ Press the exposure switch (10s exposure is taken after a 10 sec. delay).
7/ During the “exposure”, verify :
D error reported on the operator console
D inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS100 and DS200 are lit : IGBTs gate drive is working properly
8/ Release the exposure switch
9/ Power off the generator
10/ Reconnect the 2 DC bus cables from the AC/DC board (see LED Description )

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Error reporting :
Error Conclusion
DS1 neon lit Check that DC bus cables have been removed
DS300 neon off Check the gate_cmd supply cable between AC/DC and gate_cmd
board
0301/0302/0303/0304/0309/03 Check that DC bus cables have been removed.
10/0311/0312/0313/0314/0319 If yes, replace kV control board
/0323 (H)
0320 if problem persists, replace Kv control board
0501 kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
one of Replace inverter
DS101/DS102/DS201/DS202
LEDs off while no error re-
ported
DS100 and/or DS200 LEDs Check cabling between kV control, HV Tank and gate_cmd board.
off If cabling is right, kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
2-11 INVERTER IN SHORT CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS

Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter is working properly. The inverter is
commanded at a fixed frequency and is loaded with a short circuit. Verification is made that the
inverter currents are correctly set. . At the same time verification is made that no High voltage is
measured. This test is performed without connecting the HV Tank to the inverter so that no Xray is
generated. Anode rotation and filament drive are not activated during this test.
Pre–requisites :
D inverter dual snubber board DC supply present : DS1 neon is lit
D Inverter gate command diagnostic passed without failure
Sequence :
1/ Disconnect the HV Tank primary cables from the inverter (see the X–ray Generator Components
section of X–ray Generator, of the Component Replacement manual).
Take care not to disconnect at the same time the parallel inductor cable which is tightened with the HV
Tank primary cables
Put the short circuit cable ( included in the first aid kit ) between the the two capacitors as shown :

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Check that the parallel inductor cable do not remain unscrewed.
2/ Power on the generator
4/ Verify that the DS1 neon on inverter dual snubbers board is lit
5/ Verify that the DS300 neon on inverter gate_cmd board is lit
6/ Start the diagnostic and verify that no error is reported on the operator console
7/ Press the exposure switch (500ms exposure is taken)
9/ verify error reported on the console
10/ After exiting the test, power off the generator
11/ Remove the short circuit cable, reconnect the HV Tank primary cables (see the X–ray Generator
Components section of X–ray Generator, of the Component Replacement manual).
Verify that the parallel inductor cable is connected.
Error reporting :
error Conclusion
DS1 neon off Check that DC bus cables between AC/DC and inverter
board
0301/0302/0303/0304/0309/03 Check that HV Tank primary cables have been removed.
10/0319 (H) If yes, replace kV control board
0311 No Ilp current detected. See note 2
0312 No Ilr current detected. See note 3
0313 replace kV control board
0314 Ilr current resonant frequency is lower than expected. See note 4
0320 if problem persists, replace kV control board
0323 Both Ilr and Ilp currents not detected. See note 1
0501 kV control or inverter can be faulty
0505 Isolation fault between inverter components and ground. Check invert-
er inductors. If no faulty component, kV control or inverter can be faulty
note 1 : Ilp and Ilr currents not detected
1/ Check the –15V (Led DS1) on kV control board (see LED Description).
If it is not lit, refer to “other failures” section. Else :
2/ Power off the generator. Wait until all neons are off
3/ Check that the currents transformers (capacitor set) to gate_cmd board cable is correctly
connected. If yes :
4/ Check that the inverter inductors are correctly connected. If yes :
5/ Check that the gate_cmd to HV Tank cable and HV Tank to kV control cables are correctly
connected.
If yes, change the inverter
6/ Reconnect all the cables

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
note 2 : Ilp current not detected

2/ Check that the parallel inductor is correctly connected. If yes :
3/ Check that the parallel inductor impedance is 0 Ohms. If no : replace inverter. If yes :
4/ Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the parallel current
transformer impedance is 0. If no : change the capacitor set. Else :
connected. If yes :
6/ Disconnect the HV Tank to kV control cable. Check that the impedance between pin20 and pin21 of
J2 of HV Tank is 3,3Ohms. If no change the inverter. If yes :
7/ either the fault is at the capacitor set level or at the kV control level.
note 3 : Ilr current not detected

2/ Check that the inductors are correctly connected. If yes :
3/ Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the serial current
transformer impedance is 0. If no : change capacitor set. Else :
connected. If yes :
5/ Disconnect the HV Tank to kV control cable. Check that the impedance between pin20 and pin21 of
J2 of HV Tank is 5 Ohms. If no change inverter. If yes :
note 4 : Ilr current resonant frequency is lower than expected

3/ Check that the resonant capacitor and filtering capacitors are not open. If they are : replace the
capacitor set. Else :
transformer impedance is 0. If no : change the capacitor set. Else :

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
2-12 NO LOAD HV DIAGNOSTICS

Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter and HV tank are working properly. The exposure is
taken as in application mode except that no filament drive nor anode rotation is running. Verification is made that
the inverter currents are correctly set and that kV regulation is operating properly. As no filament drive is applied,
no XRays are generated. This test also allow to separate generator from HV cable or x–ray tube problem by
running it with or without the HV cables plugged on the HV tank.
Pre–requisites :
D Inverter in short circuit diagnostic passed without failure
D HV Receptacles must be filled with oil if HV cables are removed.
Sequence :
1. Power on the generator
2. Push the TGP board reset switch, or OGP board reset switch.
3. Start the diagnostic and verify :
– error reported on the operator console
– inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS101, DS 102, DS201, DS202 are lit : IGBTs gate drive supply
is working properly
4. Select kV (default = 80) and exp.time (default = 1s).
5. Press the exposure switch
6. During the “exposure”, verify :
7. Release the exposure switch
8. Power off the generator
Error reporting :
See troubleshooting table

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

TROUBLESHOOTING (NP++, NP++ Twin)
Note
This section is used for NP++ and NP++ Twin systems. However, for the p5.4 or later JEDI software,
use Section 4 (ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING (for p5.4 or later JEDI Soft-
ware)).
For NP, NP+, and NP+ Twin systems, use Section 2 (ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS &
TROUBLESHOOTING (NP, NP+, NP+ Twin)).
3-1 INTRODUCTION


– During Power On Diagnostics :
kV control board
S0.........................S7
⊗⊗⊗⊗⊗⊗⊗
The 8 LED’s (S0...S7) are lit successively: the power up diagnostics are completed, kV control board
is up and running.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
S0.....................S7
⊗⊗⊗⊗
description.
S0.........................S7
⊗⊗
S7, S6, S5 are lit along with either S0 or S1 or S2 (depending of the type of FPGA download error):
FPGA download problem. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.
⊗⊗⊗⊗k ⊗k ⊗
Heater board LED status: (See central listing)

status corresponds to an abnormal situation. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.
Rotation board LED status: (See central listing)
After the power on diagnostics, rotation board LED DS5 is blinking. Any different status corresponds
to an abnormal situation. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
3-3 ERROR CODE LIST

fied
error Clas code
code s
2 0324H Spits detected ((1:anode 2:cathode 4:both 8:kVre-
gul)

4 0112H Rotor HW/FW Config error
4 0149H Unknown rotation error

4 0203H inverter overcurrent (HW detected)
4 0204H open circuit (HW detected)
4 0207H Filament too high for Boost
4 0216H current feedback not nul when inverter off
4 0248H Unknown heater LF error
0249H Unknown heater SF error

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Description Error Error Description
simpli-
fied
error Clas code
code s
rors
3 0323H ILP and ILR current not OK
3 1410H FPGA locked

errors 4 0503H Inverter Gate Power Supply error

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
simpli-
fied
error Clas code
code s
80 Hardware error 4 0180H Rotation board communication problem
4 0181H Rotation board has reset
4 0601H RTL error
90 Application 4 0701H Saved RAM checksum pb

errors 4 0702H Software problem
4 0704H Rotation/Heater hold too long
4 0705H System or database configuration error

4 1301H AEC board com error

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
simpli-
fied
error Clas code
code s
5 0111H 0 HEMIT Thermal error
5 0805H Inverter Thermal Error
10 Rotation Warn- 1 0151H CAN Domain command number error

ing
1 0157H Tube switch while Rotation not off
1 0160H Database download while Rotation speeding
1 0162H Rotation acceleration while in error

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
fied
error Clas code
code s
ing
25 Low Voltage 1 0570H No more warn –15V too low

Power Supply 1 0570H No more warn –15V too high
Warnings 1 0560H No more warn +15V too low
1 0560H No more warn +15V too high
1 0550H No more warn +160V too low

warnings 1 0703H Watchdog reset has just occurred

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
3-4 ERROR REPORTING
3-4-1 NP Generator Error Reporting

Np system only gets the simplified error code from the Jedi Generator.
The Np system errorlog adds to the simplified error code the following information:
D system phase : state of the system when the error occurred. Take care, the system state is different of
the Generator phase (refer to the Np system documentation)
D system time : date and time when the error occurred. Take care, the system time is different of the Genera-
tor time
Whenever a Generator error is logged in the system errorlog file and displayed on the operator console, the Jedi error-
log upload functionality is available to get more detailed information about the error.
Having these two information, look at the Jedi trouble–shooting table to find the FRU to replace.
Error codes can also be read by connecting the service laptop.
3-4-2 Tiger Generator Error Reporting (not for NP++ and Ebisu systems)
Tiger console only displays the simplified error code from the Jedi Generator.
Whenever a Generator error is displayed on the operator console, the Jedi errorlog upload functionality is available
to get more detailed information about the error.
This function must be performed from the service laptop.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
3-5 DIAGNOSTICS
WARNING

The first part details errors, while the warning errors are listed in a second part of this chapter.
For each code, there is:
–Associated message and additional explanation related to the error occurrence.

–List potential cause, in the order of expected probability.
–Recommended action, with, in some cases, link to some more information as indicated where cases apply, such
as to run some specific diagnostics.
Information about associated data structure is located at the end of each error code subset whenever it applies.
Whenever wiring, cabling, LED check is mentioned in the recommended actions, refer to the central listing.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
3-5-1-1 Errors
Class 2
Error Message/explanation Potential cause Recommended action/
code Troubleshooting guide
30–0324 Tube spit (kV+ and kV– x–ray tube spit. –If too frequent, and varies with HV,
H dropped) replace x–ray tube.
data=4* kV drop/spit detected Run Open load kV test. (See diag-
nostic section)
30–0324 Tube spit (kV+ has 1. Anode side Tube spit. Usual in Performix tubes. If too fre-
H dropped) 2. Anode HV cable quent:
data=1* kV drop/spit detected on 3. HV tank –Check HV cables and contacts
(see Anode side –Tube problem. (Anode side)
Note) –Check cable by interchanging
them.
nostic section)
–Otherwise, HV tank.
30–0324 Tube spit (kV– has 1. Cathode side Tube Usual in Performix tubes. If too fre-
H dropped) spit. quent:
data=2* kV drop/spit detected on 2. Cathode HV cable –Check HV cables and contacts
(see cathode side 3. HV tank –Tube problem. (Cathode side)
Note) –Check cable by interchanging
them.
nostic section)
–Otherwise, HV tank
30–0324 kV regulation error 1. smooth HV tube spits –Run inverter diagnostics (See
H This is a slow speed safe- 2. kV control board (HV diagnostic section)
data=8* ty circuit in case of regulation problem) –Run Open load kV test. (See diag-
(see “smooth” spits. 3. too much line imped- nostic section)
Note) (“smooth” means that the ance (between the –Troubleshoot tube and contacts of
recovery of kV is slow) power distribution HV cable.
board and Jedi) –Check DC bus voltage.
4. half of AC/DC capaci-
tors open
5. Inverter (parallel induc-
tors)
6. HV tank
30–0305 Re–starting safety. (un- 1. External unknown –Do a power and Grounding Check.
H known reason) cause. Verify cabling and contacts.
Error occurring on safety 2. kV control board. –If permanent or too systematic, re-
line, while No root error place kV control board.
present at the error inputs Report to engineering.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
* Note to the error 30 0324H:

The generator sends only one message of error for all the spits (0324H) at the end of the exposure.
During the same exposure we may have different kind of spits.
In the data of this error we can distinguish between the different spits:
1: Spit in anode side
2: Spit in cathode side
4: Spit in both sides
8: kV regulation error.
For a exposure with anode and both sides spit, the data will be “5”.
These data can be displayed in the OC in decimal or in hexadecimal base.
Spits code detail

See data (Z6[#H]) of XG error code 324H. Transfer #H to Binary data. Contents are as follows.
code bit3 bit2 bit1 bit0
KV Regulation Insert Spits Cathode side Anode side arch-

Error arching ing
1 0 0 0 1
2 0 0 1 0
3 0 0 1 1
4 0 1 0 0
5 0 1 0 1
6 0 1 1 0
7 0 1 1 1
8 1 0 0 0
9 1 0 0 1
A 1 0 1 0
B 1 0 1 1
C 1 1 0 0
D 1 1 0 1
E 1 1 1 0
F 1 1 1 1
ex.)
(0324H)Spits (1:anode 2: cathode 4: both 8: kVregul) (Z6[CH]:Z7[0H])
Z6[CH] –> C Hex –> 1100 Bin –> KV regulation + Insert

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 4
40–010 No CAN message re- 1. kV Control main –Unlikely to happen. This is a debug
1H ceived within 5 sec’s software lost error.
communication
40–010 Data base not correct. 1. Wrong kV control data –Reload NVRam database.
2H The firmware of the base. It can only happen –ultimate is to replace Rotation
rotation board has at power up. board.
detected that the data
base received from the kV
control board has wrong
data.
40–010 Rotation current overload 1. Rotation board Check wiring from rotation board to
3H Rotation board has Rotation board capacitors HEMIT and HV from HEMIT to
detected Main or auxiliary 2. Wrong data base tube.
Rotation current too high (improbable) If no cabling problem, run Rotation
compared to the max. diagnostic.(See diagnostic section).
Tube motor current.
40–010 Rotation current openload 1. Tube stator winding is Check wiring from rotation board to
4H Rotation board detected open circuit: x–ray tube HEMIT and HV from HEMIT to
that no current is flowing 2. Incorrect wiring (Open) tube.
to the motor. 3. No DC bus on Rotation If no cabling problem, run Rotation
board diagnostic.(See diagnostic section)
4. Rotation board
5. Rotation board phase
capacitors
(improbable)

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 4
40–010 Rotation Phases unbal- 1. One Rotation wire Check wiring from rotation board to
5H anced missing HEMIT and HV from HEMIT to
The amplitude difference 2. Rotation board tube.
of the current between Rotation board phase If no cabling problem, run Rotation
main and auxiliary is too capacitors inverted or diagnostic.(See diagnostic section)
large. wrong value
3. Wrong tube
configuration data
base
4. Tube problem (stator)
5. HV cable between
HEMIT and tube
40–010 Rotation phase error 1. Rotation board – Check wiring from rotation board
6H The Rotation board has 2. Tube problem (stator) to HEMIT and HV from HEMIT to
detected that the current 3. HV cable between tube.
in the anode stator does HEMIT and tube Verify none is in short circuit.
not show the correct If no wiring problem, run Rotation
phase shift between main diagnostic. (See diagnostic section)
and auxiliary.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

40–010 Rotation Inverter perma- 1. Rotation board –Check wiring from rotation
7H nent overcurrent 2. Tube stator winding board to tube.
An overcurrent has in short circuit –> –Troubleshoot tube windings
been detected and 3 HEMIT –Replace Rotation board
restart have been tried 3. Wiring incorrect
unsuccessfully within a (shorted)
single rotation state
40–010 MAINS_DROP has failed 1. Interference (spikes) –Do a power and grounding
9H The firmware of the 2. Mains drop check.
rotation board has de- 3. Cable or connector –If systematic, replace Rotation
tected the mains_drop contact in DC bus board
signal activation and between power unit
transmitted error to kV and auxiliary unit
control 4. Rotation board
40–011 PRD error(Z3Z4=bitmap) Rotation board Replace Rotation board.
0H Firmware checksum,
RAM test and EPLD ac-
cess are performed at
power up or reset.
40–011 F0 main frequency prob- Rotation board –Retry
1H lem. –Replace Rotation board.
inverter start command
40– Rotor HW/FW Config er- Rotation board Download official data base (NPv3)
0112H ror If the problem persists, change rotor
40–014 Unknown rotation error. Software problem No action.
9H The main software re-
tion board with no error
code associated
Associated data structure:

PRD error:
component failure :
0001H=RAM
0002H=RAM stack
0200H=EPLD

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Rotation database error:

Other errors:
rotation state :
0=inverter OFF
4=low speed run
5=high speed run
7=brake reverse
8=brake DC

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Filament Heater errors (Code 50)
Class 4
of communication
50–020 Heater inverter permanent 1. Heater board –Restart. If persistent, replace
3H overcurrent.(SW limit) Heater board
in 100 ms
50–020 Filament permanent open 1. X–ray tube filament –Switch on the other filament:
50–020 Heater Inverter permanent 1. Heater board –Restart. If persistent, replace
100 ms
0206H on inverter 1 for “Pre– ibration tabase.
Heat” 2. Heater board –Replace heater board.
This is the result of an in-
data base.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

0207H on inverter 1for “Boost” ibration
50– Filament current too 1. Tube data base or Same as above
0208H high on inverter 1for calibration
“Heat” 2. Heater board
Same as above
50–021 Current over estimated –Switch on the other filament:
0H fork range 1. short circuit if no error is reported, heater
RMS filament current 2. Heater board board is working properly. Check
measurement (every 0.5 heater board to HV Tank to tube
m sec.) on heater board connections. If OK, test with
is too low Ohm–meter HV Tank heater
transformers (primary and secon-
dary) and filament impedance.
Order accordingly
If the same error is reported,
check the connections as
above. If all are right, change
heater board
50–021 Current under estimated Replace heater board
1H fork/ range 1. Open circuit
RMS filament current 2. Heater board
msec.) on heater board
is too high
0212H The firmware of the Heat- 2. Mains drop –If systematic, replace heater
er board has detected the 3. Cable or connector board
mains_drop signal activa- contact in DC bus
tion and has transmitted between power unit
error to kV control and auxiliary unit
4. Heater board
50–021 PRD error Heater board Replace heater board.
reset.
50– Boost too long on inver- May be a loss of commu- Retry.
0214H ter1. nication during boost. It will probably be followed by anoth-
Boost command stayed er communication code.
longer than 400ms
selection

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

50– Current feedback not Heater board Replace heater board
0216H nul when inverter OFF
Inverter current has
been measured while
the inverter was not
commanded
2, 3, or 4.
50– Unknown heater LF er- 1. software problem No action
0248H ror
The main software re-
ceived an error from
heater board with no er-
ror code associated
50– Unknown heater SF er- 1. software problem No action
0249H ror
ror code associated

PRD error :
component failure :
0001H=RAM
0002H=RAM stack
0200H=EPLD

other errors :

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 3
60–030 No kV feedback on anode 1. HV cable short circuit –Troubleshoot HV cables : run no
60–030 No kV feedback on cath- 1. HV cable short circuit –Troubleshoot HV cables : run no
60–030 No kV Feedback (on 1. HV tank –Verify flat cable connections and
cathode.
60–030 kV detected during kV Improper setup before the See HV power diagnostic section.
60–031 kV MAX detected kV control Replace kV control board
exposure
60–031 ILP current not OK. 1. Inverter LC resonant run HV power diagnostics
verter did not rise at the assy, current trans-
beginning of the exposure. formers.)
2. Inverter
3. kV control
60–031 ILR current not OK See above run HV power diagnostics
60–031 Inverter max. ILR cur- 1 Tube (it can be cas- run HV power diagnostics
3H rent detected. ing spits, errors
This is a hardware 0302H and 0303H)
detection of maximum 2 HV tank
current in serial reso- 3 kV control
nant circuit.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 3
60–031 ILR Current time out. 1. kV control run HV power diagnostics
pected circuit.
(*) 60–031 Spit Max error. reasonably x–ray tube –Try again at various kV/mA to con-
for 6H kV control has detected fine problem.
N the number of tube spits –Troubleshoot HV section. (x–ray
P during exposure has tube, cable, HV tank)
reached the limit (see –Diagnose based on tube history.
theory of operation, soft-
ware section)
(*) 60–031 Spit Ratio error. reasonably x–ray tube –Try again at various kV/mA to con-
N the rate of tube spits dur- –Troubleshoot HV section. (x–ray
P ing exposure has reached tube, cable, HV tank)
the limit (see theory of op- –Diagnose based on tube history.
eration, software section)
60–031 kV did not reach 75% af- 1. kV control Replace kV control.
8H ter 20ms.
count–up
60–031 kV unbalanced detected. HV tank Replace HV tank
9H Detects that there is more
than 12kV difference be-
60–032 FPGA problem; Safety hit 1. This may be due to Do a power and Grounding Check.
60–032 ILP and ILR current not 1. Inverter LC resonant run HV power diagnostics
sures at the beginning of assy, current trans-
the exposure formers.)
2. Inverter
kV control board
60–040 No mA feedback 1. HV tank – Disconnect HV Tank to kV control
kV control has detected open) resistor on the HV Tank mA mea-
no mA feedback 20 ms af- 4. Cathode HV cable sure. If it is far out of range, (4.9 to
ter the beginning of the short–circuited 5.1 Ohm, including DVM accuracy)
exposure. 5. Misconnection be- replace HV Tank.
tween HV+ and HV– – Verify filament impedance
after a tank replace- – Replace kV control board
ment – After a tank replacement, verify
the HV cable connection.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

60–040 mA scale error 1. kV control board – If the tube has just been replaced
2H mA has been measured to 2. default filament cur- or installed, run many exposures
demand 20 ms after the 3. HV Tank (improbable) – If the error occurs after a while on
beginning of the exposure a system :
60–040 mA accuracy exceeded 1. tube spit no action
3H 5%
(Class Measured mA every 50
2 error) msec exceeded 5% of mA
demand.
sure.
60–050 Inverter Gate Power Sup- 1. Inverter (gate com- run HV power diagnostics
dropped below the level 3. Generator input volt-
required to drive the age too low or line im-
IGBTs properly pedance too high
N 60–080 Exposure backup mAs ex- 1. exposure command
ot 1H ceeded line stuck to the active
on The exposure command state
C last so long that the maxi-
T mum mAs allowed has
been reached
60–080 Exposure backup time ex- 1. System –Retry, changing parameters and
2H ceeded. 2. System–Generator duration
The exposure command cable – disconnect system–Generator
the system (Backup time state
+ 5%.)
60–080 Exp cmd while gene not 1. Software bug/problem If problem is persistent, check heat-
3H ready. 2. Cable / communication er, anode rotation and system to
Generator received an ex- problem Generator preparation command to
posure command while 3. External cause find the root cause for the Genera-
not in ready state (Spikes) tor not to be ready
60–140 Time counter error. kV control board Replace kV control Board

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

N 60–140 mAs counter error. kV control board Replace kV control Board
ot 7H Error found in verifying the
C counter normal operation.
T
N 60–140 AEC counter error. 1. ION chamber Run AEC diagnostics (See diagnos-
ot 8H If there is no AEC feed- 2. AEC cable, connection tic section)
C back in AEC station expo- 3. AEC board
T sure.
N 60–140 mAs meter saturated. 1. kV control Replace kV control
ot 9H A check is done on mAs
C counter operation at the
T beginning of exposure and
found the mAs meter with
unrealistic value.
60 Time counter error Kv control Replace Kv control
1411H
60–141 FPGA locked. 1. software bug If persistent replace kV control
0H FPGA detected an error 2. kV control
command signal was re-
ceived.
60 ILP and ILR current not 1. Inverter LC resonant run HV power diagnostics
0323H OK circuit (Inverter coil
assy, capa inverter
assy, current trans-
formers.)
2. Inverter
3. kV control

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 4
70–050 DC bus out if range (<400 1. mains problem (Too –Check mains line 3 phases incom-
1H or >850) low or too high) ing voltage.
2. One phase missing at –Verify line impedance if mains is
Generator input low.
–Verify DC Bus Voltage with a me-
ter, if DC Bus is in range, replace
KV Control Board most probably.
70–050 Inverter Gate Power Sup- 1. Mains run HV power diagnostics
3H ply error (checked at prep) 2. Cable pb
(Inverter)
4. kV control
70–050 Mains power supply has unknown None
N 70–050 DC bus 1 phase pre– 1. Pre–charge resistor WARNING!: Potential residual

ot 6H charge error. 2. Relay voltage. Make sure all the NEON
N Found DC bus did not 3. ACDC module are off. Verify with a DVM, range
P reach 400V after 10 sec. 4. LVPS 400VDC that there is no voltage
Charge relay is not acti- 5. kV control board on the capacity bench before any
vated and pre–charge intervention
relay drops. –Verify LED on LVPS
–Listen to relay clicking at power
on.
–Check resistor
N 70–050 DC bus 1 phase discharge ACDC Replace ACDC module.
ot 7H error.
N Found that DC bus volt-
P age is > 30 V before pre–
charge.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 4
70–057 Detected –15V too low 1. LVPS (open circuit) Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
7H –15V is higher than –13V 2. Heater board board is in an acceptable range
(measured on heater 3. rotation (short circuit) (CF1/CF2) If no, verify AC/DC fuse
board) 4. kV control (short cir- and AC input voltage.
cuit) (improbable) Check –15V on heater board (J3,
pin3). If OK, replace heater board.
(J1,pin3).If no continuity, replace
heater board
Else, disconnect the control bus
cable from the LVPS board and
check the pin3 of the connector: if
voltage is wrong replace LVPS
board. Else,
each board successively to isolate
the board inducing a voltage drop
70–057 Detected –15V too high 1. LVPS open circuit Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
3H –15V is lower than –17.3V 2. Heater board board is in an acceptable range
(measured on heater (CF1/CF2) If no, verify AC/DC fuse
board) and AC input voltage.
Check –15V on heater board (J3,
board.
70–056 Detected +15V too low 1. LVPS open circuit Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
7H +15V is lower than 13V 2. Heater board board is in an acceptable range
board) kV control (short circuit) and AC input voltage.
(improbable) Check 15V on heater board (J3,
heater board
check the pin2 of the connector : if
board. Else,

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

70–056 Detected +15V too high 1. LVPS open circuit Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
3H +15V is higher than 17.3V 2. Heater board board is in an acceptable range
Check 15V on heater board (J3,
board.
70–055 Detected +160V too low 1. LVPS Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
Check 160V on CF2/1 on heater
board. If OK, replace heater board
voltage is wrong, replace LVPS
board.
70–055 Detected +160V too high 1. LVPS Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
3H +160V is higher than 2. Heater board board is in an acceptable range
225V (measured on heat- (CF1/CF2) If no, verify AC/DC fuse
er board) and AC input voltage.
board.
70–054 Unknown LVPS error 1. Software problem No action
ceived a LVPS error with
no error code associated

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 4
80–018 Rotation board commu- 1. Rotation board A/Check that rotation firmware is
ply from Rotation board. else go to +/–15V errors
troubleshooting
board
board
80–018 Rotation board has reset. 1. Rotation board –Reinitialize system, retry.
Rotation data base.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

80–028 Heater board communica- 1. Heater board A/Check that heater firmware is run-
kV control board commu- 3. kV control sively).
nication Watch Dog with If no :
Heater board popped up 1/verify heater board 5V : J3/pin2. If
because it did not get re- wrong : verify +15V/–15V (J3,
ply from Heater board. pin3,4) : if they are right, change
rotation board, else go to +/–15V
place heater board
3/ else replace heater board
rectly connected until the heater
board
80–028 Heater board has reset. 1. Heater board –Reinitialize system, retry.
1H KV control has detected 2. Interference (Spikes) –If persistent, replace board or
the heater board has re- check power and grounding.
set. KV control will re-
load Rotation data base.
80–032 kV ref ADC / DAC failed KV control board Only if this error is repetitive and
2H kV control DAC and comes alone (Not following other
ADC capability are per- errors), replace kV control board.
manently tested for co-
herency.
80–060 RTL error (+ associated 1. system communication –Check communication cable
1H data to check which of the power supply (for iso- –Check system communication
4 RTL lines) lated communications) power supply (if any)
Real Time Lines show a 2. system communication –Check system interface to kV con-
wrong state. RTL’s are cable trol flat cable
control flat cable
5. kV control board

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

80–060 External CAN bus off 1. system communication –Check communication cable
2H power supply (for iso- –Check system communication
lated communications) power supply (if any)
2. system communication –Check system interface to kV con-
cable trol flat cable
control flat cable
5. kV control board
80–090 Tube Fan supply error. 1. No 115V tube cooling –Check presence of the AC voltage
2H Rotation board has de- supply (DS6 neon) at the input of the Rota-
tected that a wrong volt- 2. Rotation board tion board.
fan
80–140 Internal CAN bus off 1. kV control Check a wrong contact short circuit
2H Can device on kV control 2. Control bus cable on CAN lines, pins 5 & 6, of the
board detected abnormal 3. Heater or Rotation control bus cable. Short circuit may
level on it’s 2 line and sent be either on Boards or connector/
error to the CPU cable.
If no fault detected, replace kV con-
trol
80–140 Connection Fault Multiple, but likely improb- Check connection of the following
80–140 FPGA configuration prob- kV control board. Replace kV control board.
4H lem.
FPGA.
80–140 Tank temperature sensor kV control Replace kV control
HV tank is < 10°C

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Application errors (Code 90)
Class 4
90–070 NV RAM checksum pb. 1. Database problem If persistent :
up)
0702H Software problem. 1. Software or Data –Reload the Data base
Base problem. –Reload the software and data-
2. kV control board base
failure. If no improvement :
–Replace kV control board
0704H Rotation/Heater hold too Software problem. No action

long.
Will pop up if prepara-
tion command from the
system is maintained
longer than 3 minutes.
0705H System or database 1. Database problem Download the Data base
configuration error – Check system software release
The identifier of the sys- (OC)
tem and the database are
not compatible

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 4
100–06 Debug screen com. error Engineering use
03H
100–06 Database download error 1. Database file incorrect Retry
download
100–06 TAV communication error. 1. Software / laptop prob- Retry
service laptop (When
Generator is controlled by
the laptop)
no 100–06 MPC/Madrid communica- 1. Cable, connection –verify the console is powered .
t 06H tion error. problem between –Verify EMIT LED on the interface
N No reply from the console. Generator and the board.
P (This error message can console. –Verify cabling, connection.
be seen using the service 2. Interface board –Verify communication with the
laptop) 3. Console problem service computer operates.
no 100–13 AEC board communica- 1. Verify cables –

t 01H tion error. connection
N 2. AEC board
P 3. Interface board

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 5
110–08 Tank Thermal Error 1. HV tank too hot; normal –Wait for error clearance
measurement has 2. HV tank 1/check LED DS1 on kV control (top
reached 60 degree C 3. kV control and right of board). If it is off,
change kV control
2/check flat cable connection be-
tween HV Tank and kV control
board
3/replace HV tank
110–09 70 degree C thermal safe- 1. X–ray tube too hot; –Wait for error clearance
70° loop detected open 2. Cooling problem 1/Check tube cooling (Fan),
3. Wiring problem troubleshoot 115 volts from PDU to
4. Sensor problem (Tube) Fans, through Rotation board;
5. rotation board check tube thermal sensor
110–14 Jedi inverter tempera- 1. Parameters kV, mA – Wait cooling time
54H ture too high and time exceeded – change kv–ctrl board (if
allowed use trouble always present, report to
2. software bug service)
110– HEMIT Thermal error 1. HEMIT tank –Wait for error clearance
0111H 2. DC Disch board (HE- –If persistent:
MIT assy) 1/ Check 2A fuse on DC Disch
3. Rotation board 2/ Short circuit the sensor feed-
back of the HEMIT. If problem
disappears, replace the HEMIT.
2/ Replace DC–Disch
110– Inverter thermal error Software bug Download software and database
0805H again
If the problem persists, change
kV control

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
3-6 WARNING ERRORS

Warning errors are the result of automated and regular background monitoring for either software events or voltages
threshold overtaking.
However, as they are logged into the Generator Err_log file, just as the previous list of error, they are listed here to
help error sorting out.
Should too many of them are seen when viewing error log, it is advised to report them via CQA, since the equipment
is still operating.

ing
0157H Tube switch while Rotation not off
0160H Database download while Rotation speeding
0162H Rotation acceleration while in error
20 Heater Warn- 0251H Received command is not OK

ing

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
25 Low Voltage 0570H No more warn –15V too low

Power Supply 0570H No more warn –15V too high
Warnings 0560H No more warn +15V too low
0560H No more warn +15V too high
0550H No more warn +160V too low

0703H Watchdog reset has just occurred
– 1 if it often occurs, change kv–ctrl (if real re-
set of the board)
– 2 if it always occurs, report to service

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
3-7 OTHER FAILURES
Error Message / Potential cause Recommended action Troubleshooting guide

code explanation
System GENERATOR 1. No power on the Gener- Perform the troubleshooting in the following way :
does not reply ator. 1/kV control Leds S0–S7 are lit successively : re-
to the system 2. EMC filter fer to communication errors troubleshooting
3. AC/DC– Diode bridge 2/Leds S0–S7 show a specific pattern : refer to
4. Cable between AC/DC PRD errors section
and LVPS 3/Led RESET is lit : board is maintained in reset
5. LVPS down either by the system or by a system I/F failure or
6. CAN cable problem kV control failure
7. kV control 4/Led HALT is lit : replace kV control
8. CT interface 5/No Led is lit : verify that +5V on kV control board
9. Rotation board (J6, pin2).is present. If yes, replace kV control. If
10. Heater board no :
11. Inverter in short cir- 6/ verify if +15V/–15V is present (Leds DS1/DS2).
cuit If yes, replace kV control. If no :
12. Generator to sys- 7/ Verify if +15V/–15V is present on rotation board
tem cable. (DS1/DS2) and the 160V is present on the heater
board (DS3). If yes : check the control bus cable
If yes :
LVPS board
3 phases CB1 1. Short circuit on the Gen- ( 1/ Disconnect DC bus cables between
breaker trips erator : AC/DC and inverter (on AC/DC side)
in PDU n IGBT in short circuit 2/ Check if these cables are in short circuit. If yes,
n ACDC or bridge rectifier replace inverter
in short circuit if no,
n EMC filter in short cir- 3/ Disconnect AC line cables between EMC and
cuit AC/DC (on EMC side)
replace AC/DC FRU
if no :
Data base –Incorrect or uncompleted
corrupt download
–Checksum problem

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
3-8 HEATING WITHOUT HV NOR ROTATION DIAGNOSTIC
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to drive the heater inverter(s) on both filaments and all the tubes connected to the Generator
in order to identify a faulty heater FRU or a wrong connection between heater board, HV Tank and tube(s).
Pre–requisites :
Sequence :
D 5 seconds preheat
D 0,4s boost



CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
3-9 ROTATION WITHOUT HV NOR FILAMENT DIAGNOSTIC
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to drive the rotation inverter(s) in high speed mode (for application supporting high speed
mode ) and low speed mode on all the tubes connected to the Generator in order to identify a faulty rotation FRU or
a faulty dephasing capacitors FRU or a wrong connection between rotation board, HEMIT and tube.
Pre–requisites:
D cabling between rotation board and tube checked
Test type: No manual interaction, no loop on
Sequence:
Once selected the tube the test is running on, start the diagnostic.
The following sequence runs in low speed mode and then in high speed mode (if high speed mode allowed) :
D 2s run


CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

0103H associated data points only to high Power–off. Check cabling. If problem, replace the
0104H speed mode rotation board. If the problem persists, replace the
0105H HEMIT tank. See note *
0106H
0107H
0109H associated data points to both high Check cabling. If problem, replace the rotation board
0111H speed and low speed mode
0112H associated data points to both high Download official data base (NPv3). If the problem
speed and low speed mode persists, change rotor.
*Note: Before replacing the rotation board, check the impedance of the primary and secondary of the HEMIT. In
order to do a correct measure, check before the impedance of the cables of the multimeter.
• The impedance of the primary is measured between two pins of the connector J1 of the Bouchon
board in the HEMIT (3 measures). The value is low, between 0.8 ohm and 1.6 ohm.
• If the impedance is too low (short –circuit) replace the HEMIT
• If the impedance is too high (open circuit) replace the HEMIT
• The impedance of the secondary. Measure between two pins of the HV connector marked as “ST”.
(large, small and common). For the three measures the value should be between 0.8 ohm and 1.6
ohm.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
3-10 HV POWER DIAGNOSTICS
3-10-1 Inverter Gate Command Diagnostic
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter drive is working properly. The IGBTs gate drive supply
and the IGBTs gate drive is verified. At the same time verification is made that no inverter currents nor High voltage
are measured. This test is performed without DC voltage applied to the inverter so that no Xray is generated. Anode
rotation and filament drive are not activated during this test.
Pre–requisites :
D Generator input line in an acceptable range ( 380V–10% to 480V+10% for 3–phase AC input )
Sequence :
1/ Disconnect the 2 DC bus cables from the AC/DC board ( see central listing )
2/ Power on the Generator
– inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS101, DS 102, DS201, DS202 are lit : IGBTs gate drive supply is
working properly
6/ Press the exposure switch (10s exposure is taken after 10 sec delay)
– inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS100 and DS200 are lit : IGBTs gate drive is working properly
9/ Power off the Generator
10/ Reconnect the 2 DC bus cables from the AC/DC board (see central listing )

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Error reporting :
error Conclusion
board
0301/ 0302/ 0303/ 0304/ 0309/ Check that DC bus cables have been removed.
0310/ 0311/ 0312/ 0313/ 0314/ If yes, replace kV control board
0319/ 0323 (H)
DS101/DS102/DS201/DS202
Leds off while no error
reported
DS100 and/or DS200 Leds Check cabling between kV control, HV Tank and gate_cmd board.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
3-10-2 Inverter in Short Circuit Diagnostic
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter is working properly. The inverter is commanded at a
fixed frequency and is loaded with a short circuit. Verification is made that the inverter currents are correctly set. . At
the same time verification is made that no High voltage is measured. This test is performed without connecting the
HV Tank to the inverter so that no Xray is generated. Anode rotation and filament drive are not activated during this
test.
Pre–requisites :

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Sequence :
1/ Disconnect the HV Tank primary cables from the inverter ( see HV Tank D/R job card ).
Take care not to disconnect at the same time the parallel inductor cable which is tightened with the HV Tank
primary cables
Put the short circuit cable (included in the first aid kit ) between the the two capacitors as shown (in red, the
cable):
Parallel
induc-
tor
1/ The parallel inductor must be connected

10/ After exiting the test, power off the Generator
11/ Remove the short circuit cable, reconnect the HV Tank primary cables ( see HV Tank D/R job card ).

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Error reporting :
error Conclusion
board
0301/ 0302/ 0303/ 0304/ 0309/ Check that HV Tank primary cables have been removed.
0310/ 0319 (H) If yes, replace kV control board
0505 Isolation fault between inverter components and ground. Check
inverter inductors. If no faulty component, kV control or inverter can be
faulty
Note 1 : Ilp and Ilr currents not detected

1/ Check the –15V (Led DS1) on kV control board (see central listing).
2/ Power off the Generator. Wait until all neons are off
3/ Check that the currents transformers (capacitor set) to gate_cmd board cable is correctly connected. If
yes :
5/ Check that HV Tank is correctly connected to the capacitors set. If yes :
6/ Check that the gate_cmd to HV Tank cable and HV Tank to kV control cables are correctly connected.
If yes, replace the inverter
Note 2 : Ilp current not detected

4/ Check that inverter capacitors (capacitors set) are not broken. If yes, replace the capacitor set. Else :
transformer impedance is 0. If no : replace the capacitor set. Else :
If yes :
7/ Disconnect the HV Tank to kV control cable. Check that the impedance between pin20 and pin21 of J2
of HV Tank is 3,3Ohms. If no replace the inverter. If yes : replace kV control board.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Note 3 : Ilr current not detected

transformer impedance is 0. If no : replace capacitor set. Else :
If yes :
of HV Tank is 5 Ohms. If no replace inverter. If yes : replace kV control board.
Note 4 : Ilr current resonant frequency is lower than expected

3/ Check that inverter capacitors (capacitors set) are not broken. If yes : replace the capacitor set. Else :
transformer impedance is 0. If no : replace the capacitor set. Else : replace kV control board.
3-10-3 No Load HV Diagnostic without Anode Rotation nor Filament Heating
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter and HV tank are working properly. The exposure is taken
as in application mode except that no filament drive nor anode rotation is running. Verification is made that the inverter
currents are correctly set and that kV regulation is operating properly. As no filament drive is applied, no XRays are
generated.
This test also allow to separate Generator from HV cable or x–ray tube problem by running it with or without the HV
cables plugged on the HV tank. (*)
Pre–requisites :
D (*) HV receptacles must be filled with oil if HV cables are removed.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Sequence :
working properly
4/select kV (Default = 80 kV) and exposure time (Default = 1 sec.)
Error reporting :

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
3-11 TROUBLESHOOTING AIDS
Illustration 3–1 Generator Visual Power Supply Distribution
L: Neon’s
Z: LED’s
DC bus, 400 ...800 V.
L Heater board
DS 1 DC bus, 400 ...800 V.
DS 3
Z
DC bus,
INVERTER. & LLC.circuit +M – +15 V 160V
L F1 – 15 V (120 to
DS 1 200 V).
Gate command board DS 300 LVPS

L NE 1 ≅ Z
AC/DC L DS 2
+15 V
– 15 V
OGP ZZ ZZZ
12V DS 1 , 2
DS 3, 2, 1
–15v, +15v
NP I/F +5, –15, +15
kV ctrl
“VCC“ + 5 V +15 V Rotor
– 15 V + – Board
L L
DS 7 DS 6
EMC Flt.
3ph, 380 – 480VAC
C 115V
B AC
DC Disch (HEMIT assy)
1
Z DS1
K1
PDU ZDS2
ZDS3
LDS4

CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

TROUBLESHOOTING (for p5.4 or later JEDI Software)
Note
For earlier than the p5.4 JEDI software, use Section 2 (ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS &
TROUBLESHOOTING (NP, NP+, NP+ Twin)) or Section 3 (ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS &
TROUBLESHOOTING (NP++, NP++ Twin)).
4-1 INTRODUCTION


– During Power On Diagnostics :
kV control board
S0.........................S7

⊗⊗⊗⊗⊗⊗⊗
The 8 LED’s (S0...S7) are lit successively: the power up diagnostics are completed, kV control board
is up and running.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
S0.....................S7
⊗⊗⊗⊗
description.
S0.........................S7
⊗⊗
S7, S6, S5 are lit along with either S0 or S1 or S2 (depending of the type of FPGA download error):
FPGA download problem. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.
⊗⊗⊗⊗k ⊗k ⊗
Heater board LED status: (See central listing)

status corresponds to an abnormal situation. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.
Rotation board LED status: (See central listing)
After the power on diagnostics, rotation board LED DS5 is blinking. Any different status corresponds
to an abnormal situation. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
4-3 ERROR CODE LIST
simplified Description Error Error Description

error code Class code
2 0324H Spits detected ((1:anode 2:cathode 4:both 8:kVre-
gul)

4 0112H Rotor HW/FW Config error
4 0113H IUVW short circuit error
4 0114H HV cable short circuit error
4 0115H HV cable open error
4 0149H Unknown rotation error

4 0203H inverter overcurrent (HW detected)
4 0204H open circuit (HW detected)
4 0207H Filament too high for Boost
4 0216H current feedback not null when inverter off
4 0248H Unknown heater LF error
0249H Unknown heater SF error

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

rors
3 1410H FPGA locked
3 0323H ILP and ILR current not OK
3 0321H Spit retry failed (TD computing)
3 1420H Tomo cut too early
3 1421H Time cut instead tomo

errors 4 0503H Inverter Gate Power Supply error

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

80 Hardware error 4 0180H Rotation board communication problem
4 0181H Rotation board has reset
4 0601H RTL error
4 1406H Inverter sensor problem
90 Application 4 0701H Saved RAM checksum pb

errors 4 0702H Software problem
4 0704H Rotation/Heater hold too long
4 0705H System or database configuration error

4 1301H AEC board com error

5 0805H Inverter Thermal Error
5 0904H HEMIT thermal error
120 Manipul. error 5 1500H Tomo brightness not good

5 1501H Release exposure switch
5 1502H AEC does not cut exposure

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

10 Rotation Warn- 1 0151H CAN Domain command number error
ing
1 0157H Tube switch while Rotation not off
1 0160H Database download while Rotation speeding
1 0162H Rotation acceleration while in error

ing

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

25 Low Voltage 1 0570H No more warn –15V too low
Power Supply 1 0570H No more warn –15V too high
Warnings 1 0560H No more warn +15V too low
1 0550H No more warn +160V too low

warnings 1 0703H Watchdog reset has just occurred

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
4-4 ERROR REPORTING
4-4-1 NP Generator Error Reporting

Np system only gets the simplified error code from the Jedi Generator.
The Np system errorlog adds to the simplified error code the following information:
D system phase : state of the system when the error occurred. Take care, the system state is different of
the Generator phase (refer to the Np system documentation)
D system time : date and time when the error occurred. Take care, the system time is different of the Genera-
tor time
Whenever a Generator error is logged in the system errorlog file and displayed on the operator console, the Jedi error-
log upload functionality is available to get more detailed information about the error.
Having these two information, look at the Jedi trouble–shooting table to find the FRU to replace.
Error codes can also be read by connecting the service laptop.
4-4-2 Tiger Generator Error Reporting (not for NP++ and Twin systems)
Tiger console only displays the simplified error code from the Jedi Generator.
Whenever a Generator error is displayed on the operator console, the Jedi errorlog upload functionality is available
to get more detailed information about the error.
This function must be performed from the service laptop.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
4-5 DIAGNOSTICS
WARNING

The first part details errors, while the warning errors are listed in a second part of this chapter.
For each code, there is:
–Associated message and additional explanation related to the error occurrence.

–List potential cause, in the order of expected probability.
–Recommended action, with, in some cases, link to some more information as indicated where cases apply, such
as to run some specific diagnostics.
Information about associated data structure is located at the end of each error code subset whenever it applies.
Whenever wiring, cabling, LED check is mentioned in the recommended actions, refer to the central listing.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
4-5-1-1 Errors
Class 2
30–0324 Tube spit (kV+ and kV– x–ray tube spit. Usual in tubes. If too frequent, and
H dropped) varies with HV: replace x–ray tube.
data=4* kV drop/spit detected – Run open load kV test. (See diag-
nostic section)
30–0324 Tube spit (kV+ has 1. Anode side Tube spit. If too frequent:
H dropped) 2. Anode HV cable – Check HV cables and contacts
data=1* kV drop/spit detected on 3. HV tank – Tube problem. (Anode side)
(see Anode side – Check cable by interchanging
Note) them.
– Run Open load kV test. (See diag-
nostic section)
– Otherwise, HV tank.
30–0324 Tube spit (kV– has 1. Cathode side Tube If too frequent:
H dropped) spit. – Check HV cables and contacts
data=2* kV drop/spit detected on 2. Cathode HV cable – Tube problem. (Cathode side)
(see cathode side 3. HV tank – Check cable by interchanging
Note) them.
– Run Open load kV test. (See diag-
nostic section)
– Otherwise, HV tank
30–0324 kV regulation error 1. smooth HV tube spits –Run inverter diagnostics (See
H This is a slow speed safe- 2. kV control board (HV diagnostic section)
data=8* ty circuit in case of regulation problem) –Run Open load kV test. (See diag-
(see “smooth” spits. 3. too much line imped- nostic section)
Note) ance –Troubleshoot tube and contacts of
4. half of AC/DC capaci- HV cable.
tors open –Check DC bus voltage.
5. Inverter (parallel induc-
tors)
6. HV tank
30–0305 Re–starting safety. (un- 1. External unknown –Do a power and Grounding Check.
H known reason) cause. Verify cabling and contacts.
Error occurring on safety 2. kV control board. –If permanent or too systematic, re-
line, while No root error place kV control board.
present at the error inputs Report to engineering.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
* Note to the error 30 0324H:

The generator sends only one message of error for all the spits (0324H) at the end of the exposure.
During the same exposure we may have different kind of spits.
In the data of this error we can distinguish between the different spits:
1: Spit in anode side
2: Spit in cathode side
4: Spit in both sides
8: kV regulation error.
For a exposure with anode and both sides spit, the data will be “5”.
These data can be displayed in the OC in decimal or in hexadecimal base.

Spits code detail
See data (Z6[#H]) of XG error code 324H. Transfer #H to Binary data. Contents are as follows.
code bit3 bit2 bit1 bit0
KV Regulation Insert Spits Cathode side Anode side arch-

Error arching ing
1 0 0 0 1
2 0 0 1 0
3 0 0 1 1
4 0 1 0 0
5 0 1 0 1
6 0 1 1 0
7 0 1 1 1
8 1 0 0 0
9 1 0 0 1
A 1 0 1 0
B 1 0 1 1
C 1 1 0 0
D 1 1 0 1
E 1 1 1 0
F 1 1 1 1
ex.)
(0324H)Spits (1:anode 2: cathode 4: both 8: kVregul) (Z6[CH]:Z7[0H])
Z6[CH] –> C Hex –> 1100 Bin –> KV regulation + Insert

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 4
communication
40–010 Data base not correct. 1. Wrong kV control data –Reload NVRam database.
2H The firmware of the base. It can only happen –ultimate is to replace Rotation
rotation board has at power up. board.
detected that the data
base received from the kV
control board has wrong
data.
40–010 Rotation current overload 1. Rotation board Check wiring from rotation board to
3H Rotation board has 2. Rotation board phase tube (cable from rotation board to
detected Main or auxiliary capacitor short HEMIT and HV cable from HEMIT
Rotation current too high circuited (not for to tube for NP++).
compared to the max. NP++) If no cabling problem, run Rotation
Tube motor current. 3. Wrong data base diagnostic to differentiate between
(improbable) rotation board and phase shift
capacitors (not for NP++).(See
diagnostic section).
40–010 Rotation current openload 1. Tube stator winding is Check wiring from rotation board to
4H Rotation board detected open circuit: x–ray tube tube (cable from rotation board to
that no current is flowing 2. Incorrect wiring (Open) HEMIT and HV cable from HEMIT
to the motor. 3. No DC bus on Rotation to tube for NP++. See Rotation
board diagnosis).
4. Rotation board Check DC bus cables from AC–DC
5. Rotation board phase board to rotation board
capacitor not Check that phases capacitors are
connected (not for correctly connected (not for NP++)
NP++ and improbable) If no cabling problem, run Rotation
diagnostic to differentiate between
rotation board and phase shift
capacitors (not for NP++).(See
diagnostic section).

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 4
40–010 Rotation Phases unbal- 1. One Rotation wire Check wiring from rotation board to
5H anced missing tube (cable from rotation board to
The amplitude difference 2. Rotation board HEMIT and HV cable from HEMIT
of the current between 3. Rotation board phase to tube for NP++. See Rotation
main and auxiliary is too capacitors inverted or diagnosis).
large. wrong value or not Check that phases capacitors are
connected (not for correctly connected (not for NP++)
NP++) If no cabling problem, run Rotation
4. Wrong tube diagnostic to differentiate between
configuration data rotation board and phase shift
base capacitors (not for NP++).(See
5. Tube problem (stator) diagnostic section).
6. HV cable between
HEMIT and tube (only
for NP++)
40–010 Rotation phase error 1. Rotation board Check wiring from rotation board to
6H The Rotation board has 2. Tube problem (stator) tube (cable from rotation board to
detected that the current 3. HV cable between HEMIT and HV cable from HEMIT
in the anode stator does HEMIT and tube (only to tube for NP++).
not show the correct for NP++) Check that phases capacitors are
phase shift between main 4. Rotation board phase correctly connected (not for NP++)
and auxiliary. capacitors inverted or Verify none is in short circuit.
wrong value (not for If no wiring problem, run Rotation
NP++) diagnostic. (See diagnostic section)

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

40–010 Rotation Inverter perma- 1. Rotation board –Check wiring from rotation
7H nent overcurrent 2. Tube stator winding board to tube.
An overcurrent has in short circuit –> –Troubleshoot tube windings
been detected and 3 cable (NP) or HEMIT –Replace Rotation board
restart have been tried (only for NP++)
unsuccessfully within a 3. Wiring incorrect
single rotation state (shorted)
40–010 MAINS_DROP has failed 1. Interference (spikes) –Do a power and grounding
9H The firmware of the 2. Mains drop check.
rotation board has de- 3. Cable or connector –If systematic, replace Rotation
tected the mains_drop contact in DC bus board
signal activation and between power unit
transmitted error to kV and auxiliary unit
control 4. Rotation board
40–011 PRD error(Z3Z4=bitmap) Rotation board Replace Rotation board.
0H Firmware checksum,
RAM test and EPLD ac-
cess are performed at
power up or reset.
40–011 F0 main frequency prob- Rotation board –Retry
1H lem. –Replace Rotation board.
inverter start command
40– Rotor HW/FW Config er- Rotation board Download official data base
0112H ror If the problem persists, change rotor
NP++ 40– IUVW short circuit error IUVW signal shortcircuited – Retry
0113H (only for NP++) on rotation board – Change rotation board
NP++ 40– HV cable short circuit er- Short circuit on: – Check HV cable impedance
0114H ror (only for NP++) – Tube stator – Change tube
– Hemit secondary – Change Hemit
– Anode HV cable
Or bearings of tube bro-
ken
NP++ 40– HV cable open error (only Open circuit on: – Check HV cable connection and
0115H for NP++) – Tube stator impedance. Replace if open.
– Hemit secondary – Check tube stator impedance
– Anode HV cable – Check Hemit secondary
impedance. Replace HEMIT if open.
40–014 Unknown rotation error. Software problem No action.
tion board with no error
code associated

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

PRD error:
component failure :
0001H=RAM
0002H=RAM stack
0200H=EPLD
Rotation database error:

Other errors:
rotation state :
0=inverter OFF
4=low speed run
5=high speed run
7=brake reverse
8=brake DC

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Filament Heater errors (Code 50)
Class 4
of communication
50–020 Heater inverter permanent 1. Heater board –Restart. If persistent, replace
3H overcurrent.(SW limit) Heater board
in 100 ms
50–020 Filament permanent open 1. X–ray tube filament –Switch on the other filament:
50–020 Heater Inverter permanent 1. Heater board –Restart. If persistent, replace
100 ms
0206H on inverter 1 for “Pre– ibration tabase.
Heat” 2. Heater board –Replace heater board.
This is the result of an in-
data base.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

0207H on inverter 1for “Boost” ibration
50– Filament current too 1. Tube data base or Same as above
0208H high on inverter 1for calibration
“Heat” 2. Heater board
Same as above
50–021 Current over estimated –Switch on the other filament:
0H fork range 1. short circuit if no error is reported, heater
RMS filament current 2. Heater board board is working properly. Check
measurement (every 0.5 heater board to HV Tank to tube
m sec.) on heater board connections. If OK, test with
is too low Ohm–meter HV Tank heater
transformers (primary and secon-
dary) and filament impedance.
Order accordingly
If the same error is reported,
check the connections as
above. If all are right, change
heater board
50–021 Current under estimated Replace heater board
1H fork/ range 1. Open circuit
RMS filament current 2. Heater board
msec.) on heater board
is too high
0212H The firmware of the Heat- 2. Mains drop –If systematic, replace heater
er board has detected the 3. Cable or connector board
mains_drop signal activa- contact in DC bus
tion and has transmitted between power unit
error to kV control and auxiliary unit
4. Heater board
50–021 PRD error Heater board Replace heater board.
reset.
50– Boost too long on inver- May be a loss of commu- Retry.
0214H ter1. nication during boost. It will probably be followed by anoth-
Boost command stayed er communication code.
longer than 400ms
selection

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

50– Current feedback not Heater board Replace heater board
0216H null when inverter OFF
Inverter current has
been measured while
the inverter was not
commanded
2, 3, or 4.
50– Unknown heater LF er- 1. software problem No action
0248H ror
ror code associated
50– Unknown heater SF er- 1. software problem No action
0249H ror
ror code associated

PRD error :
component failure :
0001H=RAM
0002H=RAM stack
0200H=EPLD

other errors :

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 3
60–030 No kV feedback on anode 1. HV cable short circuit –Troubleshoot HV cables : run no
60–030 No kV feedback on cath- 1. HV cable short circuit –Troubleshoot HV cables : run no
60–030 No kV Feedback (on 1. HV tank –Verify flat cable connections and
cathode.
60–030 kV detected during kV Improper setup before the See HV power diagnostic section.
60–031 kV MAX detected kV control Replace kV control board
exposure
60–031 ILP current not OK. 1. Inverter LC resonant run HV power diagnostics
verter did not rise at the assy, current trans-
beginning of the exposure. formers.)
2. Inverter
3. kV control
60–031 ILR current not OK See above run HV power diagnostics
60–031 Inverter max. ILR cur- 1 Tube (it can be cas- run HV power diagnostics in or-
3H rent detected. ing spits, error 0324H der to determine if it is associat-
This is a hardware data=1 or 2) ed to tube
detection of maximum 2 HV tank If during the test, you have kV un-
current in serial reso- 3 kV control balance, see error 0319H.
nant circuit. 4 inv LC resonant cir-
cuit

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 3
60–031 ILR Current time out. 1. kV control run HV power diagnostics
pected circuit.
(*) 60–031 Spit Max error. reasonably x–ray tube –Try again at various kV/mA to con-
NP the number of tube spits – if it is associated to kV regul out
during exposure has spit detection, check mains input
reached the limit (see voltage connection
theory of operation, soft- –Troubleshoot HV section. (x–ray
ware section) tube, cable, HV tank)
–Diagnose based on tube history.
(*) 60–031 Spit Ratio error. reasonably x–ray tube –Try again at various kV/mA to con-
NP the rate of tube spits dur- – if it is associated to kV regul out
ing exposure has reached spit detection, check mains input
the limit (see theory of op- voltage connection
eration, software section) –Troubleshoot HV section. (x–ray
tube, cable, HV tank)
–Diagnose based on tube history.
60–031 kV did not reach 75% af- 1. kV control Replace kV control.
8H ter 20ms.
count–up
60–031 kV unbalanced detected. HV tank –Try again at various mA to confirm
9H Detects that there is more problem.
than 12kV difference be- Replace HV tank
60–032 FPGA problem; Safety hit 1. This may be due to Do a power and Grounding Check.
60–032 ILP and ILR current not 1. Inverter LC resonant run HV power diagnostics
sures at the beginning of assy, current trans-
the exposure formers.)
2. Inverter
3. kV control board

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

60–040 No mA feedback 6. HV tank – Disconnect HV Tank to kV control
kV control has detected open or short circuited) resistor on the HV Tank mA mea-
no mA feedback 20 ms af- 9. Cathode HV cable sure. If it is far out of range, (4.9 to
ter the beginning of the short–circuited 5.1 Ohm, including DVM accuracy)
exposure. 10.Misconnection be- replace HV Tank.
tween HV+ and HV– – Verify filament impedance
after a tank replace- – Verify filament drive (heater)
ment – Replace kV control board
11.heater function – After a tank replacement, verify
the HV cable connection.
60–040 mA scale error 4. kV control board – If the tube has just been replaced
2H mA has been measured to 5. default filament cur- or installed, run many exposures
demand 20 ms after the 6. HV Tank (improbable) – If the error occurs after a while on
beginning of the exposure a system :
60–040 mA accuracy exceeded 2. tube spit no action
3H 5%
(Class Measured mA every 50
2 error) msec exceeded 5% of mA
demand.
sure.
60–050 Inverter Gate Power Sup- 4. Inverter (gate com- run HV power diagnostics
dropped below the level 6. Generator input volt-
required to drive the age too low or line im-
IGBTs properly pedance too high
Not 60–080 Exposure backup mAs ex- 2. exposure command
on 1H ceeded line stuck to the active
CT The exposure command state
last so long that the maxi-
mum mAs allowed has
been reached
60–080 Exposure backup time ex- 4. System –Retry, changing parameters and
2H ceeded. 5. System–Generator duration
The exposure command cable – disconnect system–Generator
the system (Backup time state
+ 5%.)

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

60–080 Exp cmd while gene not 1. Software bug/problem If problem is persistent, check heat-
3H ready. 2. Cable / communication er, anode rotation and system to
Generator received an ex- problem Generator preparation command to
posure command while 3. External cause find the root cause for the Genera-
not in ready state (Spikes) tor not to be ready
60–141 Time counter error. kV control board Replace kV control Board
Not 60–140 mAs counter error. kV control board Replace kV control Board
CT 7H Error found in verifying the
Not 60–140 AEC counter error. 1. ION chamber Run AEC diagnostics (See diagnos-
CT 8H If there is no AEC feed- 2. AEC cable, connection tic section)
back in AEC station expo- 3. AEC board
sure.
Not 60–140 mAs meter saturated. 1. kV control Replace kV control
CT 9H A check is done on mAs
counter operation at the
beginning of exposure and
found the mAs meter with
unrealistic value.
60–141 FPGA locked. 1. software bug If persistent replace kV control
0H FPGA detected an error 2. kV control
command signal was re-
ceived.
for 60 Spit retry failed (only for 1. Tube (most probable) If this error is associated to spit
NP 0321H NP/NP+) 2. HV cables detection on anode side, same time,
3. HV tank (0324h data 1), change tube
else run no load HV diagnostics.
60 ILP and ILR current not 1. Inverter LC resonant run HV power diagnostics
0323H OK circuit (Inverter coil
assy, capa inverter
assy, current trans-
formers.)
2. Inverter
3. kV control
Not 60 Tomo cut too early (only Positioner cut exposure positioner trouble
NP 1420H for RAD) before programmed time
Not 60 Time cut instead tomo Positioner does not cut positioner trouble
NP 1421H (only for RAD) exposure

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 4
70–050 DC bus out if range (<400 1. mains problem (Too –Check mains line 3 phases incom-
1H or >850) low or too high) ing voltage.
2. One phase missing at –Verify line impedance if mains is
Generator input low.
–Verify DC Bus Voltage with a me-
ter, if DC Bus is in range, replace
KV Control Board most probably.
70–050 Inverter Gate Power Sup- 1. Mains run HV power diagnostics
3H ply error (checked at prep) 2. Cable pb
(Inverter)
4. kV control
70–050 Mains power supply has unknown None
Not 70–050 DC bus 1 phase pre– 1. Pre–charge resistor WARNING!: Potential residual
NP 6H charge error. 2. Relay voltage. Make sure all the NEON
Found DC bus did not 3. ACDC module are off. Verify with a DVM, range
reach 400V after 10 sec. 4. LVPS 400VDC that there is no voltage
Charge relay is not acti- 5. kV control board on the capacity bench before any
vated and pre–charge intervention
relay drops. –Verify LED on LVPS
–Listen to relay clicking at power
on.
–Check resistor
Not 70–050 DC bus 1 phase discharge ACDC Replace ACDC module.
NP 7H error.
Found that DC bus volt-
age is > 30 V before pre–
charge.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 4
70–057 Detected –15V too low 1. LVPS (open circuit) Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
7H –15V is higher than –13V 2. Heater board board is in an acceptable range
board) 4. kV control (short cir- and AC input voltage.
cuit) (improbable) Check –15V on heater board (J3,
heater board
board. Else,
70–057 Detected –15V too high 1. LVPS open circuit Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
3H –15V is lower than –17.3V 2. Heater board board is in an acceptable range
Check –15V on heater board (J3,
board.
70–056 Detected +15V too low 1. LVPS open circuit Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
board) kV control (short circuit) and AC input voltage.
(improbable) Check 15V on heater board (J3,
heater board
board. Else,

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

70–056 Detected +15V too high 1. LVPS open circuit Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
3H +15V is higher than 17.3V 2. Heater board board is in an acceptable range
Check 15V on heater board (J3,
board.
70–055 Detected +160V too low 1. LVPS Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
board.
70–055 Detected +160V too high 1. LVPS Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
3H +160V is higher than 2. Heater board board is in an acceptable range
225V (measured on heat- (CF1/CF2) If no, verify AC/DC fuse
er board) and AC input voltage.
board.
70–054 Unknown LVPS error 1. Software problem No action
ceived a LVPS error with
no error code associated

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 4
80–018 Rotation board commu- 1. Rotation board A/Check that rotation firmware is
ply from Rotation board. else go to +/–15V errors
troubleshooting
board
board
80–018 Rotation board has reset. 1. Rotation board –Reinitialize system, retry.
Rotation data base.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

80–028 Heater board communica- 1. Heater board A/Check that heater firmware is run-
kV control board commu- 3. kV control sively).
nication Watch Dog with If no :
Heater board popped up 1/verify heater board 5V : J3/pin2. If
because it did not get re- wrong : verify +15V/–15V (J3,
ply from Heater board. pin3,4) : if they are right, change
rotation board, else go to +/–15V
place heater board
3/ else replace heater board
rectly connected until the heater
board
80–028 Heater board has reset. 1. Heater board –Reinitialize system, retry.
1H KV control has detected 2. Interference (Spikes) –If persistent, replace board or
the heater board has re- check power and grounding.
set. KV control will re-
load Rotation data base.
80–032 kV ref ADC / DAC failed KV control board Only if this error is repetitive and
2H kV control DAC and comes alone (Not following other
ADC capability are per- errors), replace kV control board.
manently tested for co-
herency.
80–060 RTL error (+ associated 1. system communication –Check communication cable
1H data to check which of the power supply (for iso- –Check system communication
4 RTL lines) lated communications) power supply (if any)
Real Time Lines show a 2. system communication –Check system interface to kV con-
wrong state. RTL’s are cable trol flat cable
control flat cable
5. kV control board

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119

80–060 External CAN bus off 1. system communication –Check communication cable
2H power supply (for iso- –Check system communication
lated communications) power supply (if any)
2. system communication –Check system interface to kV con-
cable trol flat cable
control flat cable
5. kV control board
80–090 Tube Fan supply error. 1. No 115V tube cooling –Check presence of the AC voltage
2H Rotation board has de- supply (DS6 neon) at the input of the Rota-
tected that a wrong volt- 2. Rotation board tion board.
fan
80–140 Internal CAN bus off 1. kV control Check a wrong contact short circuit
2H Can device on kV control 2. Control bus cable on CAN lines, pins 5 & 6, of the
board detected abnormal 3. Heater or Rotation control bus cable. Short circuit may
level on it’s 2 line and sent be either on Boards or connector/
error to the CPU cable.
If no fault detected, replace kV con-
trol
80–140 Connection Fault Multiple, but likely improb- Check connection of the following
80–140 FPGA configuration prob- kV control board. Replace kV control board.
4H lem.
FPGA.
80–140 Tank temperature sensor kV control Replace kV control
HV tank is < 10°C
80–140 Inverter temperature sen- kV control Replace kV control
6H sor problem (not imple-
mented).

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Application errors (Code 90)
Class 4
90–070 NV RAM checksum pb. 1. Database problem If persistent :
up)
0702H Software problem. 1. Software or Data –Reload the Data base
Base problem. –Reload the software and data-
2. kV control board base
failure. If no improvement :
–Replace kV control board
0704H Rotation/Heater hold too Software problem. No action

long.
Will pop up if prepara-
tion command from the
system is maintained
longer than 3 minutes.
0705H System or database 1. Database problem Download the Data base
configuration error – Check system software release
The identifier of the sys- (OC)
tem and the database are
not compatible

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 4
100–06 Debug screen com. error Engineering use
03H
100–06 Database download error 1. Database file incorrect Retry
download
100–06 TAV communication error. 1. Software / laptop prob- Retry
service laptop (When
Generator is controlled by
the laptop)
not 100–06 MPC/Madrid communica- 1. Cable, connection –verify the console is powered .
NP 06H tion error. problem between –Verify EMIT LED on the interface
No reply from the console. Generator and the board.
(This error message can console. –Verify cabling, connection.
be seen using the service 2. Interface board –Verify communication with the
laptop) 3. Console problem service computer operates.
not 100–13 AEC board communica- 1. Verify cables –

NP 01H tion error. connection
2. AEC board
3. Interface board

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Class 5
110–08 Tank Thermal Error 1. HV tank too hot; normal –Wait for error clearance
measurement has 2. HV tank 1/check LED DS1 on kV control (top
reached 60 degree C for 3. kV control and right of board). If it is off,
Np/Np+ or 66 degree c for change kV control
Np++ 2/check flat cable connection be-
tween HV Tank and kV control
board
3/replace HV tank
110– Inverter thermal error Software bug Download software and database
0805H again
If the problem persists, change
kV control
110–09 70 degree C thermal safe- 1. X–ray tube too hot; –Wait for error clearance
70° loop detected open 2. Cooling problem 1/Check tube cooling (Fan),
3. Wiring problem troubleshoot 115 volts from PDU to
4. Sensor problem (Tube) Fans, through Rotation board;
5. rotation board check tube thermal sensor
110– HEMIT Thermal error 1. HEMIT tank –Wait for error clearance
0904H (only for NP++) 2. DC Disch board (HE- –If persistent:
MIT assy) 1/ Check 2A fuse on DC Disch
3. Rotation board 2/ Short circuit the sensor feed-
back of the HEMIT. If problem
disappears, replace the HEMIT.
3/ Replace DC–Disch
110–14 Jedi inverter tempera- 1. Parameters kV, mA – Wait cooling time
54H ture too high and time exceeded – change kv–ctrl board (if
allowed use trouble always present, report to
2. software bug service)

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Manipulation errors(code 120)
Class 5
not 120–15 Tomo brightness not good kV not correctly set change kV
CT 00H (RAD)
not 120–15 Release exposure switch during exposure switch is no action
CT 01H (RAD) released
not 120–15 AEC does not cut expo- backup parameters (mAs, – change parameters (kV, mAs)
CT 02H sure (RAD) ...) cut exposure – change AEC

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
4-6 WARNING ERRORS

Warning errors are the result of automated and regular background monitoring for either software events or voltages
threshold overtaking.
However, as they are logged into the Generator Err_log file, just as the previous list of error, they are listed here to
help error sorting out.
Should too many of them are seen when viewing error log, it is advised to report them via CQA, since the equipment
is still operating.

ing
0157H Tube switch while Rotation not off
0160H Database download while Rotation speeding
0162H Rotation acceleration while in error
20 Heater Warn- 0251H Received command is not OK

ing

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
25 Low Voltage 0570H No more warn –15V too low

Power Supply 0570H No more warn –15V too high
Warnings 0560H No more warn +15V too low
0550H No more warn +160V too low

0703H Watchdog reset has just occurred
– 1 if it often occurs, change kv–ctrl (if real re-
set of the board)
– 2 if it always occurs, report to service

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
4-7 OTHER FAILURES
Error Message / Potential cause Recommended action Troubleshooting guide

code explanation
System GENERATOR 13. No power on the Perform the troubleshooting in the following way :
does not reply Generator. 1/kV control Leds S0–S7 are lit successively : re-
to the system 14. EMC filter fer to communication errors troubleshooting
15. AC/DC– Diode 2/Leds S0–S7 show a specific pattern : refer to
bridge PRD errors section
16. Cable between AC/ 3/Led RESET is lit : board is maintained in reset
DC and LVPS either by the system or by a system I/F failure or
17. LVPS down kV control failure
18. CAN cable problem 4/Led HALT is lit : replace kV control
19. kV control 5/No Led is lit : verify that +5V on kV control board
20. CT interface (J6, pin2).is present. If yes, replace kV control. If
21. Rotation board no :
22. Heater board 6/ verify if +15V/–15V is present (Leds DS1/DS2).
23. Inverter in short cir- If yes, replace kV control. If no :
cuit 7/ Verify if +15V/–15V is present on rotation board
24. Generator to sys- (DS1/DS2) and the 160V is present on the heater
tem cable. board (DS3). If yes : check the control bus cable
If yes :
LVPS board
3 phases CB1 2. Short circuit on the Gen- ( 1/ Disconnect DC bus cables between
breaker trips erator : AC/DC and inverter (on AC/DC side)
in PDU n IGBT in short circuit 2/ Check if these cables are in short circuit. If yes,
n ACDC or bridge rectifier replace inverter
in short circuit if no,
n EMC filter in short cir- 3/ Disconnect AC line cables between EMC and
cuit AC/DC (on EMC side)
replace AC/DC FRU
if no :
Data base –Incorrect or uncompleted
corrupt download
–Checksum problem

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
4-8 HEATING WITHOUT HV NOR ROTATION DIAGNOSTIC
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to drive the heater inverter(s) on both filaments and all the tubes connected to the Generator
in order to identify a faulty heater FRU or a wrong connection between heater board, HV Tank and tube(s).
Pre–requisites :
Sequence :
D 5 seconds preheat
D 0,4s boost

D Run JEDI ERROR LOG RETRIEVE to see the Error Code.


CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
4-9 ROTATION WITHOUT HV NOR FILAMENT DIAGNOSTIC
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to drive the rotation inverter(s) in high speed mode (for application supporting high speed
mode ) and low speed mode on all the tubes connected to the Generator in order to identify a faulty rotation FRU or
a faulty dephasing capacitors FRU or a wrong connection between rotation board, HEMIT (only for NP++) and tube.
Pre–requisites:
D cabling between rotation board and tube checked (including HEMIT connections for NP++ only)
Test type: No manual interaction, no loop on
Sequence:
Once selected the tube the test is running on, start the diagnostic.
The following sequence runs in low speed mode and then in high speed mode (if high speed mode allowed) :
D 2s run

D Run ERROR LOG RETRIEVE to see the Error Code.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Error codes reporting for generators without HEMIT:

Error codes reporting for generators with HEMIT (only for NP++):
0103H associated data points only to high Power–off. Check cabling. If problem, replace the
0104H speed mode rotation board. If the problem persists, replace the
0105H HEMIT tank. See note *
0106H
0107H
0109H associated data points to both high Check cabling. If problem, replace the rotation board
0111H speed and low speed mode
0112H associated data points to both high Download official data base (NPv3). If the problem
speed and low speed mode persists, change rotor.
40– HV cable short circuit error There is a short circuit in the High voltage line between
0114H Open circuit on: Hemit and tube. The actions are:
– Tube stator – Check HV cable impedance (Hemit ST to Tube +)
– Hemit secondary – Change tube
–Anode HV cable – Change Hemit
• Or bearings of tube broken
(**).
40– HV cable open error There is an open circuit in the High voltage line
0115H between Hemit and tube. The actions are:
– Check HV cable connection and impedance
– Check tube stator impedance
– Check Hemit secondary impedance. Replace HEMIT
if open.
*Note: Before replacing the rotation board, check the impedance of the primary and secondary of the HEMIT. In
order to do a correct measure, check before the impedance of the cables of the multimeter.
• The impedance of the primary is measured between two pins of the connector J1 of the Bouchon
board in the HEMIT (3 measures). The value is low, between 0.8 ohm and 1.6 ohm.
• The impedance of the secondary. Measure between two pins of the HV connector marked as “ST”.
(large, small and common). For the three measures the value should be between 0.8 ohm and 1.6
ohm.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
4-10 HV POWER DIAGNOSTICS
4-10-1 Inverter Gate Command Diagnostic
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter drive is working properly. The IGBTs gate drive supply
and the IGBTs gate drive is verified. At the same time verification is made that no inverter currents nor High voltage
are measured. This test is performed without DC voltage applied to the inverter so that no Xray is generated. Anode
rotation and filament drive are not activated during this test.
Pre–requisites :
Sequence :
1/ Disconnect the 2 DC bus cables from the AC/DC board ( see central listing )
working properly
6/ Press the exposure switch (10s exposure is taken after 10 sec delay)
– inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS100 and DS200 are lit : IGBTs gate drive is working properly
9/ Run ERROR LOG RETRIEVE to see the Error Code.
11/ Reconnect the 2 DC bus cables from the AC/DC board (see central listing )

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Error reporting :
error Conclusion
board
0301/ 0302/ 0303/ 0304/ 0309/ Check that DC bus cables have been removed.
0310/ 0311/ 0312/ 0313/ 0314/ If yes, replace kV control board
0319/ 0323 (H)
DS101/DS102/DS201/DS202
Leds off while no error
reported
DS100 and/or DS200 Leds Check cabling between kV control, HV Tank and gate_cmd board.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
4-10-2 Inverter in Short Circuit Diagnostic
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter is working properly. The inverter is commanded at a
fixed frequency and is loaded with a short circuit. Verification is made that the inverter currents are correctly set. . At
the same time verification is made that no High voltage is measured. This test is performed without connecting the
HV Tank to the inverter so that no Xray is generated. Anode rotation and filament drive are not activated during this
test.
Pre–requisites :

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Sequence :
1/ Disconnect the HV Tank primary cables from the inverter ( see HV Tank D/R job card ).
Take care not to disconnect at the same time the parallel inductor cable which is tightened with the HV Tank
primary cables
Put the short circuit cable (included in the first aid kit ) between the the two capacitors as shown (in red, the
cable):
(NP++ Configuration)
Parallel
inductor

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
(NP/NP+/ESR Configuration)
Parallel
inductor
1/ The parallel inductor must be connected

11/ After exiting the test, power off the Generator
12/ Remove the short circuit cable, reconnect the HV Tank primary cables ( see HV Tank D/R job card ).

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Error reporting :
error Conclusion
board
0301/ 0302/ 0303/ 0304/ 0309/ Check that HV Tank primary cables have been removed.
0310/ 0319 (H) If yes, replace kV control board
0505 Isolation fault between inverter components and ground. Check
inverter inductors. If no faulty component, kV control or inverter can be
faulty
Note 1 : Ilp and Ilr currents not detected

1/ Check the –15V (Led DS1) on kV control board (see central listing).
3/ Check that the currents transformers (capacitor set) to gate_cmd board cable is correctly connected. If
yes :
5/ Check that HV Tank is correctly connected to the capacitors set. If yes :
If yes, replace the inverter
Note 2 : Ilp current not detected

transformer impedance is 0. If no : replace the capacitor set. Else :
If yes :
of HV Tank is 3,3Ohms. If no replace the inverter. If yes : replace kV control board.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Note 3 : Ilr current not detected

transformer impedance is 0. If no : replace capacitor set. Else :
If yes :
of HV Tank is 5 Ohms. If no replace inverter. If yes : replace kV control board.
Note 4 : Ilr current resonant frequency is lower than expected

3/ Check that inverter capacitors (capacitors set) are not broken. If yes : replace the capacitor set. Else :
transformer impedance is 0. If no : replace the capacitor set. Else : replace kV control board.
4-10-3 No Load HV Diagnostic without Anode Rotation nor Filament Heating
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter and HV tank are working properly. The exposure is taken
as in application mode except that no filament drive nor anode rotation is running. Verification is made that the inverter
currents are correctly set and that kV regulation is operating properly. As no filament drive is applied, no XRays are
generated.
This test also allow to separate Generator from HV cable or x–ray tube problem by running it with or without the HV
cables plugged on the HV tank. (*)
Pre–requisites :
D (*) HV receptacles must be filled with oil if HV cables are removed.

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
Sequence :
working properly
4/select kV (Default = 80 kV) and exposure time (Default = 1 sec.)
Error reporting :

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 16 2202119
4-11 TROUBLESHOOTING AIDS
Illustration 4–1 Generator Visual Power Supply Distribution
L: Neon’s
Z: LED’s
DC bus, 400 ...800 V.
L Heater board
DS 1 DC bus, 400 ...800 V.
DS 3
Z
DC bus,
INVERTER. & LLC.circuit +M – +15 V 160V
L F1 – 15 V (120 to
DS 1 200 V).
Gate command board DS 300 LVPS

L NE 1 ≅ Z
AC/DC L DS 2
+15 V
– 15 V
OGP ZZ ZZZ
12V DS 1 , 2
DS 3, 2, 1
–15v, +15v
NP I/F +5, –15, +15
kV ctrl
“VCC“ + 5 V +15 V Rotor
– 15 V + – Board
L L
DS 7 DS 6
EMC Flt.
3ph, 380 – 480VAC
C 115V
B AC
DC Disch (HEMIT assy)
1
Z DS1 (only for NP++)
K1
PDU ZDS2
ZDS3
LDS4

CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 14 2202119
PDU
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
SECTION 1 - LED DESCRIPTION (FOR PDU2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1-1 LED DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1-2 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
i PDU
CT HISPEED SERIES
ii PDU
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 14 2202119
SECTION 1 - LED DESCRIPTION (FOR PDU2)
Note
PDU2: Its part No. is any of 2298850 (400 V, 42 kW), 2298851 (400 V, 53 kW), 2298853 (200 V,
42 kW), or 2298854 (200 V, 53 kW).
1-1 LED DESCRIPTION
Table 1-1 RMT Board LED Description
LED Description
D2 Lights when PDU system standby status
K9’ Lights when PDU system standby status
K5’ Lights when XG auxiliary circuit work
K7’ Lights when OC system works normal
K19’ Lights when XG system main circuit work
K24’ Lights gleam one time when CB2 switch handle
in the middle location
D2
K7
K5
K6
K19
K24
K9
1-1 PDU
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 14 2202119
1-2 TROUBLESHOOTING
No. Error Class Description Troubleshooting

1 Front Cover' Error PDU system standby Check PDB power supply
LED off status normally if front
cover' LED on
2 D2 LED off Error Show RMT board standby 1.Check PDB power supply
status normally if D2 LED 2.Check power supply whether works
on normally,measure J1 terminal whether 24V DC
voltage
3.Check the cable connection
4.Test point VCC-GND whether 5V DC voltage
5.Replace the RMT board
3 K9' LED off Error Show PDU standby status 1.Check PDB power supply
normally if K9' LED on 2.Check power supply whether works
normally,measure J1 terminal whether 24V DC
voltage
3.Check the cable connection
4.Replace the RMT board
4 K5' LED off Error Show Gantry Safety Loop 1.Check Gantry Safety Loop
and OC Safety Loop status 2.Check OC Safety Loop
normally if K5'LED on 3.Check Fan_Alarm switch in OC whether open
4.Check Emergercy circuit whether open
5.Replace the RMT Board
5 K6' LED off Error Show Gantry/Table power 1.Check Fan_Alarm switch in OC whether open
on status normally if 2.Check Emergercy circuit whether open
K6'LED on 3.Replace the RMT Board
6 K7' LED off Error Show OC power on status 1.Check Fan_Alarm switch in OC whether open
normally if K7' LED on 2.Replace the RMT Board
7 K19' LED off Error Show XG is power on 1.Check Fan_Alarm switch in OC whether open
status if K19' LED on 2.Replace the RMT Board
8 K24' LED off Error Transformer over hot and 1.Check CB2 switch handle being on "middle"
after gleam cut off the system power location
one time supply 2.Check transformer's thermal switch whether
open
K24' LED Information Show transformer works Check CB2 switch handle being on "up" or
never on normal "down" location
1-2 PDU
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 5 2202119
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
SECTION 1 – EMERGENCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–1
SECTION 2 – SAFETY LOOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1
SECTION 3 – GANTRY ROTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1
SECTION 4 – TILT FWD/BWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–1
SECTION 5 – CRADLE IN/OUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–1
SECTION 6 – IMS IN/OUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–1
SECTION 7 – TABLE UP/DOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–1
SECTION 8 – AUTO VOICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–1
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM i
CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM ii
CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 5 2202119
SECTION 1 – EMERGENCY
PDU GANTRY
24V
RMT CNT BD TGP BD FRONT RIGHT

CN3
J2 1
Safety Loop
J4 CN2 2
E–OFF SW 1 3 3 REAR LEFT REAR RIGHT
2 6 6
K11
FCV BD
K15 RSW BD
CN3 CN1 CN2
EMRGL3 0 0 1
J1
1 1 1 2
FRONT EMRG–R
U145
J3 CN8 CN1
6 5 3 4 0 0
1 1
LSW BD
CN4 CN1 CN2
0 0 1
1 1 2
OC EMRGL4 FRONT EMRG–L
6 5 3 4
REAR CN1 PANEL J15
J10 CN9
1
Thermal SW 2 0 1
1
Thermal SW 2
0 1
J17 RCV BD
A20 A19
CN1
CN10 CN10
1 1
REAR SW OPTION
2 2
KEYBOARD
EMRG SW
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM 1–1

CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 5 2202119
SECTION 2 – SAFETY LOOP
OC
Rear CN1 w/Panel RMT CNT BD Assy
J15 J3
9 9
10 10
J1 J2
A25 4 1
PDU
A25
DBPCI
J3
Driver
Resister
PCI Back Plane
BP Controller Card TGP BD Assy
CN2
Safety Loop 1
1 1
PCI Host Card 4 4
4
(CN23) (CN24)
HOST CPU
GANTRY

CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 5 2202119
SECTION 3 – GANTRY ROTATION
(*1)
CN2 CN1
A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4
TGP BD ASSY CN10 CN2
SUB BD ASSY CN5 CN1
SERVO AMP G 5
0 0 0 0 F 6
CN5 1 1 1 1 H 7
To OC DGCOM–H 2 2 2 2 2 J 8
DGCOM–L 14 3 3 3 3 K 9
GDCOM–H 3 4 4 4 4 L 10
GDCOM–L 15 5 5 5 5 M 11
6 6 6 6 T 12
7 7 7 7 S 13
8 8 8 8 R 14
9 9 9 9
10 10 10 10
11 11 11 11
12 12 12 12
13 13 13 13 CN2 (*1)
14 14 14 14
CN7 15 15 15 15
Signal Brush GDTRIG–H 4 16 16 16 16
GDTRIG–L 5 17 17
18 18
OGP
19 19
BRK
u v w N L
CN1
CN13 CN14 3 ROTATE
4
1 2 3 3 4 1 3 3 1 From PDU
2 NF3 4 4 2 200V
1C–BRK2
CN6
Encoder
1
2
3 SERVO
4
1 2 3
MOTOR
1 2
CN7 CN8
OPT SW Rotate
Counter 1 2 3 4 1 2
Cover SW Assy
BUZZER

CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 5 2202119
SECTION 4 – TILT FWD/BWD

CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 5 2202119
SECTION 5 – CRADLE IN/OUT
SW BD Front/Right FCV TGP

CN1 CN4 CN1 CN8 TBL BD TBL CONT BD
OUT TEMP+5V 28 28 34 +5V IN 34
S7 K1 36 36
OUT_R 11 11 CN1 CN1 CN2 CN1 CN9
19 OUT_R 19 16 STEPSEL 16 6 CDPLSA 6 6 CDPLSA
FAST 16 SWEN5V 16
S8 FAST 12 12 20 FAST 20 TP 18 CONTPLS 18 7 CDPLSB 7 7 CDPLSB
18 IN_R 18 µp ENCODER
IN 35 GND 35 19 CINPLS 19 8 CDPLSC 8 8 CDPLSC
S9 IN_R 10 10 37 37
1 +5V
E
4 DGND
6 SGND
SW BD Front/Left
CN3
CN1 CN3 4 CPPOT–H 4 21 CPPOT–H 21 1 CPPOT–H
OUT TEMP+5V 28 28
S7 OUT_R 11 11 5 CPPOT–M 5 22 CPPOT–M 22 2 CPPOT–M C–POT
A/D
FAST 6 CPPOT–L 6 23 CPPOT–L 23 3 CPPOT–L
S8 FAST 12 12
4
IN
S9 IN_R 10 10
CN8 LATCH SW
COUTENC
12 +5V 12 4 +5V
CINENC
14 +5V 14 RIGHT
13 DGND 13
15 DGND 15
SW BD Rear/Right RCV 28 LATCH 28 5 Latch SW 5 K3 5 Latch SW LEFT
CN1 CN4 CN1 CN9 24 ONLACH 24

OUT TEMP+5V 28 28 34 +5V IN 34
S7 K1 K2 36 36
OUT_R 11 11 26 CDPLS–A 26
19 OUT_R 19
FAST 16 SWEN5V 16 27 CDPLS–B 27
S8 FAST 12 12 20 FAST 20
18 IN_R 18 25
IN 35 DGND 35
S9 IN_R 10 10 37 37
RENBL 26 26 Stepping Motor Driver

S10 RENBL 14 14
CN3 CN1 CN2
1 CINPLS–H 1 1 A
CINPLS–L
2
COUTPLS–H
2
B
MOTOR
3 3 2
COUTPLS–L
4
5 HOFF–H
4
5 3 A M
SW BD Rear/Left 21(23) DGND 21(23) 6 HOFF–L 6
20(22) +5V 20(22) 7 STEPSEL–H 7 4 B
CN1 CN3 8 STEPLEL–L 8
OUT TEMP+5V 28 28
GDTRIG
S7 OUT_R 11 11 CN3
CN5
1 2
FAST 4 16 2 14 3 15
S8 FAST 12 12 GND 24V
PS1
IN To OGP –
S9 IN_R 10 10 +S L AC115V
+
RENBL 26 26 –S N
S10 CRADLE–H
RENBL 14 14
–L
From/To
OGCOM–H
OC
–L
GOCOM–H
–L

CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 5 2202119
SECTION 6 – IMS IN/OUT
SW BD Front/Right FCV BD TGP BD TBL BD Servo Amp

CN1 CN4 CN1 CN8 CN1 CN1 CN4
OUT TEMP+5V 28 28 34 +5V IN 34 8 IPPOT–H 8 0 IINPLS–H 0
S7 OUT_R 11 11 36 +5V IN 36 9 IPPOT–M 9 1 IINPLS–L 1
19 OUT_R 19 10 IPPOT–L 10 2 IOUTPLS–H 2
IN IN_R 10 10 18 IN_R 16 11 IMSALM 11 3 IOUTPLS–L 3
S9 22 IMS_R 20 12 IMSSVE 12 4 AMP+5V 4
16 SWENBL 18 13 ALMRST 13 5 ALARM 5
IMS 26 26 35 GND 35 14 IINPLS 14 6 SVE–H 6
S10 IMS_R 14 14 37 GND 37 15 IOUTPLS 15 7 SVE–L 7
29 TBLSEL 29 8 ALMPST 8
32 IMSPLS–A 32 9 SGND 9
33 IMSPLS–B 33 CN2
CN39
SW BD Front/Left
CN1 CN3
OUT TEMP+5V 28 28 CN4 CN38
S7 OUT_R 11 11 1 1
2
IMS
IN IN_R 10 10 3
2
3
M MOTOR
S9 4
IMS 26 26 CN2
S10 12 13
IMS_R 14 14 or or
2 3 4 9 10 11 25 26 27 14 15
IMSPLS–C
IMSPLS–A
IMSPLS–B
IPPOT–M
IPPOT–H
IPPOT–L
DGND
+5V
9 10 11 12
or
14
CN1
CN4 1
Touch SW CN42 CN6 1 IPPOT–L
Right (IMS) 1
1 2 IPPOT–M 2 IMS
3
2 3 IMPOT–H POT.
3 4 3
4
7
6
8
CN44
1
3
CN10
1 +5V
4
2 IMSPLS–B
6
3 IMSPLS–A
IMS
4
5
DGND
IMSPLS–C
E ENCODER
6 SGND
Touch SW CN45 CN7
Left (IMS) 1
1
2
3
3
4
7
6
8
CN47
1
3
4
6
TBL CONN BD

CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 5 2202119
SECTION 7 – TABLE UP/DOWN
SW BD Front/Right FCV BD TGP SUB BD

CN1 CN4 CN1 CN8 CN10 CN2 CN4
UP TEMP+5V 28 28 34 +5V IN 34 RTN 4
S6 K1 TABLE VALVE
UP_R 16 16 36
24 UPR
36
24 28 UPE 28
AC115V 3 V
DOWN 16 SWEN5V 16
S11 µP
DOWN_R 17 17 25 DOWNR 25 29 DNE 29
35 GND 35 RTN 2
TABLE PUMP
37 37 UP 26 UP 26 AC115V 1 P
DN 27 DN 27
K19 K18
17 DNTSW 17
SW BD Front/Right
23 DNTCH 23
CN1 CN3
UP TEMP+5V 28 28 14 +5V 14
S6 K12
UP_R 16 16
15 GND 15
DOWN
S11 K7 K15
DOWN_R 17 17 20 +24 20 CN1 Table/Tilt
AC115V 6
21 GND 21 RTN 8 SW1 PDU
SW BD Rear/Right(Option) RCV BD TBL BD TBL CONN BD

CN1 CN4 CN1 CN9 CN11 CN1 CN2 CN1 CN5
UP TEMP+5V 28 28 34 +5V IN 34 0 HPOT–H 0 17 17 HPOT–H 1 1 H–POT
S6 K1 K2 36 36
UP_R 16 16 1 HPOT–M 1 18 18 HPOT–M 2
A/D
24 UPR 24 2 HPOT–L 2 19 19 HPOT–L 3 2
DOWN 16 SWEN5V 16
S11 DOWN_R 17 17 25 DOWNR 25 SGND 4 3
35 GND 35 20 +5V 20
RearEnable +5VSW 26 26 37 37 22 22
S10 RENBL 14 14 21 DGND 21 CN6
23 23 4
5 Touch Sensor
6
CN7
SW BD Rear/Right(Option) 4
5 Touch Sensor
CN1 CN3 6
UP TEMP+5V 28 28
S6 UP_R 16 16
CN8
DOWN 1 1 Touch Sensor
S11 DOWN_R 17 17 36 36 0 0 DNTCH1 2 2
13/15 13/15 DGND 3 3 R
RearEnable +5VSW 26 26 1 1 DNTSCON 6 4
S10 RENBL 14 14 1
2
3 L
4

CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119

CT HISPEED SERIES
REV 5 2202119
SECTION 8 – AUTO VOICE
Rear CN1
Host CPU (O2) J17 Key Board
TALK ON
A13
J5 KB MIC
B9
System Module KBMIC
B9
KBMIC RTN
Key BD B10
J16 Foot Switch
Hard Audio
Low 1
Disk Modulu J6 NC
Pass 2
NO
Audio L 3 Filter 3
In R 1
NAA1 Assy
J7
Audio L 3
Out R J9 CN2 PreAmp CN1 OC Speaker
1
AUTO VOICE LEFT SP+
1 1 1
SP–
2
LEFT RTN
Low 2 2
Pass
RIGHT
Filter 3 3
RIGHT RTN
Low 4 4
Pass
Filter
TGP BD NAA2 Assy FCV BD

6V
J14 CN5 CN4 CN6 CN2 CN8 CN7
PAT SPK Audio +12V Out
8 8 1 1 1 1 3
PAT MIC Audio GND Out Mic.
9 9 2 2 2 2 1
+12V
10 10 3 3 4
DBPCI 11
+12V
11
MIC OUT
+12V
12 12
J4 J1 +12V
13 13
X–RAY ON +12V RTN CN6 CN1
A5 A21 Tone Gen. IC 22 22
Volume
+12V RTN LOUT+ PreAmp

23 23 6 B7
RCV BD
Elec.
+12V RTN LOUT–

24 24 7 A7
ALERT ON +12V RTN THI IN+
A6 A21 Tone Gen. IC 25 25 10 B5
THI IN– CN3 CN9 CN7
11 A5
SPI+
16 B2 1 1 3
SPI– PreAmp Mic.
17 A2 2 2 1
3 3 4
MIC OUT
CN11
38 39
SPI+
SPI–
38 39
CN1
CN7 CN40 Table Speaker
1 1
2 2
TBL BD

CT HISPEED SERIES
blank 2202119

GE Medical Systems: Telex 3797371
P.O. Box 414, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201 U.S.A.
(Asia, Pacific, Latin America, North America)
GE Medical Systems – Europe: Telex 698626

283, rue de la Miniére, B.P. 34, 78533 Buc Cedex, France

Hispeed NX/I Ge 1

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document informationservice manual Hispeed GE

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hispeed NX/I Ge 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hispeed NX/I Ge 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Technical

Copyrighte 1998–2003 by General Electric Company

Advanced Service Documentation

D THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.

D CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE N’EST DISPONIBLE QU’EN ANGLAIS.

D DIESES KUNDENDIENST–HANDBUCH EXISTIERT NUR IN

D ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SÓLO EXISTE EN INGLÉS.

D ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA SÓ SE ENCONTRA

D IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE È DISPONIBILE

IMPORTANT! . . . X-RAY PROTECTION

CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT

OMISSIONS & ERRORS

Devices not to be used near this equipment:

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Tab – Section Page REV Error Message 4–1 to 4–53 15

– Title page 17 4 (DAS/Detector) i 9

Service Menu 1–1 to 1–92 17 Errors, Diagnostics & 3–1 to 3–45 16

Unix Commands 3–1 to 3–13 15 Errors, Diagnostics & 4–1 to 4–47 16

Software Structure 5–1 to 5–6 5 6 (PDU) i 14

Troubleshooting 6–1 to 6–15 17 LED Description (for PDU2) 1–1 to 1–2 14

3 (Table/Gantry) i 15 IMS In/Out 6–1 5

LED Description 1–1 to 1–9 10 Table Up/Down 7–1 5

Power–on Test 2–1 to 2–5 1 Auto Voice 8–1 5

Off–line Test 3–1 to 3–6 12 – Blank/Rear cover –

OC Added : RTC Battery Troubleshoot (sec3)

16 7/01/02 System Corrected: Service menu for V6 (Sec 1)

DAS/Detector Added: Channel No. table for Twin (sec 1)

X–ray Generator Added: 0402H error information (sec 2)

15 4/15/02 System Updated: Twin information for IQ scan (Sec. 1).

OC NPR troubleshooting revised (Sec. 4).

14 12/21/01 PDU Added this new tab (PDU).

X–ray Generator Added explanations to 30–0324H error (Sec. 3).

12 4/18/01 System Updated: For V/R 5.5 (sec 1)

Table/Gantry Added a new TGP board part No. (Sec. 3).

11 12/08/00 System Colored: Sec. 1, 4.

Operator Console Colored: Sec. 2, 3.

Table/Gantry Colored: Sec. 3.

X–ray Generator Colored: Sec. 1.

REVISION HISTORY (continued)

Table/Gantry Adopted the new revision control for Sec. 1, 3.

X–ray Generator Adopted the new revision control for Sec. 2, 3, 4.

9 6/02/00 – Added Twin system related information.

8 4/20/00 – JEDI p5.4 software.

4 4/22/99 – Added Unix command information to the System tab.

2 10/29/98 – Service Menu – XG Test – Error log retrieve (Jedi).

0 4/09/98 – Initial release.

SYSTEM NOTATION (NP, NP+, ...)

Hardware Constitution of NP, NP+, NP++, and Twin

D Selectable scan times, MA values, FOV dimensions

D ‘Remote Tilt’ function

D Number of arrays of DAS/detector units, i.e., single or twin DAS/detector subsystem

Subsystem/Component NP NP+ NP++ NP+ Twin NP++ Twin

SECTION 1 – SERVICE TOOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–1

TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)

SECTION 2 – MESSAGE DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–1

SECTION 3 – UNIX COMMANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–1

SECTION 4 – IRIX GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–1